Conference Agenda

Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).

Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 1st June 2024, 10:58:22am GMT

 
Filter by Track or Type of Session 
Only Sessions at Location/Venue 
 
 
Session Overview
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Capacity: 162 persons
Date: Monday, 21/Aug/2023
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 C: Interactive Poster Session
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Dragana Radanović
Interactive Poster Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Mapping Pathways to Success: Unraveling the Influence of Family Backgrounds on Graduate Career Trajectories

Yujing Liu

Durham university, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Liu, Yujing

While higher education has expanded, concerns have been raised regarding grade inflation, suggesting that higher education qualifications have been devalued in the labor market (Xing et al., 2021). Even if disadvantaged students manage to obtain these credentials, it may not necessarily contribute to their social mobility in the labor market (Wu et al., 2020), potentially exacerbating inequalities (Mok & Wu, 2016). Similar concerns have been raised in the UK, where graduates from selective institutions tend to experience significantly higher educational returns (Britton et al., 2016). Widening participation in education can create an "opportunity trap," leading to an oversupply of graduates and consequently decreased salaries for all except the elite (Budd, 2017). Consequently, social mobility may depend less on academic qualifications and more on elite social skills and family resources, highlighting the need for additional support for disadvantaged students when competing in the labor market.

This study will utilize Bourdieu's theory, including the concepts of capital, habitus, and field, to shed light on this phenomenon of social reproduction. Within the realm of research on the graduate labor market, these concepts allow for a comprehensive understanding of the enduring impact of social backgrounds in a changing graduate labor market. Different social groups acquire distinct manners and consumption habits based on their economic and socio-educational environments (Ingram, 2014). Disadvantaged students often lack the linguistic habits and skills that are considered "desirable" or "normal" for their more advantaged peers (Wilkin & Burke, 2013). By examining capital, it becomes evident that individuals from disadvantaged family backgrounds often struggle to accumulate the same levels of economic, cultural, and social capital as their privileged counterparts, even if they experience upward social mobility (Friedman, 2016). The literature consistently highlights the importance of resources, such as financial support and informal assistance from family, in helping graduates succeed in their careers. Those lacking these resources may encounter greater obstacles in their career paths. Habitus, in turn, aids in understanding the underlying reasons for this phenomenon. The differing outcomes in the labor market among students from diverse social backgrounds can be attributed to their class-based habitus and the levels and types of capital possessed by both the students and their families, resulting in distinct modal pathways for each social class.

Empirical studies conducted in both the UK and China highlight inequalities in graduate employment and career trajectories. UK economists have found differences in graduates' earnings based on family backgrounds (Britton et al., 2019; Dearden et al., 2021), while sociologists indicate that individuals from more advantaged backgrounds have higher chances of entering professional positions and experiencing greater earnings growth as they age, owing to their enriched capital and resources (Friedman et al., 2015). In the Chinese context, differences in graduates' career plans in the labor market have been linked to their rural/urban household registration (Niu et al., 2020), parental occupation (Li et al., 2012), and parental involvement (Liu, 2021).

While existing research examines the influence of family backgrounds on graduates' career trajectories and employment, it is evident that parental influence and involvement play a significant role in students' education and employment. However, there is a lack of understanding and perspectives from parents on how they transmit their resources to their children to alleviate uncertainties and insecurities in their career paths and help them achieve their goals. This study aims to address this research gap by focusing on the qualitative socio-economic causes and effects of family backgrounds. It explores how graduates from different social groups and their families plan their career trajectories to achieve upward social mobility or maintain their social status.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study will utilize a qualitative research method, specifically conducting interviews. A total of 20 semi-structured interviews will be carried out with urban students and their parents who have recently graduated from China's C9 universities and the UK's G5 universities. The interviews will include both male and female participants and aim to provide an in-depth understanding of how middle-class and working-class families plan their career trajectories differently. Additionally, the study aims to explore the impact of different forms of capital and habitus on the plans and strategies of various social groups. To recruit participants, I will reach out to the university Alumni Office to approach recent graduates. The data collected from the interviews will be analyzed using thematic analysis. The coded materials will be categorized into different themes, specifically highlighting the differences between advantaged and disadvantaged students identified in the interviews. These themes will be used to draw comparisons between the two countries. It is important to acknowledge my own positionality and its potential impact on the research (Holmes, 2020). As an international student from a middle-class family, I am aware of the significant disparities between regions in both countries.  I am particularly interested in understanding the differences in career trajectory plan between different social groups.

Furthermore, this study will employ a contrast of context to compare the policies of China and the UK. By developing a critical understanding of the broader context in each country, a more nuanced view can be achieved, surpassing what can be provided through quantitative data alone (Skocpol & Somers, 1980). China's modern higher education system, which emerged after 1977, has borrowed many policies from the West and top universities, resulting in rapid transformation from an elite to a mass system and significant advancements in rankings. Considering these factors, the UK serves as an appropriate choice for representing Western countries when comparing policies between China and the West.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcome of this study is to identify the distinct strategies employed by graduates and their families in shaping their career trajectories with the aim of achieving either upward social mobility or social reproduction. By examining and comparing the strategies and perspectives of middle-class and working-class families, this study has the potential to contribute towards creating a more equitable and inclusive environment for working-class graduates, enabling them to compete on a level playing field and maximize their potential in the labor market.
References
Bourdieu, P. (1986). ‘Form of Capital’. in Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education. New York: Greenwood Press.
Budd, R. (2017). ‘Disadvantaged by degrees? How widening participation students are not only hindered in accessing HE’,. perspectives: policy and practice in higher education, 21 (2–3), pp. 111–116.
Boliver, V. (2011). ‘Expansion, differentiation, and the persistence of social class inequalities in British higher education’. Higher Education, 61 (3), pp. 229–242. doi: 10.1007/s10734-010-9374-y.
Boliver, V. (2013). ‘How fair is access to more prestigious UK universities?: How fair is access to more prestigious UK universities?’ The British Journal of Sociology, 64 (2), pp. 344–364. doi: 10.1111/1468-4446.12021.
Friedman, S., Laurison, D. and Miles, A. (2015). ‘Breaking the “Class” Ceiling? Social Mobility into Britain’s Elite Occupations’. The Sociological Review. SAGE Publications Ltd, 63 (2), pp. 259–289. doi: 10.1111/1467-954X.12283.
Ingram, N. (2014). ‘Working-class boys, educational success and the misrecognition of working-class culture’. in Theorizing Social Class and Education. Routledge.
Li, H., Meng, L., Shi, X. and Wu, B. (2012). ‘Does having a cadre parent pay? Evidence from the first job offers of Chinese college graduates’. Journal of Development Economics, 99 (2), pp. 513–520. doi: 10.1016/j.jdeveco.2012.06.005.
Luo, Y., Guo, F. and Shi, J. (2018). ‘Expansion and inequality of higher education in China: how likely would Chinese poor students get to success?’ Higher Education Research & Development. Routledge. Available at: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/07294360.2018.1474856 (Accessed: 21 September 2021).
Niu, S. X., Zheng, Y. and Yang, F. (2020). ‘Students’ social origins, educational process and post-college outcomes: The case of an elite Chinese university’. Chinese Journal of Sociology, 6 (1), pp. 35–66. doi: 10.1177/2057150X19876875.
Wakeling, P. and Savage, M. (2015). ‘Entry to elite positions and the stratification of higher education in Britain’. The Sociological Review, 63 (2), pp. 290–320. doi: 10.1111/1467-954X.12284.
Wu, L., Yan, K. and Zhang, Y. (2020). ‘Higher education expansion and inequality in educational opportunities in China’. Higher Education, 80 (3), pp. 549–570. doi: 10.1007/s10734-020-00498-2.
Yu, J., Lin, Y. and Jiang, C. (2019). ‘Are cadre offspring in the fast lane? Evidence from the labour market for college graduates in China’. Applied Economics, 51 (36), pp. 3920–3946. doi: 10.1080/00036846.2019.1584375.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Microinteractional Adaptation Practices of Teachers in Linguistically Diverse Mathematics Classes

Simay Birce Cirit

Universität Kassel, Germany

Presenting Author: Cirit, Simay Birce

Language is both a medium to reach subject-specific learning goals and it is also a learning goal within the subject itself. Learners need to use language to participate in school communication, to understand relevant content or to work on given tasks. Thus, they are required to learn school- and subject-specific language to participate in institutionalized learning environments. The dual role that language plays in subject learning might pose challenges for all learners. However, emerging multilingual learners (EML), whose skills in everyday and academic language are yet to develop, are likely to encounter even greater difficulties (Warren & Miller, 2015). Regarding these impediments in linguistically diverse settings, teachers face the need to respond to learners´ challenges or learning needs.

Although there is a growing body of research on language-inclusive approaches in multilingual mathematics lessons, most of these studies focus on the design-level of teaching (Götze & Baiker, 2021; Prediger, 2019; Wilkinson, 2018). This means that during lesson planning teachers identify language elements, which might impede learners´ understanding of the subject, and seek for ways to make them comprehensible for learners. However, little is known about how teachers adapt language requirements during classroom interaction, when learners cannot comply with linguistic expectations or when teachers realize a language learning opportunity and use it. Erath et al. (2021) differentiate between design level and teaching practices level for instruction that creates language learning opportunities in mathematics in multilingual contexts. What we know about language adaptations on the teaching practices level mainly comes from two areas: 1- studies conducted by Heller and Morek (Morek & Heller, 2020; Quasthoff et al., 2022), which mainly focus on fostering discursive skills such as arguing and explaining 2- scaffolding approaches (Gibbons, 2015).

This study investigates micro-interactional adaptations on the teaching practices level with a specific focus on so-called divergences in interaction. Throughout this paper, the term microinteractional adaptations will refer to teachers´ spontaneous adjustments in the learning environment in order to help learners meet linguistic demands in content or to challenge them by increasing the demands. The definition of a divergence is twofold in this study: first, divergences are defined as discrepancies between learners´ actions and teacher´s expectations. Second, they are defined as teachers´ actions which deviate from their initial aim and evolve into a new learning goal. In this regard, divergences can be initiated by learners as well as teachers. The reason why the study focuses on divergences is that teachers´ practices to resolve divergences enable researchers “to decipher certain implicit norms that unfold in the teacher’s and the students’ joint actions” (Ligozat et al., 2018). Although the main research interest is on teachers´ language-related adaptations in classroom interaction, the study takes a holistic approach and investigate learner´s actions and the evolvement of the content as well. Gruson and Sensevy (2013) state that in order to understand teachers´ actions, learners´ actions and “knowledge structure and function” need to be taken into account. Another reason for adopting a holistic approach is the assumption that language adaptations in subject teaching might not necessarily appear in the form of explicit language feedbacks but instead in actions through little changes with respect to the arrangement of tasks or classroom interaction (e.g giving the right to speak to another student). The following research questions will guide the study:

1)What kinds of divergences can be observed in classroom communication in the moments of new knowledge construction by learners and teacher?

2a) Which micro-interactional adaptations do teachers make to navigate learners towards the learning goal in the case of divergences?

2b) To what extent do these practices foster language-inclusiveness?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study utilizes an exploratory qualitative design. In order to answer the research questions, classroom observations will be conducted with voice recordings and observation protocols.

 Sampling Procedure

This PhD project is conducted within the larger study INTERFACH (https://interfach.de/en/), which is conducted in primary school contexts and financed by DFG. Since pre-observations conducted by the researcher in 1st and 2nd grade multilingual classes showed that language demands are often reduced to a large extent and discursive activities such as explaining or arguing take place rarely in these levels, it was decided to collect data in 3rd and 4th grade classes. Eligibility criteria required for classrooms to be included in the study is that they are attended by EMLs. In order to understand this, classroom teachers are contacted and asked about the linguistic profile of the classroom. Additionally, a language background questionnaire is conducted prior to data collection. The questionnaire consists of one question that asks students which language(s) they use at home.
 
Data Collection and Analysis

It is currently planned to visit six primary schools and 10 classrooms in Hessen, Germany. Each classroom is observed for a week and observations take place during the introduction of a new learning theme. Data collection is conducted in four steps: 1-conducting the language background teaching plans prior to the new learning theme, 3-asking teachers about their main lesson goals before each lesson to be observed, 4-classroom observations by voice recording and creating observation protocols.
    Voice records are transcribed and the following time frames are chosen for the data analysis: the moments when classroom discussions take place during new knowledge construction or when learners and the teacher work collectively on a task. Data analysis is accomplished with turn-by-turn conversation analysis (Krummheuer & Fetzer, 2005) and by using the analytical tools of the joint action theory in didactics (JATD) framework. JATD enables to identify the divergences and to analyse how the teacher and learners try to adjust their actions to be able to reach the learning goal with regard to changes in the task, adjustment in positions (e.g a teacher´s adopting a higher position than the learners during instruction), or “evolution of the content” over time (Ligozat et al., 2018). Turn-by-turn analysis helps to identify communicative and linguistic aspects in adaptation practices.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary Results

The most common types of divergences occur when learners deviate from the main subject in their contributions during discussions or when learners make several attempts to give the expected answer by the teacher. When divergences occur, teachers generally adopt a higher position than
learners in classroom discussions and consequently less space is left for learners to engage with “oral academic discourse practices” (Heller & Morek, 2015). Adaptation practices during divergences will be classified according to their focus on subject-specificty or language in the final results and will be shown in a four-field array adapted from Prediger et al. (2022).
   Microinteractonal adaptations of teachers appeared in the following forms:
1- Reducing language demands. Interestingly, teachers tend to reduce demands even before learners show any struggles (e.g “How can we calculate this problem? Name the numbers to me.”)
subject focus: strong language focus: ambigious
2-Shifting registers. Students´ contributions in classroom discussions are reformulated by the teacher with switching from everday language to subject-specific language.
subject focus: weak language focus: strong
3-As-if treatment. (adapted from Quasthoff 1997) Students´ incomplete or wrongly-formulated utterances are treated “as-if” they fulfilled the linguistic demands in a task. Wrong or incomplete utterances are generally not addressed.
subject focus: strong language focus: weak
4-Reformulating. Teachers tend to formulate their questions in different ways to make their demands more comprehensible for learners. In this way, several forms of the same question are directed in a row.
subject focus: ambigious language focus: strong
5-Using multiple modalities. Teachers use different forms while explaining a mathematical concept. A common practice in the primary school context is to use three different forms sequentially: to draw or write on the board, to show with real objects, to explain orally.
subject focus: strong language focus: strong

References
Erath, K., Ingram, J., Moschkovich, J., & Prediger, S. (2021). Designing and enacting instruction that enhances language for mathematics learning: a review of the state of development and research. ZDM – Mathematics Education, 53, 245–262. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-020-01213-2

Gibbons, P. (2015). Scaffolding Language Scaffolding Learning: Teaching English Language Learners in the Mainstream Classroom (2nd). Heinemann.
 
Götze, D., & Baiker, A. (2021). Language-responsive support for multiplicative thinking as unitizing: results of an intervention study in the second grade. ZDM, 53, 263–275. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-020-01206-1

Gruson, B., & Sensevy, G. (Eds.) (2013). The Joint Action Theory in Didactics: A case study in videoconferencing at primary school. CSCL Proceedings: 1: Full Papers & Symposia.

Heller, V., & Morek, M. (2015). Academic discourse as situated practice: An introduction. Linguistics and Education, 31, 174–186.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.linged.2014.01.008

Krummheuer, G., & Fetzer, M. (2005). Der Alltag im Mathematikunterricht: Beobachten - Verstehen - Gestalten. Spektrum Akademischer Verlag.

Ligozat, F., Lundqvist, E., & Amade-Escot, C. (2018). Analysing the continuity of teaching and learning in classroom actions: When the joint action framework in didactics meets the pragmatist approach to classroom discourses. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 147–169.
https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117701923

Morek, M., & Heller, V. (2020). Individualisierter Zuschnitt diskursiver Anforderung und Unterstützung: Finetuning diskurserwerbsförderlichen Lehrerhandelns in der Unterrichtsinteraktion. In U. Quasthoff, V. Heller, & M. Morek (Eds.), Reihe germanistische linguistik: Vol. 324. Diskurserwerb in familie, peergroup und unterricht: Passungen und teilhabechancen (1st ed.,
pp. 381–424). De Gruyter.

Prediger, S. (2019). Mathematische und sprachliche Lernschwierigkeiten: Empirische Befunde und Förderansätze am Beispiel des Multiplikationskonzepts. Lernen Und Lernstörungen, 8(4), 247–260.
https://doi.org/10.1024/2235-0977/a000268

Prediger, S., Quabeck, K., & Erath, K. (2022). Conceptualizing micro-adaptive teaching practices in content-specific ways: Case study on fractions. Journal on Mathematics Education, 13(1), 1–30.
https://doi.org/10.22342/jme.v13i1.pp1-30

Quasthoff, U. (1997). An Interactive Approach to Narrative Development. In M. Bamberg (Ed.), Narrative Development (pp. 51–83). Routledge.

Quasthoff, U., Heller, V., Prediger, S., & Erath, K. (2022). Learning in and through classroom interaction: On the convergence of language and content learning opportunities in subject-matter learning. European Journal of Applied Linguistics, 10(1), 57–85. https://doi.org/10.1515/eujal-2020-0015

Warren, E., & Miller, J. (2015). Supporting English second-language learners in disadvantaged contexts: learning approaches that promote success in mathematics. International Journal of Early Years Education, 23(2), 192–208.
https://doi.org/10.1080/09669760.2014.969200

Wilkinson, L. C. (2018). Learning language and mathematics: A perspective from Linguistics and Education. Linguistics and Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.linged.2018.03.005


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

School's project. From the 2030 Agenda to the Italian School Policies

Anna Chiara Angela Mastropasqua, Emilia Restiglian

University of Padua, Italy

Presenting Author: Mastropasqua, Anna Chiara Angela

The concept of quality burst into the school world in the 1990s with the continuously interlinked ideas of innovation and educational and didactic improvement. From then on, schools have increasingly felt invested by an urgent and pervasive demand for quality: an articulated demand, coming in different tones from the various components of the school system. We could call it a cultural challenge involving not only those who are directly part of the school world but the entire community. This is especially so if we understand knowledge and learning as indispensable prerequisites for living in post-modern society. This process culminated in the 2030 Agenda (UN, 2015) and its Goal 4 which requires us to look at the future of schools from the perspective of ensuring quality, inclusive and equitable education and promoting lifelong learning opportunities for all. This objective encourages us to look at the future of the school in a transformative and concrete perspective.

Therefore, in asking ourselves how we can achieve a school that is both of quality and constantly growing and improving, we consider it essential to take a step back and start from the data that shows what today's school is like. The picture is as clear as it is dramatic. Among the many, the most critical data: according to data provided by the UNESCO Institute of Statistics (2021), in the world, there are still more than 63 million children under the age of 11 who do not attend school. According to the UNICEF report (2021), this number has risen to 168 million during the year in which the pandemic peaked.

Aware of this, we must turn our gaze to the construction of a vision of tomorrow's school that can consider the fundamental elements on which today's school rests, including its cracks, even the ones from the post-pandemic era that has overturned not only its ways of doing things but also its very objectives.

The main objective of this research is to identify perspectives and guidelines for action to reform Italian school policies.

The research has involved a three-stage design currently underway.

In the first phase, four participant case studies were carried out involving children, teachers, school leaders, and families from four primary schools around the world. The four schools are based in Italy, the Russian Federation, Ghana, and Sierra Leone. These countries were chosen considering the socio-economic level (according to data provided by the World Bank, 2021) and the percentage of investment of public expenditure - concerning GDP - in primary education.

On the basis of the dimensions that will emerge from the analysis of the data collected in the first phase, steps two and three of the research will be carried out.

Phase two of the research will consist of administering a questionnaire aiming at investigating the opinions on school quality of Italian primary school teachers and school managers.

Finally, during phase three, we will compare the results obtained in the previous step of the research with Sustainable Development Goal 4 of Agenda 2030. We consider it possible to expand the meanings emerging from the objective and sub-objectives of Goal 4, which have been summarized in an outline drawn up by the authors. The data is currently being analyzed with Atlas.ti and will lead to constructing reasoning on the possible theories that the school of tomorrow is called upon to follow to improve in quality, in line with Goal 4 of Agenda 2030.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A three-phase research design was implemented and is being completed.
The first phase involved multiple case studies from an ethnographic perspective (Benvenuto, 2015). Therefore, four primary schools were selected around the world on the basis of their socio-economic level and the public spending investment in primary education. According to the World Bank (2021), countries worldwide can be divided into four socio-economic levels: high, upper-middle, lower-middle, and low-income. Therefore, we selected a reference country for each of these groups of countries, and consequently a primary school where to conduct the case study. The countries involved are, respectively in the order presented above: Italy, the Russian Federation, Ghana, and Sierra Leone. From an economic point of view, in the sample countries, the investment of public expenditure in primary education is very different and not proportional to the total. According to data provided by the World Bank in 2020, Italy invests 8.8% of total government expenditure in primary education, Russia 14.3%, Ghana 18.6%, and Sierra Leone 34.3%. The protagonists of the research are pupils, teachers, school leaders, and families in the last two years of primary school classes. The sample reached is of 6 school heads, 15 teachers, about 240 pupils, and 240 families. Regarding data collection methods, a variety of observation tools, including logbooks and checklists, and different research instruments were used. These can be summarized as follows: a semi-structured interview with school leaders; a focus group with teachers; a questionnaire to families; a focus group, and drawing and writing activities with pupils.  
Starting from the dimensions that will emerge from the analysis of the data collected in the first phase, steps two and three of the research will be carried out.
They will consist of the construction of a large-scale questionnaire aiming at investigating the opinions on school quality of Italian primary school teachers and school managers. The sampling will be in this case a simple random sampling, proposing the questionnaire to all Italian public primary schools. Subsequently, a comparison will be made with Sustainable Development Goal 4, and its sub-goals, of Agenda 2030, of which we believe it is possible to broaden the meanings by considering the international perspective that emerged through the case studies and then brought down to the national level with the large-scale survey. Agenda 2030 is a document underlying all research that was chosen also since all four countries involved in the research are signatories.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A strength of the research is the depth with which the researcher was able to enter school contexts that are not always familiar trying to grasp nuances that are not immediately apparent. In this process, an attempt was made to give voice to those who are an integral part of the school and to bring to light the points of view of those who live the school every day. Fieldwork is one of the foundations of ethnographic research, a form of investigation in which the researcher is personally immersed in the ongoing activities of a group in order to achieve an understanding of the context (Wolcott, 1995). However, this is also a limiting aspect of ethnographic research: it is accused of subjectivity, as its results are seen as particular interpretations of a specific social action by the researchers involved (Pole & Morrison, 2003).
As regards the individual case studies, they represent a small number and cases of unique and specific school contexts, not comparable to other schools in the world or in the same country. Therefore, only a careful analysis of the collected data, together with the intersection of different perspectives, will make it possible to approach the concepts of usefulness, generalizability, and authenticity (Pole & Morrison, 2003).
In conclusion, it has been seen that the main objective of the research is to redesign the prospects of tomorrow's schools, towards a concept of quality. Inspired by the words of Georg Christoph Lichtenberg (1742-1799), let us state from the outset that none of us can say whether the school will be better when it is changed, but certainly to become better it must change. Through this research, we therefore wish to contribute to the construction of guidelines that will enable us to continue the long and tortuous process of educational change.

References
Benvenuto, G. (2015). Stili e metodi della ricerca educativa. Carocci.

Bocca, G., Castoldi, M., & Decimo, D. (n.d.). Lessico per la qualità. Centro Studi Scuola cattolica. https://www.scuolacattolica.it/wp-content/uploads/sites/45/Lessico_Qualita-_Dic_04.pdf (accessed on 20th September 2022)

Burner, T. (2018). “Why is educational change so difficult and how can we make it more effective?”. Forskning og Forandring, 1(1), 22–134.

Cambi, F. (2005). Le pedagogie del Novecento. Laterza.

Castoldi, M. (2005). La qualità̀ a scuola: Percorsi E Strumenti Di Autovalutazione. Carocci.

Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing Grounded Theory. A practical guide through qualitative analysis. Sage.

Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education. 8th ed. Routledge.

Common Worlds Research Collective (2020). Learning to become with the world: Education for future survival. Paper commissioned for the Unesco. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374032.locale=en (accessed on 20th September 2022)
Cavalli, L. & Farnia L. (2018). Per un’Italia sostenibile: l’SDSN Italia SDGs City Index 2018. Fondazione Eni Enrico Mattei.
Denzin, N. K. & Lincoln, Y. S. (2000). Handbook of qualitative research (Second). Sage.

Mincu, M. (2020). Sistemi scolastici nel mondo globale. Educazione comparata e pratiche educative. Mondadori.

OECD (2021). Education at a Glance 2021: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing.

Ogbu, J. U., Sato, N. E., & Kim, E. Y. (1996). L’etnografia dell’educazione. In: F. Gobbo (Eds.), Antropologia dell’educazione. Scuola, cultura, educazione nella società multiculturale (pp. 65-83). Unicopli.
ONU (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/post2015/transformingourworld/publication (accessed on 9th January 2023)
Orlando Cian, D. (1997). Metodologia della ricerca pedagogica. La Scuola.


Pastore, S., & Salamida, D. (2013). Oltre il “mito educativo”? Formative assessment e pratica didattica. Franco Angeli.

Pole, C., & Morrison, M. (2003). Ethnography for Education. Bell & Bain.

Smith, J., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis. Sage.

UN General Assembly (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, 21 October 2015, A/RES/70/1. https://www.refworld.org/docid/57b6e3e44.html (accessed on 31st January 2023)

UNESCO (2020). Global Education Monitoring Report 2020: Inclusion and education: All means all. https://gem-report-2020.unesco.org/ (accessed on 20th September 2022)

UNICEF (2021). Protecting child rights in a time of crises. UNICEF Annual Report 2021. https://www.unicef.org/media/121251/file/UNICEF%20Annual%20Report%202021.pdf (accessed on 20th September 2022)

Wolcott, H. (1995). The Art of Fieldwork. Alta Mira Press.

Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (4th Ed.). Sage.

Zhao, Y. (2011). Students as change partners: A proposal for educational change in the age of globalization. Journal of Educational Change, 12, 267-279.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Ed-Tech Consultants as New Intermediaries between Policies, Pedagogies and Technologies

Lucas Joecks

Helmut-Schmidt-University Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Joecks, Lucas

With the growing importance of digital technologies in learning and teaching environments, various new actors have emerged in the governance of education. While the involvement of big tech corporations and affiliated philanthropies has been raising issues for critical examination for many years now (Selwyn 2014, Cuban 2003), there is a growing field of research that is concerned with the role of “intermediaries” and “boundary brokers” that operate in-between different professional, disciplinary or sectoral systems (Williamson & Hogan 2020). These actors range from policy innovation labs (Williamson 2015) to data mediators (Hartong 2016). They engage in the formulation, dissemination and enactment of (digital) education policies and are consequently considered to be crucial nodes in increasingly networked governance landscapes (Caves & Oswald-Egg 2021).

However, many of the actors that mediate in and between ed-tech networks and discourses are still to be researched in-depth. In particular, little is known about the intermediary role of IT-service and consulting providers and their work as ed-tech consultants for schools and administrations – despite their growing presence in ed-tech procurement and implementation processes (Förschler 2021). Consultants in education systems have been examined as political advisors (Gunter 2017), participants in school improvement processes (Goecke 2018) or well-connected drivers of reform discourses (Player-Koro and Beach 2017), and accordingly, have mostly been analyzed as linking elements between politics and pedagogy. While these studies highlight that consultants are to be understood as “knowledge actors”, who “variously generate, identify, carry and deploy saleable beliefs, ideas, debates and solutions that can be packaged and repackaged” (Gunter 2017: 338), the specific context of IT-related consultancy and technological expertise, however, has only played a minor role.

In order to get a deeper and more nuanced understanding of how technologies are mediated to schools via consultancy, this research project aims to approach IT-service and consulting businesses in the context of their coordinative work between political, pedagogical and technological spheres. Drawing on Bernstein’s notion of “recontextualization” (Bernstein 2000), the work of ed-tech consultants is examined as a relational process of moving and selecting knowledge from one context to another, or more specifically, as a practice of translating policies and technological rationales into something that practitioners can “enact” (Singh et al. 2013). Ed-tech consulting businesses, in this view, are not merely neutral linking elements that lubricate ed-tech related processes, but active agents in the construction of new pedagogical practices and values. Hence, the intermediary position of ed-tech consultants is to be considered as a critical junction that enables them to “structure the potential field of the actions of others” (Foucault 2007: 97), and thus, potentially exert power.

The local focus of this study, namely the German education system, provides a vivid example in which IT-service and consulting companies – driven by recent “school digitalization” reforms in Germany – are increasingly offering schools highly demanded amalgamations of interdisciplinary expertise (Petry et al. 2021). The companies offer comprehensive ed-tech implementation packages that reach from the (pre-)selection of products, integration of hard- and software to pedagogical frameworks (“media concepts”) and professional development (Rednet 2023). These “ed-tech implementation knowledges”, their production and transmission as well as the norms and values attached to it, are to be disentangled in the context of this investigation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study entails two phases of data collection. Given the fact that information about the work of IT-service und consulting companies is rather scarce, first exploratory insights into the field are gained by theory-building expert interviews (Meuser and Nagel 2002) with actors connected ed-tech consulting processes from private and public institutions. This first step of the research project aims to analyze the structural position of service and consulting companies in Germany’s educational system (funding, partnerships, dependencies, etc.) and the procedures that ed-tech consulting work encompasses (targeted issues, degrees of involvement, etc.). The second phase of research pursues in-depth insights into the knowledge work of IT-service und consulting providers through cases studies of several companies. Close attention is paid to the dominant “knowledges, knowings and knowledgeabilities” (Gunter 2017: 338) and their normative implications for pedagogical practices. Data is collected through in-field observations, websites, interviews and commercial documents by using ethnographic research methods. The variety of these data sources, drawn from, for instance, accompanying meetings, examining organizational departments and different professionalities, are expected to offer a comprehensive view that goes beyond their publicly promoted “corporate image” (Jaworska 2020) in order to explore the “hidden” practices of intermediaries (Hartong 2016).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Insights on edtech service and consulting companies, on their embeddedness in ed-tech integration processes, their modes of action and their ideals and values will offer new ways to grasp “the already fuzzy divide between the public and the private sector” (Ball 2010: 134). The rise of IT-service and consulting businesses in the education system shows that actors and modes of transmission are in demand and are likely to be needed to support ed-tech related school development projects. Yet, it is pivotal to critically examine the very actors that engage in these tasks and reconstruct the ways in which they coordinate and value various ideas and interests.
Preliminary findings suggest that IT-service and consulting companies in Germany portray themselves as rational experts and only seldomly as educational visionaries or reformers. They seem to focus on the practicality of their services and promise an unbiased, “frictionless” integration of ed-tech. Most outstandingly, ed-tech consultants commonly assert that their services are bound to a “primacy of pedagogy” (over technology) – a phrase that originated from political debates in Germany as a counter-narrative to hardware-centered ed-tech policies. Thus, despite their affiliation with the IT-sector, they interestingly imply to value pedagogical knowledge over technical rationales. While this narrative serves their claimed status as objective advisors by seeking to reject the notion of being too closely tied to ed-tech producers, the understanding of “pedagogy” – a concept that became a rather vague buzzword in this context – is yet to be examined in more detail.

References
Ball, S. J. (2010). New Voices, New Knowledges and the New Politics of Education Research: The Gathering of a Perfect Storm? EERJ, 9(2), 124–137. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2010.9.2.124
Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control, and Identity. Critical Perspectives Series. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.
Caves, K. M., & Oswald-Egg, M. E. (2021). The Networked Role of Intermediaries in Education Governance and Public-Private Partnership (CES Working Papers). ETH Zurich. https://doi.org/10.3929/ethz-b-000508820
Cuban, L. (2003). Oversold and underused: Computers in the classroom (1st). Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.
Förschler, A. (2021). Der wachsende politische Einfluss privater (EdTech-)Akteure im Kontext digitaler Bildungsbeobachtung und -steuerung. ZfP, 67(3), 323-337.
Foucault, M. (2017). Ästhetik der Existenz. Schriften zur Lebenskunst. (suhrkamp taschenbuch wissenschaft, Vol. 1814). Frankfurt: Suhrkamp.
Goecke, M. (2018). Schulentwicklung durch Beratung: Eine Studie an nordrheinwestfälischen Schulen. Dissertation. Research. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.
Gunter, H. M. (2017). Consultants and policy formulation. In M. Howlett & I. Mukherjee (Eds.), Handbook of Policy Formulation (pp. 337–352). Edward Elgar Publishing.
Hartong, S. (2016). Between assessments, digital technologies and big data: The growing influence of ‘hidden’ data mediators in education. EERJ, 15(5), 523–536. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904116648966
Jaworska, S. (2020). Corporate discourse. In A. Georgakopoulou & A. de Fina (Eds.), The Cambridge handbook of discourse studies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Meuser, M., & Nagel, U. (2013). Experteninterviews. Wissenssoziologische Voraussetzungen und methodische Durchführung. In B. Friebertshäuser, A. Langer, & A. Prengel (Eds.), Handbuch qualitative Forschungsmethoden in der Erziehungswissenschaft (4th ed., pp. 457–472). Weinheim, München, Basel: Beltz Juventa.
Petry, L., Lins, S., Thiebes, S., & Sunyaev, A. (2021). Technologieauswahl im DigitalPakt: Wie werden Entscheidungen im Bildungssektor getroffen? HMD Praxis Der Wirtschaftsinformatik. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1365/s40702-021-00751-x
Player-Koro, C., & Beach, D. (2017). The Influence of Private Actors on the Education of Teachers in Sweden. A Networked Ethnography Study of Education Policy Mobility. Acta Paedagogica Vilnensia, 39(39), 83. https://doi.org/10.15388/ActPaed.2017.39.11476
REDNET AG (2023). Digitale Schule - Digitalpakt. Retrieved from https://schule.rednet.ag/digitalpakt.html. Accessed on 30.01.2023.
Selwyn, N. (2014). Distrusting educational technology: Critical questions for changing times. New York: Routledge.
Singh, P., Thomas, S., & Harris, J. (2013). Recontextualising policy discourses: a Bernsteinian perspective on policy interpretation, translation, enactment. JEP, 28(4), 465–480. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2013.770554
Williamson, B. (2015). Governing methods: policy innovation labs, design and data science in the digital governance of education. JEAH, 47(3), 251–271. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2015.1038693
Williamson, B., & Hogan, A. (2020). Commercialisation and privatisation in/of education in the context of Covid-19. Education International Research. Brussels: Education International.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Teaching Creativity? A Generative View for Complex Thinking Through PhilosophArt

Sofia Marina Antoniello

Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy

Presenting Author: Antoniello, Sofia Marina

The development of creative skills (UNESCO, 2006) appears to be one of the most urgent challenges in today's complex (Morin, 2017) and 'fluid' (Bauman, 2007) society, characterized by uncertainty and instability.

The concept of creativity has multiple definitions: it is a performative skill, a transformative process (Edwards, Grandini & Forman, 2017; Munari, 2017; Rodari, 2010), an improvisational attitude (Zorzi, 2020), a generative capacity (Tiozzo Brasiola, 2020), a political condition and a dimension of complex thinking (Lipman, 2005). Moreover, creativity is a higher psychic function present in all human beings since childhood (Vygotsky, 2010) and a process historically and culturally mediated. Creativity is a necessary educational condition to imagine otherness, to think in terms of differences, and to welcome the thought of the other (Santi, 2006a) to nurture open and democratic societies. Hence, schools are in charge of cultivating it, so that it becomes a different opportunity to relate with others and with the world.

There are many documents and researches that emphasize the importance of creative education at school and in educational contexts (e.g., NACCCE, 1999; WHO, 1997; European Parliament, 2006, 2018). These documents consider creativity as one of the ten life skills, underlying all the key citizenship competencies. Moreover, it is to be understood as a democratic capacity that can be realized in all fields of human activity and all people.

Hence, the importance of the role of teachers and the learning environment in fostering and supporting each child's creative potential is critical (RIF, 2015). In the Italian context, the documents in which we misrepresent these principles are the Elementary School Programmes (1985), the National Curriculum guidelines (2012, 2018), and, more recently, Legislative Decree No. 60/2017.

From these principles, multiple pedagogical perspectives have emerged. Among them, this research aims to embrace an artistic and philosophical horizon.

One of these is the philosophical research community. It is considered by Lipman (1988, 2005) to be the cradle of the development of creative thinking, understood as one of the three components of complex thinking. According to the author, creativity is the transformation of what is given into something radically different, thus emphasizing the generative value of creativity itself. The development of complex thinking in children finds expression in Philosophy for Children (P4C), an educational practice characterized by the dialogic-argumentative method and the didactic model of the research community (Santi, 2005). In the literature, there are many researches aimed at investigating creative thinking through P4C (De Puig, 2003; Sátiro, 2006, 2019; Santi, 2007), but no studies highlighting the possible link between generativity and creative thinking in the perspective of complex thinking. Therefore, mobilizing generativity as an interpretative model to read an empirical investigation of creativity promoted through P4C can open a new pedagogical and didactic view of what has already been explored. The research aspires to give a generative reading of creativity, as an object of teaching, by investigating the horizon of generative didactics of creativity through PhilosophArt.

PhilosophArt is an educational-didactic practice that aims to generate creativity through art and dialogue in the community, taking into account the complexity of thought. It combines the dialogical-discursive method and the research community of P4C with the realization of community works of art through graphic signs (Kandinsky, 1968, 2005). P4C develops creative, critical, and free minds in community members so that they can live in a complex and democratic society open to difference. At the same time, artistic semiotics (Peirce, 1980) refers to the trivalence of the sign and to the possibility that the same sign can contain different meanings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research questions are:
1. How can the complex thinking approach be re-read through the generative approach in order to reconceptualize the concept of creativity at school?
2. Can PhilosophyArt be an educational-didactic practice to promote generative creative thinking?
The research involved the entire school community of a primary school in the Veneto Region, Italy. More specifically, 120 students and 13 teachers. This school was chosen because it is a small public school, located on the outskirts of the city and with a school timetable suitable for hosting a medium-term research project. Furthermore, the teachers decided to join the research by highlighting the urgency of promoting creativity education in their school.  
In line with the participants and the topic of the research, the methodological choices fell on Community-based participatory research and Art-based research.
The first one (AHRQ; 2004; Blumenthal, 2011, Hacher, 2013) is a collaborative approach oriented towards social change and improvement that takes place in the community, which is always involved in all stages of the investigation process. On the other hand, Art-based research (Barone & Eisner, 2012; Knowles & Cole, 2008; McNiff, 2009) uses artistic processes at every stage of the research as fundamental to understanding and examining experience.
The research design involves three phases.
The first phase (October 2022) was an exploration of the structural, organizational, and methodological-didactic aspects of the school context. This has been done through a focus group with all teachers in the school. The macro-topics of the focus group refer to an INDIRE questionnaire on creative practices and they concern 1) the concept of creativity, 2) didactics and creativity, and 3) creativity space.
The second step (October 2022-February 2023) of the research was an experimental phase: PhilosofArt sessions were proposed in each classroom of the school.
In the concluding phase (March 2023), the initial focus group will be re-proposed to the teachers. The aim of the focus group will be to identify a hypothetical change concerning the macro-topics and to search together for a data analysis and interpretation model. This model should emerge from the relationship between the literature and the empirical data. The data interpretation and analysis model will be created artistically starting from a Kandinsky piece of art. The same procedure has been used to conduct focus groups and PhilosofArt sessions.
Finally, we will return the results of the research through a community art event.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research is part of a national and international overview that strongly believes in creativity as the key to 21st-century education (UNESCO, 2006). There are many meanings that psychology and pedagogy have been attributing to creativity for years, but few of them are their educational nuances. On this gap in the literature, the research intends to fit. The educational and pedagogical value of research on creative and generative thinking in the historical, social, and cultural context of today's schools values each and everyone differently. Indeed everyone has creative capacities as a natural effect of being human (Robinson, 2015). Pedagogical interest in didactics that differentially promotes the development of creative thinking could find a possible horizon in PhilosophyArt. In this educational practice, the conceptual diversity of creativity is reflected in all its meanings, but also in its different ways of thinking about the metaphors of life. In PhilosophyArt, the cultural diversity of creativity emerges as artistic-philosophical dialogue promotes inter-subjective exchange, growth of knowledge, and openness to different perspectives also through different communication languages. Finally, this educational practice fosters the contextual diversity of creativity, as artistic and dialogical signs do not have value in themselves but in relation to others and the world.
The complexity that invests humanity requires an educational paradigm that is welcoming and loving towards an uncertain future that rests on the ephemeral present. The meaning of education can be found in the possibility of everyone acting in relation to their own aspirations for the common good, which is their own and the one of the next generations. A school that creates the conditions for creativity to reproduce itself becomes a school that generates different opportunities for all in relation to others, the world, and culture.  

References
AHRQ, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, Community-based Participatory Research: Assessing the Evidence, 2004. From://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK37280/
Barone, T., Eisner, E. (2012). Arte Based Research. SAGE
Bauman, Z. (2007). Liquid times: Living in an age of uncertainty. Polity Press.
Blumenthal, D.S. (2011). Is Community-Based Participatory Research Possible?, American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 40(3), pp. 386-389.
De Puig, I. (2003). Pensar. Percebre, sentir i pensar. Universitat de Girona
Edwards, C., Gandini, L., & Forman G. (2017). I cento linguaggi dei bambini. L’approccio di Reggio Emilia all’educazione dell’infanzia. Edizioni junior
Kandinsky, V. (1968). Punto linea superficie. Contributo all'analisi degli elementi pittorici. Milano: Adelphi
Kandinsky, V. (2005). Lo spirituale nell'arte. SE
Knowles J. G., Cole A. L. (2008). Handbook of the Arts in Qualitative Research: Perspectives, Methodologies, Examples, ans Issues. SAGE
Hacher, K. (2013). Community based participatory research. London: Sage
Lipman, M. (1988). Philosophy goes to school. Temple Univ Pe
Lipman, M. (2005). Educare al pensiero. Vita e Pensiero
McNiff, S. (2009). Art-Based Research. Jessica Kingsley
Morin, E. (2017). La sfida della complessità. Le Lettere.
Munari, B. (2017). Fantasia. Editori Laterza.
National Advisory Committee on Creative and Cultural Education (1999). All our futures: Creativity, culture & education. Sudbury, Suffolk: Department for Education and Employment.
Peirce, C. (1980). Semiotica. Einaudi
Robinson, K. (2015). Fuori di testa. Perché la scuola uccide la creatività. Erickson
Rodari, G. (2010). La grammatica della fantasia. Einaudi Ragazzi
Santi, M. (cur.). (2005). Philosophy for Children: un curricolo per insegnare a pensare. Liguori Editore
Santi, M. (2006a). Costruire comunità di integrazione in classe. Pensa MultiMedia
Santi, M. (2007). How students understand art: a change in children through Philosophy. Childhood & Philosophy, 3, n.5, 19-33
Sátiro, A. (2006). Pensar creativamente. III Seminario Iberoamericano
Sátiro, A. (2019). Personas creativas ciudadanos creativos. Corporación Universitaria Minuto de Dios – UNIMINUTO
Tiozzo Brasiola, O. (2020). Didattica generativa della solidarietà: generare creatività e creare generatività. Formazione & Insegnamento, XVIII, 1, 737-746
UNESCO (2006). World conference on arts education, building creative capacities for the 21st century. Lisbon, Portugal, 6–9 March 2006. Working document. Lisbon: UNESCO
Vygotskij, L. (2010). Immaginazione e creatività nell’età infantile. Editori Riuniti university press
Zorzi, E., Antoniello, S.M. (2020). Promuovere creatività nelle intelligenze multiple: filoso-fare a scuola negli atelier. Encyclopaideia, XXIV, 58, 59-73


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Queer-Friendly Schools? The Relationship between Perceived School Climate, Mental Health and Student Well-Being of LGBTIQ+ Students in Switzerland

Adrien Ott1,3, Monika Hofmann1, Christa Kappler2, Janine Lüthi1, Tina Hascher1

1University of Bern, Switzerland; 2Zurich University of Teacher Education; 3Bern University of Teacher Education

Presenting Author: Ott, Adrien

The concept of heteronormativity describes patterns of perception, thoughts and actions based on the assumption of a binary gender system (Degele, 2005). In this context, the two biologically and socially compatible sexes (male and female) relate their sexuality and attraction to each other (Pöge et al., 2020). This assumption of heterosexual gender dichotomy permeates and creates hierarchical relationships in many social and cultural spheres and determines the everyday life of individuals: those who do not conform to heteronormativity are marginalized and discriminated against (Hartmann et al., 2017). Thus, many LGBTIQ+ individuals still experience that their non-heteronormative ways of life are positioned in the socially deviant (Oldemeier, 2017). The acronym LGBTIQ+ stands for lesbian, gay, bisexual, trans, intersex, queer, and other self-designations beyond the heterosexual and two-gendered norm. According to research, approximately 5-15% of the population is LGBTIQ+ (Dalia Reseach, 2016).

For LGBTIQ+ youth, in addition to age-typical challenges, deviation from heteronormativity poses further challenges (Gaupp & Krell, 2020). This includes becoming aware of their own sexual orientation and/or gender identity, coming out, and dealing with homo-, bi- and transnegativity in school (Gaupp & Krell, 2020; Krell & Oldemeier, 2015). LGBTIQ+ youth at school report experiences of victimization, a lack of supportive school staff and LGBTIQ+ inclusive teaching as well as LGBTIQ+ exclusive infrastructure (Krell & Oldemeier, 2015).

These research findings can be located within the multidimensional construct of school climate under the dimensions of (1) perceived safety, (2) teaching and learning, (3) social relationships, and (4) the institutional environment (Thapa et al., 2013). These four dimensions encompass the characteristics of the school environment that influence students behavioral, cognitive, and psychological development (Thapa et al., 2013).

Negative school experiences, in relation to the National School Climate Council's concept of school climate (National School Climate Council, 2007), can inhibit the psychological well-being of LGBTIQ+ students. For example, qualitative research indicates that LGBTIQ+ students attribute their psychological distress to perceived discrimination and exclusion at school (Watzlawik et al., 2017). Further research from Anglo-Saxon countries indicates a higher prevalence of suicidality, depression, and anxiety disorders compared to non-LGBTIQ+ youth (Russell & Fish, 2016).

In addition, it could be suggested that LGBTIQ+ students have lower levels of student well-being than non-LGBTIQ+ students (Krell & Oldemeier, 2015). Student well-being is defined by Hascher (2004) as the prevalence of positive emotions and cognitions toward school, school members, and the school environment. Experiences of victimization and exclusion on the part of classmates and teachers, as well as structural discrimination based on LGBTIQ+ identity, could thus reinforce negative emotions and cognitions toward school.

To date, the authors are not aware of any study linking school climate to psychological distress and student well-being. A theoretical foundation for this relationship can be provided by an adapted version of Meyer's (2003) minority stress model. The model conceptualizes the influence of external and internal minority stress factors such as LGBTIQ+ specific harassment or internalized stigma on the well-being of LGBTIQ+ individuals with resilience factors moderating and mediating this relationship.

Accordingly, this study aims to answer the following questions:

  • How do LGBTIQ+ students in Switzerland perceive their student well-being and psychological distress?
  • How do LGBTIQ+ students in Switzerland perceive their school climate?
  • After accounting for control variables, how are LGBTIQ+ specific school climate factors related to participants' student well-being and psychological distress?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study included participants between 14 and 19 years old who identified themselves as part of the LGBTIQ+ community and lived in the German-speaking part of Switzerland.

Ethics approval was obtained through the university of Bern before recruiting participants. First, 2 participatory workshops with 6 LGBTIQ+ adolescents were conducted. The goal of the first session was to collect topics important to LGBTIQ+ youth in the school setting. During the second workshop, the participants were able to provide feedback on the draft version of the online survey.  

374 participants from 18 of the 20 German-speaking cantons completed the online survey and met the inclusion criteria (average age 17.6 years (SD=1.5)). 264 participants identified as a sexual minority, 110 as members of a gender minority.

The anonymous online survey was disseminated from September to October 2022 and was advertised through emails sent to organizations working with LGBTIQ+ youth, social media posts and flyers at LGBTIQ+ events. Participants were self-selected and were not compensated.

The perceived LGBTIQ+ specific school climate was assessed through a questionnaire of the LGBTQ+ National School Climate Survey (Kosciw et al., 2020). The questionnaire was adapted to the Swiss context and consisted of 25 questions with subscales for (1) safety at school, (2) biased language, (3) reporting harassment, (4) teaching, (5) policies and practices, (6) academic experiences and (7) resources. The student well-being questionnaire (Hascher, 2004) with the subscales (1) positive attitudes, (2) joy at school, (3) worries about school, (4) physical discomfort, (5) social problems at school and (6) student self-esteem was used to measure student wellbeing. In addition, the survey included validated measures of anxiety (BSI-18) depression (BSI-18) and suicidality (SBQ-R). The internal minority stress factors were assessed through inventories measuring internalized stigma (sexual minorities: Herek et al., 2015; gender minorities: Testa et al., 2015). Finally, 2 questions assessed the grade of coming out to school staff and classmates.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The purpose of the study was to better understand the perceived school climate of LGBTIQ+ students at school and the correlation with student well-being as well as mental health. Preliminary findings seem to confirm the results of studies conducted in the European Union and the Anglo-Saxon countries that LGBTIQ+ students are significantly exposed to harassment and discrimination because of their sexual orientation and/or gender identity (e.g., Kosciw et al., 2020) . 44.5% of the LGBTIQ+ students heard “gay” used in a negative way often or frequently (National School Climate Survey (Kosciw et al., 2020): 75.6%) and reported that only 9.7% of the teachers overhearing these remarks intervened most of the time or always (Kosciw et al., 2020: 13.7%). 45.3% reported experiencing verbal harassment at least sometimes in the last school year because of their sexual orientation or their gender identity (Kosciw et al., 2020: 80.8%). Further results of the school climate questionnaire will be discussed and compared with findings from European and Anglo-Saxon countries, particularly regarding the experiences of trans and non-binary students. Answers to open text questions indicate support for the minority stress model as a theoretical framework to better understand the relationship between school climate, student well-being and mental health. It is expected that negative school climate correlates positively with psychological distress and negatively with student well-being.
The preliminary results of this study provide first indications that schools in the German-speaking part of Switzerland are often unsafe spaces for LGBTIQ+ students to learn and thrive. The findings will be discussed in terms of their implications for prevention and intervention programs that address hostile school climate factors for this vulnerable population.

References
Dalia Reseach. (2016). Counting the LGBT population. https://daliaresearch.com/counting-the-lgbt-population-6-of-europeans-identify-as-lgbt/
Degele, N. (2005). Heteronormativität entselbstverständlichen: Zum verunsichernden Potenzial von Queer Studies. Freiburger FrauenStudien(17), 15–39.
Gaupp, N. & Krell, C. (2020). Lebenssituationen von lesbischen, schwulen, bisexuellen, trans* und queeren Jugendlichen. Unsere Jugend, 72(7+8), 290–298.
Hartmann, J., Messerschmidt, A. & Thon, C. (Hrsg.). (2017). Jahrbuch Frauen- und Geschlechterforschung in der Erziehungswissenschaft: Folge 13/2017. Queertheoretische Perspektiven auf Bildung: Pädagogische Kritik der Heteronormativität. Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Hascher, T. (2004). Wohlbefinden in der Schule (1. Aufl.). Pädagogische Psychologie und Entwicklungspsychologie: Bd. 40. Waxmann.
Herek, G. M., Gillis, J. R. & Cogan, J. C. (2015). Internalized stigma among sexual minority adults: Insights from a social psychological perspective. Stigma and Health, 1(S), 18–34.
Kosciw, J. G., Clark, C. M., Truong, N. L. & Zongrone, A. D. (2020). The 2019 National School Climate Survey: The Experiences of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Queer Youth in Our Nation’s Schools.
Krell, C. & Oldemeier, K. (2015). Coming-out - und dann …?! Ein DJI-Forschungsprojekt zur Lebenssituation von lesbischen schwulen, bisexuellen und trans* Jugendlichen und jungen Erwachsenen. DJI Deutsches Jugendinstitut.
Meyer, I. H. (2003). Prejudice, social stress, and mental health in lesbian, gay, and bisexual populations: conceptual issues and research evidence. Psychological Bulletin, 129(5), 674–697.
National School Climate Council. (2007). The School Climate Challenge: Narrowing the Gap Between School Climate Research and School Climate Policy, Practice Guidelines and Teacher Education Policy.
Oldemeier, K. (2017). Heteronormativität: Erfahrungen von jungen lesbischen, schwulen, bisexuellen, trans* und queeren Menschen. Forum Gemeindepsychologie, 22(1), 1–14.
Pöge, K., Dennert, G., Koppe, U., Güldenring, A., Matthigack, E. B. & Rommel, A. (2020). Die gesundheitliche Lage von lesbischen, schwulen, bisexuellen sowie trans- und intergeschlechtlichen Menschen. Robert Koch-Institut.
Russell, S. T. & Fish, J. N. (2016). Mental Health in Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender (LGBT) Youth. Annual review of clinical psychology, 12, 465–487.
Testa, R. J., Habarth, J., Peta, J., Balsam, K. & Bockting, W. O. (2015). Development of the Gender Minority Stress and Resilience Measure. Psychology of Sexual Orientation and Gender Diversity, 2(1), 65–77.
Thapa, A., Cohen, J., Guffey, S. & Higgins-D’Alessandro, A. (2013). A Review of School Climate Research. Review of Educational Research, 83(3), 357–385.
Watzlawik, M., Salden, S. & Hertlein, J. (2017). Was, wenn nicht immer alles so eindeutig ist, wie wir denken? Erfahrungen LSBT*-Jugendlicher in der Schule und das Konzept der Ambiguitätstoleranz. Diskurs Kindheits- und Jugendforschung, 12(2), 161–175.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Semantic Clarification of Life Skills in the Field of Health Promotion at School : a Scoping Review

Adeline Darlington Bernard, Corélie Salque, Emily Darlington, Florence Carrouel

Laboratoire P2S (Health, Systemic, Process EA 4129 Research Unit), Université Claude Bernard Lyon 1, France

Presenting Author: Darlington Bernard, Adeline; Salque, Corélie

For over 4 decades, Life Skills have been explored as a means of preventing health-compromising behaviour, especially with adolescents (Botvin, 1985). In 1993, WHO proposed its own definition of Life Skills as “the abilities for adaptive and positive behaviours that enable individuals to effectively deal with demands and challenges of everyday life” (WHO, 1994).

In the literature, Life Skills are described as a set of “personal and cognitive skills” which derives from “cognitive-behavioural techniques” to develop self-esteem and social skills, resist persuasion, and cope with anxiety (Botvin, 1985). The development of Life Skills in schools is also identified as a lever for promoting pupils’ health and well-being as a health-protection factor (Simar et al., 2020), as a means of preventing risk behaviour (Botvin, 2000; Botvin & Griffin, 2004, 2007), mental health problems (Department of mental health social change and mental health cluster, 1999), as well as violent and risky sexual behaviour (Mangrulkar et al., 2001). Furthermore, the development of Life Skills fosters sociability, positive social interactions, cognitive development, as well as academic and professional achievements (Lamboy et al., 2021). Finally, Life Skills programmes and interventions are more efficient when founded on research, conducted by adults with strong life skills and through regular exposure (Lamboy et al., 2021).

In France, they were developed from the end of the 1990s (Darlington & Masson, 2020) when the notion of competence was integrated into the French education curriculum. Initially known as “compétences émotionnelles et relationnelles” (i.e. emotional and relational skills) (Lamboy et al., 2021), the term “compétences psychosociales” (i.e. “life skills” in French) was truly adopted in 2016 with the introduction of the Parcours Éducatif de Santé (an educational pathway for pupils, focused on the development of various skills towards individual and collective health) (Ministère de l’Éducation Nationale, 2017; Lamboy et al., 2021). Recently the “Vademecum de l'École Promotrice de Santé” (Ministère de l’Éducation Nationale, 2020) has set out an important framework for the integration of Health Promotion in schools, with a particular focus on the development of pupils’ Life Skills to reinforce positive health behaviours and develop skills useful to the future adults whom pupils will become.

Thus, Life Skills appear to be fundamental. However, in both French and English, different terms are used as synonyms to refer to Life Skills: a semantic clarification is therefore necessary. Moreover, in French, the term adopted in translation of the expression "Life skills" proposed by the WHO in 1993 seems to operate a semantic shift by becoming "compétences psychosociales” (which can be translated as "psychosocial competences"). This illustrates the fact that the notion of “Life Skills” remains rather vague; a global perspective on the terms used and their definitions seems to be required (Simar et al., 2020), in both languages. Thus, the purpose of this study is to analyze the terms and definitions used in French and English to discuss Life Skills, to reach a consensual definition.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To do this, we have decided to conduct a scoping review and to follow the PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR) and its checklist (Tricco et al., 2018). This methodology is used as a means of mapping out literature on a given topic or in a specific field, and identify research gaps (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005; Levac et al., 2010; Peters et al., 2021). More specifically, it may be used to explore key concepts and clarify definitions regardless of study design (Munn et al., 2018), which is our intent. The scoping review is currently underway. To better understand Life Skills in France and at an international level, this review aims to answer the following questions: (1) What are the terms used to refer to Life Skills? (2) What is their definition? (3) Is there a consensual definition?
The databases used are Google Scholar, ERIC, PubMed and HAL SHS. The inclusion criteria are: (i) peer-reviewed articles (ii) systematic and scoping reviews (iii) articles published in French and in English, (iv) articles which focus on health promotion in school, (v) articles which focus on a population of school pupils, (vi) articles which focus on teacher training. The exclusion criteria are: (i) conference papers, (ii) book extracts, (iii) institutional reports, (iv) articles which focus on after-school activities, (v) articles which focus on a population of students in further and higher education, (vi) articles which focus on adult education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The determination and the comparison of the French and English terms used to refer to Life Skills and their definitions should demonstrate that no conceptual definition has been formalized yet. This absence of consensus could be due to the fact that Life Skills are at the crossroads between different fields (psychology, sociology, education, anthropology). Thus, our study will try to elaborate a consensual definition regarding Life Skills.

References
Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework.
Botvin, G. J. (1985). The Life Skills Training Program as a Health Promotion Strategy: Theoretical Issues and Empirical Findings.
Botvin, G. J. (2000). Preventing adolescent drug abuse through life skills training: Theory, methods, and effectiveness.
Botvin, G. J., & Griffin, K. W. (2004). Life skills training: Empirical findings and future directions.
Botvin, G. J., & Griffin, K. W. (2007). School-based programmes to prevent alcohol, tobacco and other drug use.
Darlington, E., & Masson, J. (2020). Promotion de la santé et réussite scolaire.
Department of mental health social change and mental health cluster. (1999). Partners in Life Skills Education : conclusions from a United Nations Inter-Agency Meeting.
Lamboy, B., Shankland, R., & Williamson, M.-O. (2021). Les compétences psychosociales - manuel de développement.
Levac, D., Colquhoun, H., & O’Brien, K. K. (2010). Scoping studies: Advancing the methodology.
Mangrulkar, L., Whitman, C. V., & Posner, M. (2001). Life Skills Approach to Child and Adolescent Healthy Human Development.
Ministère de l’Education Nationale. (2017). Mise en œuvre du parcours éducatif de santé (PES).
Ministère de l’Education Nationale. (2020). L’École promotrice de santé - Vademecum.
Munn, Z., Peters, M. D. J., Stern, C., Tufanaru, C., McArthur, A., & Aromataris, A. (2018). Systematic review or scoping review? Guidance for authors when choosing between a systematic or scoping review approach.
Nasheeda, A., Abdullah, H. B., Krauss, S. E., & Ahmed, N. B. (2019). A narrative systematic review of life skills education: effectiveness, research gaps and priorities.
Peters, M. D. J., Marnie, C., Colquhoun, H., Garritty, C. M., Hempel, S., Horsley, T., Langlois, E. V., Lillie, E., O’Brien, K. K., Tunçalp,  Ӧzge, Wilson, M. G., Zarin, W., & Tricco, A. C. (2021). Scoping reviews: reinforcing and advancing the methodology and application.
Simar, C., Pironom, J., Tessier, D., Nsambu, C., & Masson, J. (2020). Validation transculturelle d’une échelle de mesure des compétences sociales chez les élèves des 8 à 12 ans.
Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O’Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., Peters, M. D. J., Horsley, T., Weeks, L., Hempel, S., Akl, E. A., Chang, C., McGowan, J., Stewart, L., Hartling, L., Aldcroft, A., Wilson, M. G., Garritty, C., … Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and explanation.
WHO. (1994). Programme on Mental Health: Life Skills in Schools. In WHO World Health Organization.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 C: Interactive Poster Session
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Dragana Radanović
Interactive Poster Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Influences of Engaging in the Into Headship Programme Post-programme: Some Perceptions of Newly-Appointed Headteachers in Scotland.

Rosemary Grady

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Grady, Rosemary

This poster will seek to illustrate a qualitative study of six newly-appointed headteachers in Scotland who have recently completed the mandatory qualification of Into Headship. As a course tutor on IH, the study is undertaken as the focus of my doctoral research.

In order to better understand the longer-term influences of the IH programme, I am curious to explore how former participants go on to further develop and apply their knowledge and understanding once appointed as headteachers post-programme. I am also interested in the significant prior learning and experiences participants bring to their IH studies and seek to explore the influence this has on them whilst on programme as well as post-programme.

Though IH is delivered by seven universities across Scotland, Education Scotland, which oversees the programme on behalf of the Scottish Government, collates an annual evaluative report. This report is based on a form of “satisfaction poll” completed by former participants at the point of course completion and is arguably unable to provide insights which deeply analyses or critically reflects upon the multiple influences of the IH programme. For IH, it is significant that only one study (Mowat, 2020) seeks to explore the ongoing development of former IH participants; however no studies were found which explicitly sought to do so over an extended time period or which studied former participants in permanent headship roles. Therefore, I believe it can be argued that there appears to be a clear “gap” in the field of knowledge related to the influence of the Into Headship programme.

Research Question

Taking account of the impact of leading during the COVID-19 global pandemic in Scotland:

In what ways do newly-appointed headteachers in Scotland perceive that their engagement in the Into Headship programme has influenced and continues to influence their leadership development in leading their school community?

1. Which aspects of participants’ leadership growth, sense of identity and related application of this understanding do they recognise to have been influenced /continue to be influenced (directly and/or indirectly) by engaging in the IH programme and in which ways?

2. Which aspects of participants’ leadership growth, sense of identity and related application of this understanding do they feel, have been/ are subject to other influences, contextual factors and other learning and in which ways?

Anticipated Outcomes

Through this study I hope to gain insights into:

  • how study participants transfer and apply leadership knowledge & understanding gained in the IH programme in the various contexts they function within across the system.
  • how study participants’ sense of identity as a headteacher has developed and continues to develop over time in their role as a newly-appointed headteacher
  • what other significant influences study participants identify alongside the experience of engaging in the IH programme
  • the part context, social learning, collaboration and engaging in networks/communities of practice plays in study participants’ ongoing development as headteachers

Key concepts are captured in a conceptual framework which has been constructed from the following dimensions:

  • “Perceptions of Into Headship influences”, “Other influences” and their entanglement in the enactment of the headship role
  • Notions of journeying i.e. personal and professional development over time, “Being, Becoming and Growing as a leader” (GTCS, 2021)
  • The development of the professional, situated and personal identities of school leaders (Day et al., 2007)

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My ontological beliefs about the nature of the study influence and seek to align my methodological choices in the design and enactment of my research approaches in order to realise the study aims. The study is a qualitative perception study, situated within the interpretivist paradigm due to the unique, contextualised  and individualised nature of each study participant’s experiences.
The  entire population of possible participants were those from IH cohorts from 2018-2021 across Scotland, and this overall group were invited to take part in a brief initial survey. A smaller sample who indicated agreement were invited to take part in the second phase of the study.
To ensure sufficient data creation which generated “thick descriptions” (Geertz,1973) whilst at the same time being mindful of the manageability of the study, a sample group of 6-8 were sought. Crucially, as this study focusses on in what ways newly-appointed headteachers apply and further develop their knowledge & understanding once appointed, study participants were required to be approximately within their first year of permanent headship at the time of the study (specifically within 6-18 months of appointment). They also needed to be willing to/ have capacity to take part over the timescale of the study.
A purposive sampling approach in identifying the sample of 6-8 participants was adopted. Purposive sampling is a non-probability approach which is useful for qualitative researchers as it allowed an element of judgement to be applied to the sample selection process. I do not aim for generalisability within this study and my sample does not seek to directly represent the population. However, I did wish to include a range of participants who are not atypical, who work in a range of diverse contexts and will be able & willing to engage in depth with the process.
In the second phase of the study, a group of six headteachers have now been engaging in a series of three hour long semi-structured interviews, at six-month intervals. They are asked to deeply reflect on their IH experience, aspects of their ongoing leadership development, including events such as critical incidents and relate this to any perceived direct influence from their Into Headship experience and other influences they believe to be of significance.  During the final interview, participants will be asked to reflect upon their leadership development using a “River of Experience” reflective narrative tool. (Iantaffi, 2012).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first two instances of data creation through semi-structured interviews have taken place. The data from Interview One was analysed by adopting an open coding approach (Saldana, 2014) from which themes were then constructed. Both inductive and deductive approaches were adopted to organise and reorganise the data in relation to the research questions and  when  interrogating aspects of the conceptual framework. Though there were crosscutting themes and recurring influences which all participants noted to varying degrees, data from Interview One was used recursively in Interview Two to further extend reflections which were uniquely significant to each individual participant.
Increased understanding of leading strategic change,  engaging in critical reflection, developing an enhanced ability to critique policy & educational literature and the benefits of networking with others were typically reported as influences of the Into Headship programme. These themes recurred in all the participant’s data. However,  findings of the study,  so far, also demonstrate the significance of the uniqueness of each individual’s own values and beliefs about leadership; with their personal and professional identity also being reported as fundamentally important to their leadership practice. Other reported key influences so far include the other people who support the ongoing development of participants over time as well as the multiple experiences and professional learning prior to, during and after their time engaging on the Into Headship programme.  The final instance of data creation will take place in May 2023.

References
References

Crow, G., Day, C., & Møller, J. (2017). Framing research on school principals’ identities. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 20(3), 265-277.

Day, C., Sammons, P., & Stobart, G. (2007). Teachers matter: Connecting work, lives and effectiveness. McGraw-Hill Education (UK).

Geertz, C. (1973). Chapter 1/Thick Description: Toward an interpretive theory of culture. The interpretation of cultures: Selected essays, 3-30.

GTCS, (2021). Standard for Headship, GTCS publication.


Iantaffi, A. (2012). Travelling along ‘rivers of experience’: personal construct psychology and visual metaphors in research. In Visual Methods in Psychology (pp. 305-317). Routledge.

Mowat, J. (2020). New Directions in Headship Education in Scotland. In L. Becket (Ed.),

Saldana, J. (2014). Thinking qualitatively: Methods of mind. SAGE publications.

Key Texts

Cowie, M., & Crawford, M. (2009). Headteacher preparation programmes in England and Scotland: do they make a difference for the first-year head? School Leadership & Management, 29(1), 5-21. doi:10.1080/13632430802646354
Crawford, M., Cowie, M., Crawford, M., & Michael, C. (2012). Bridging theory and practice in headship preparation: interpreting experience and challenging assumptions. In (Vol. 40, pp. 175-187). United Kingdom.
Davidson, J., Forde, C., Gronn, P., MacBeath, J., McMahon, M., & Martin, M. (2008). Towards a mixed economy of Head Teacher development: Evaluation Report to the Scottish Government on the Flexible Routes to Headship Pilot.
Donaldson, G. (2011). Teaching Scotland's Future: Report of a review of teacher education in Scotland: Scottish Government (Scotland).
Forde, C., McMahon, M., & Gronn, P. (2013). Designing Individualised Leadership Development Programmes. School Leadership & Management, 33(5), 440-456.
Jenny, R., Turner, E., Morris, B., & Christine, F. (2005) Changing their minds: the social dynamics of school leaders' learning. Cambridge Journal of Education, 35(2), 253-273. doi:10.1080/03057640500147219
Matheson, I., & Murray, R. (2011). Preparing for Headship: the impact of professional study on professional knowledge and leadership practices.
Menter, I. Holligan, C. & Mthenjwa, V. (2003).  SQH Key Issues from the Evaluation Edinburgh: Scottish Executive
Menter, I. (2005). Reaching the parts that need to be reached? The impact of the Scottish Qualification for Headship. School leadership & management. 25(1), 7.
Research-Informed Teacher Learning: Critical Perspectives on Theory, Research and Practice. London: Routledge.
O'Brien, J., & Draper, J. (2001). Developing effective school leaders? Initial views of the Scottish Qualification for Headship (SQH). Journal of In-Service Education, 27(1), 109-122

Watt, G., Bloomer, K., Christie, I., Finlayson, C., & Jaquet, S. (2014). Evaluation of routes to headship: appendices.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Elementary 1:1 iPad Implementation: Lessons Learned from a Design-based Research Study

Laura Pellizzer, Marina De Rossi

University of Padua, Italy

Presenting Author: Pellizzer, Laura

Since the beginning of the new millennium, great efforts have been made at a European level on the integration of digital in education to overcome the monomediality, frontality, and transmissiveness of teaching-learning processes (e.g., European Commission et al., 2017).

Among the digital devices on the market, iPads, and other similar tablets, stand out for their affordances including portability, easy access to information, multitouch screen, and readiness for collaborative work (e.g., Henderson & Yeow, 2012). This translates into increasing autonomy, commitment, and motivation in learning activities, but also offering multiple opportunities to access the curriculum and a high degree of differentiation of the user's educational experience. Hence, one-to-one (1:1) learning initiatives started to be launched in Europe, especially in the Nordic countries. 1:1 learning initiatives are equipping all students of a given school, class, or age group with portable devices (e.g., laptops, netbooks, tablets, or smartphones) for learning purposes both at school and home (Bocconi et al., 2013).

However, research has long shown how the availability and adoption of digital equipment in the classroom are not automatically related to pupils’ academic performance (e.g., Hattie, 2009, 2015; Higgins et al., 2012, 2016). In other words, it is not the technology itself that makes the difference in achieving positive academic outcomes but how teachers integrate technologies in the classroom to improve and innovate education and training (Redecker & Punie, 2017). Therefore, what plays a significant role in influencing teachers’ behavior in the classroom is their preparation and perceptions of ICT integration (Abel et al., 2022). Unfortunately, most of the studies reveal teachers are not yet digitally competent (Fernández-Batanero et al., 2022). This became even clearer during the Covid-19 pandemic when teachers were revealed to be unprepared to set up forms of digital education (Lucisano, 2020; Ranieri et al., 2020).

It follows how important it is to intensify investment in didactic innovation, especially in terms of digital skills training in teachers (Commissione europea, 2020; European Commission et al., 2021 Ranieri et al., 2020). Teacher digital competence lies in knowing how to effectively integrate and use digital technologies at every stage of teaching and learning activities, considering the different contexts of use (European Commission et al., 2017).

Therefore, the study aimed at investigating the impact of a 1:1 iPad integration pilot project in a elementary school classroom through a professional development (PD) initiative with in-service teachers. PD is critical in enhancing teachers’ technology competence and confidence, thus promoting the successful use of technology in their teaching and students’ academic achievements (Abel et al., 2022). The study lasting one and a half calendar years involved 2 in-service teachers, a total of 23 first-grade (s.y. 2021-2022) pupils (13 female and 10 male), and their parents, of a elementary school in the Veneto Region, Italy. In addition, a control group of 17 students with similar background characteristics was also involved.

The application of a Design-Based Research (DBR) was chosen in the implementation and refinement of the teachers’ PD program. The DBR methodology is characterized by 1) being situated in a real educational context, 2) solving a real problem from the context, 3) focusing on the design and testing of a significant intervention, and 4) involving close collaboration between the researcher and stakeholders and multiple iterations to reach the best design of the intervention (Philippakos et al., 2021). A study on the use of iPad in teaching-learning processes in an Apple Distinguished School abroad was also performed.

At the end of the experimentation, the impact of the project will be determined in terms of teachers' PD and students' learning outcomes achieved thanks to the use of the digital tool.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The initial problem to be solved in this DBR was the introduction of iPads in teaching.
At the beginning of the experimentation (September-October 2021), we detected teachers' methodological choices in their classroom practices through observation tools, semi-structured interviews with teachers, and focus groups with pupils. In parallel, we tested the initial learning profiles of the students, and we surveyed the students' level of familiarity with the use of digital tools by administering a questionnaire to their parents.
The first phase was followed by the revision of scientific literature and the look at existing practices to identify possible solutions to the initial problem (December 2021-March 2022). For this reason, it was decided to carry out a study of a successful school case that is part of the Apple Distinguished School circuit (March-April 2022).
Based on the results of this second phase, the first implementation of solutions took place (April-June 2022). This phase also followed progressive steps: from a modeling phase in which the researcher carries out activities with the iPads (3w./week) and the class teacher supports and observes to a scaffolding phase in which the teacher performs activities with the iPads (3w./week) and the researcher supports and observes. Constant co-design and co-reflection processes were also carried out during this phase.
At the end of the school year (May-June 2022), the progress of teachers’ methodologies and students’ learning achievements were monitored by repeating the semi-structured interviews with teachers, and the focus groups and tests with pupils.
New objectives for the school year 2022-2023 were set and implemented through a fading phase in which the teacher becomes more and more autonomous in the conduct of activities (September-December 2022).
At the end of the experimentation (December 2022), final tests on teachers’ methodologies and students’ learning outcomes were carried out.
In the development of the project, the continuous collaboration between actors with different professional profiles and responsibilities led to the consideration of the technological, social, and pedagogical affordances of the technological tool in order to subsequently initiate the instructional design and the proposal of activities in the classroom.

The following research questions guide this study:
- What are the characteristics of a 1:1 initiative of iPad integration in a novice school in the use of iPads as teaching-learning tools?
- What impacts occur in terms of teachers' methodological choices?
- What are the effects of these changes on student learning outcomes?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data collected from the entire experimentation are about to be analyzed. Therefore, it is not possible to report here the results and deduce the conclusions of this study. However, they will be available in the coming months.
For now, we would like to stress that the school context where we carried out our research appears interesting as it is among the first ones in Italy to have started a 1:1 initiative with iPads in elementary school. The choice of a first-grade class was strategic to allow an approach to the use of technologies and devices at an early stage of schooling so that technological imprinting could take place without the presence of ICT usage habits like mere leisure and entertainment, as happens at an older age. Therefore, this study promises to provide important insights into the issue of ICT integration in education during the first years of schooling.
Moreover, thanks to Design-Based Research methodology, a synergy has been created between different professional figures that have given solidity to the project since its beginning. The study of the successful school abroad also proved to be useful. This helped steer the study in the right direction, giving a vision of how it means integrating such a device every day at school for learning purposes.
At the end of the study, we expect to be able to draw up a report on the implementation of the integration of the tool in teaching and learning processes and to detect its impacts in terms of teachers' professional development, as the ability to shift teaching practices from traditional teacher-centered to socio-constructivist student-centered methods. Lastly, we hope to detect areas of positivity of the tool in terms of impact on students’ learning.

References
Abel, V.R., Tondeur, J., & Sang, G. (2022). Teacher Perceptions about ICT Integration into Classroom Instruction. Education Sciences, 12(9), 609. https://doi.org/10.3390/ educsci12090609  
Bocconi, S., Kampylis, P., & Punie, Y. (2013). Framing ICT-enabled Innovation for Learning: the case of one-to-one learning initiatives in Europe. European Journal of Education, 48, 113-130. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12021
Commissione Europea (2020). Comunicazione della Commissione al Parlamento Europeo, al Consiglio, al Comitato Economico e Sociale Europeo e al Comitato delle Regioni. Piano d'azione per l'istruzione digitale 2021-2027. Ripensare l'istruzione e la formazione per l'era digitale.
European Commission, JRC, Carretero, S., Napierała, J., & Bessios, A. (2021). What did we learn from schooling practices during the COVID-19 lockdown?: insights from five EU countries. Publications Office.
Fernández-Batanero, J.M., Montenegro-Rueda, M., Fernández-Cerero, J., & García-Martínez, I. (2022). Digital competences for teacher professional development. Systematic review. European Journal of Teacher Education, 45(4), 513–531. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1827389
Hattie, J. (2008). Visible learning: A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. Routledge.
Hattie, J. (2015). The applicability of Visible Learning to higher education. Scholarship of Teaching and Learning in Psychology, 1(1), 79–91. https://doi.org/10.1037/stl0000021
Henderson, S., & Yeow, J. (2012). iPad in Education: A case study of iPad adoption and use in a pri-mary school (pp. 78-87). 2012 45th Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences. http://dx.doi.org/10.1109/HICSS.2012.390
Higgins, S., Katsipataki, M., Villanueva-Aguilera, A.B., Coleman, R., Hen-Derson, P., Major, L.E., Coe, R., & Mason, D. (2016). Sutton Trust-Education Endowment Foundation Teaching and Learning Toolkit. Education Endowment Foundation.
Higgins, S., Xiao, Z., & Katsipataki, M. (2012). The Impact of Digital Technology on Learning: A Summary for the Education Endowment Foundation. Full Report. Education Endowment Foundation.  
JRC, Institute for Prospective Technological Studies, Kampylis, P., Punie, Y., & Brečko, B. (2014). Mainstreaming ICT-enabled innovation in education and training in Europe: policy actions for sustainability, scalability and impact at system level. Publications Office.
Lucisano, P. (2020). Fare ricerca con gli insegnanti. I primi risultati dell’indagine nazionale SIRD “Per un confronto sulle modalità di didattica a distanza adottate nelle scuole italiane nel periodo di emergenza COVID-19”. Lifelong Lifewide Learning, 17(36), 3-25. https://doi.org/10.19241/lll.v16i36.551
Philippakos, Z.A., Howell, E., & Pellegrino, A. (Eds.) (2021). Design-Based Research in Education. Theory and Applications. Guilford.
Ranieri, M., Gaggioli, C., & Borges, M.K. (2020). La didattica alla prova del Covid-19 in Italia: uno studio sulla Scuola Primaria. Praxis educativa, 15, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.5212/PraxEduc.v.15.16307.079
Redecker, C., & Punie, Y. (2017). European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu. Publications Office.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Establishing a Culture of Employability through University-Industry Collaboration in Real-World Learning

Kim Wilcox

Solent University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Wilcox, Kim

An increasingly performative culture in higher education has tied the concept of ‘teaching excellence’ to ‘employability’. Consequently, higher education institutions and their academic teaching staff have been encouraged to rethink their approaches to embedding employability in the curriculum by collaborating with industry partners in the provision of ‘real-world learning’ (RWL) opportunities. Indeed, political discourse has positioned a culture of partnership at the forefront of higher education practice, reinforcing the importance of a positive experience of collaboration for all. The review of literature noted a prevalence of studies which have sought to identify and disseminate good practice in the development of real-world learning through collaboration. However, research into how collaborative practices can cultivate learners capable of transferring knowledge to real-world scenarios is in its infancy. Specifically, the lack of investigation into what employability means to students, academic staff and industry practitioners in the context of their experiences of RWL has been noted.

Focusing on the growing trend for collaboration between universities and industry partners in RWL provision and a desire to illuminate the diversity of experiences, this research examined a ‘direct’ model of collaboration (Bolden et al., 2009) involving one UK university and one local industry partner operating in the sport development sector. The resulting programme of RWL was aligned to a subject-specific strand of modules which were offered at the Framework for Higher Education Qualifications Level 4, Level 5 and Level 6 of one undergraduate degree course. Through the RWL programme, academic tutors and industry practitioners jointly supported students in applying subject-specific knowledge and skills to the real-world, via a combination of case studies, live briefs and extra-curricular activities, with the aim of enhancing employability for a career in the sport industry.

Adopting an interpretivist case study design and taking the programme as an illustrative example of RWL in UK higher education, three research questions were posed 1) How do stakeholders conceptualise and orientate to employability? 2) How is RWL experienced by different stakeholders? 3) How are stakeholders’ conceptualisations of employability and experiences of RWL related to the creation and maintenance of an employability culture?

The experiences of nine students, two academic tutors and four industry practitioners involved in the programme were explored via semi-structured interviews. A crystallised approach to analysis highlighted a series of critical incidents in the stakeholder experience of RWL. It is argued that stakeholders’ behavioural responses to such incidents are intertwined with their perception of the various aspects and functions of the RWL programme in which they are engaged and that these perceptions are simultaneously influenced by their beliefs about ‘employability’ in this context. Consequently, tension between stakeholders’ idealised beliefs about ‘employability’ and the reality of the RWL experiences provided through a university-industry collaboration actually presented challenges in the creation of the employability culture that such a programme of RWL demands. I therefore offer a ‘Framework for Establishing a Culture of Employability in RWL’ which is intended for educationalists to consider how the operations of a RWL programme may be manipulated to constrain or reify the occurrence of those critical incidents which will ultimately influence a stakeholder’s perception of the RWL programme and their beliefs or conceptions of ‘employability’.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A crystallised approach to data analysis and representation presented an opportunity to explore multiple ways of understanding the lived experience, acknowledging that each account gleaned through semi-structured interviews with students, academic tutors and practitioners relies on the presence or absence of others. Ellingson’s (2009) ‘dendritic’ crystallisation was adopted to achieve a pragmatic blend of inductive, deductive and abductive reasoning across three distinct phases of analysis, rooted in Derrida’s (1978) approach to deconstruction.
Derridean analysis is concept-driven, so the first phase sought to reveal the hierarchies in systems of thought relating to stakeholders’ conceptualisations of employability. This was achieved through an inductive thematic analysis of transcripts which revealed 22 conceptions of employability. These were organised into five belief systems which represented employability as occupational competence, as knowledge, as experience, as self-awareness and as fitting in. Findings illustrated contradictions in how stakeholders conceptualised and orientated to employability.
The second phase was approached deductively, with Third-Generation Activity Theory (Engeström, 1999) used as a lens to deconstruct the experience of the RWL programme. This revealed contradicting perspectives relating to 1) the recognition of identity, 2) the use of language as a mediational tool, 3) the expectations of own and others’ boundaries of responsibility, 4) the perception of mutual benefit.

The third phase set about reconstructing a narrative of the experience. This was deductively informed by Bildungsroman as a genre of narrative inquiry whereby personal growth is said to occur despite or because of various tribulations. I refer to these dissonances as ‘critical incidents’ in the stakeholder experience of RWL. The crystallisation of narratives revealed tensions between the ideal and the reality and demonstrated how critical incidents in the lived experience provide a forum for stakeholders’ beliefs about employability, which are manifested in their employability orientation, to be constrained or reified.
Finally, abductive reasoning was applied to bring all three phases together. A theoretical contribution is made in the form of a ‘Framework for Establishing a Culture of Employability in RWL’. The Framework highlights the diversity of social and cultural practices influencing a range of stakeholder expectations and motivations for participating in an educational programme based on university-industry collaboration, and how this can create an expectation gap (Patrick et al., 2008). The primary intention of the Framework is to support the identification of contradictions which lead to mismatches in perspectives and enables practitioners to seek solutions for the development of a culture of effective collaboration.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Dewey (1933, p.22) stated that “we never educate directly, but indirectly by means of the environment. Whether we permit chance environments to do the work, or whether we design environments for the purpose makes a great difference”. Of course, the environment can refer to physical learning spaces or the overall culture of that learning space. On this basis, I conclude that critical incidents in the stakeholder experience mediate the culture of employability associated with the programme of RWL. Freeman et al. (2010) emphasised the importance of ensuring a culture that supports all stakeholders to see value in the collaboration by working on a greater alignment of their diverse interests. Where stakeholders feel that a programme of RWL is aligned to their values and beliefs about employability, they will have a positive outlook on such experiences. This sets the course for a positive orientation to employability development. Consequently, stakeholders’ employability orientation is positively associated with the creation and maintenance of employability culture (Nauta et al., 2009). The ‘Framework for Establishing a Culture of Employability in RWL’ demonstrates how we can manipulate the system, structure and operation of a programme, in response to belief systems relating to the meaning of employability and critical incidents in the experience of RWL, to ultimately bridge the gap between the ideal and reality. I am interested exploring its application to further instances of university-industry collaboration, particularly in terms of its potential to encourage stakeholders to discuss their beliefs, perceptions and actions and thus enable them to see their own and others’ truths in a more constructed, less idealised light.
References
Bolden, R., Connor, H. Duquemin, A., Hirsh, W. and Petrov, G. (2009) Employer Engagement with Higher Education: Defining, Sustaining and Supporting Higher Skills Provision (A Higher Skills Research Report for HERDA South West and HEFCE). London: HEFCE.

Derrida, J. (1978) Structure, sign and play. In: Writing and difference (Translated by A. Bass) London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Dewey, J. (1933) How we think: a restatement of the relation of reflective thinking to the educative process. New York: D.C. Heath.

Ellingson, L. L. (2009) Engaging crystallization in qualitative research: An introduction. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE.

Engeström, Y. (1999) ‘Activity theory and individual and social transformation’. in Engeström, Y., Miettinen, R. and Punamaki, R.L. (eds), Perspectives on activity theory. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp.19-38.

Freeman, R. E., Harrison, J. S., Wicks, A. C., Parmar, B. L., and de Colle, S. (2010) Stakeholder theory: The state of the art. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Nauta, A., van Vianen, A., van der Heijden, B., van Dam, K. and Willemsen, M. (2009) ‘Understanding the factors that promote employability orientation: The impact of employability culture, career satisfaction, and role breadth self-efficacy’, Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 82, pp.233–251.

Patrick, C.J., Peach, D., Pocknee, C., Webb, F., Fletcher, M. and Pretto, G. (2008) The WIL (work integrated learning) report: A national scoping study. Brisbane, Australia: Queensland University of Technology.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

Developing a Formative Proposal for Initial Teacher Education Based on STEAM Approach and Creative Thinking Development

Erika Ribeiro, Ana V. Rodrigues

CIDTFF - University of Aveiro, Portugal

Presenting Author: Ribeiro, Erika

This research project aims to develop, validate and evaluate a training proposal with a Science, Technology, Engineering, Arts and Mathematics (STEAM) approach that promotes creative thinking and teaching skills for the initial training of Primary School pre-service teachers (PST). It aims to contribute to the design of a course elaborated based on the formative proposal and their results, and also elaborate a set of guiding principles for similar formative strategies.

Educating people to achieve future and current needs, demands that we accomplish not only several learning competencies for the 21st century (P21, 2015) but also their impact on society. Science Education (SE) aims to educate citizens to be prepared to their right and duty to make decisions in a conscious and responsible way with the current society and future generations (Galvão et al., 2016).

To consolidate an education that promotes an integrated worldview, it´s crucial to have teachers scientifically prepared and aware of the several kinds of teaching-learning strategies (Rodrigues & Martins, 2018). Therefore, it´s essential that since the beginning of teacher education, teachers are presented to an integrated SE perspective through a Science, Technology and Society (STS) (Vieira et al., 2011) / Science, Technology, Society and Environment (STSE) orientation (Rodrigues, 2011).

STEAM education is an inquiry-based approach to teaching and learning, grounded in active learning methodologies and with an emphasis on real-world problem-solving (Shernoff et al., 2017). This approach not only proposes interdisciplinary learning through STEAM areas, but also prepares learners for the professional context by developing skills such as good communication, collaborative work, and the enhancement of interpersonal skills (Perignat & Katz-Buonincontro, 2019).

Based on this premise, Challenge Based Learning (CBL) methodology aims to, in a collaborative, multidisciplinary and experiential way, identify, investigate and propose solutions to real problems with an STS orientation (Nichols et al., 2016). From this perspective, the integration of STEAM and CBL has been described as having great potential for the development of 21st-century learning skills (P21, 2015), such as creativity, problem-solving, and others (Sanders, 2019).

The association of these active learning methodologies in SE since the early years, prepares future generations to be real-problem solvers, applying cross-disciplinary concepts coupled with their creative, critical and collaborative skills (Burrows & Slater, 2015). This project highlights the development of creativity throughout learning process. Creativity is a cross-disciplinary skill to produce ideas and strategies, individually or collectively, that are original, critical, plausible and feasible (Beghetto, 2007; Craft, 2009). The educational context should be a driver of human creativity, not a limiting factor (Robinson & Aronica, 2015).

Based on the theoretical background presented, research questions and respective objectives were settled for this research:

General Question: How creative thinking and teaching skills can be promoted for science primary school teaching through a STEAM approach?

Specific Questions:

SQ1. How to develop a proposal for pre-service primary teachers' initial training through a STEAM approach promoting creative thinking?

SQ2. What are the effects of the STEAM formative proposal on developing creative thinking in pre-service primary teachers?

SQ3. What is the relation between the creative thinking level and developing primary science teaching competencies?

Research Goals:

G1. To develop (design, plan, validate, implement and evaluate) a STEAM & Creativity formative proposal that promotes the creative thinking of pre-service teachers.

G2. To evaluate the effects of the STEAM & Creativity formative proposal on the level of creative thinking and its relation to developing teaching skills.

G3. To develop a set of recommendations from the research results for primary school science teacher training.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a qualitative study framed within a sociocritical paradigm due to its interventive, transformative and emancipatory nature (Creswell, 1994). This research is stated in a Design-Based Research (DBR) method (Romero-Ariza, 2014), a participatory and interventionist strategy that seeks to solve practical problems and develop principles and theories by serving as a bridge between practice, research, and policy (McKenney & Reeves, 2012). DBR adopts cycles of analysis, design, implementation, evaluation, and redesign to prototype innovative responses that best suit the investigative and practice needs (Reeves, 2006).

Data collection techniques adopted are document compilation, participant and non-participant observation, focus group and questionnaire surveys for subsequent triangulation of the data collected. For data analysis, it´s used qualitative analysis through categorial content analysis (Bardin, 2009).

The project consists of five phases: Phase 1 – Theoretical and concept framework: To do a systematic literature review to design a theoretical framework on STEM/STEAM Education; Creativity/Creative Thinking; Initial Primary Teachers; Science Teaching. Followed by Phase 2 - Project design: To design, plan and validate sessions and instruments of the formative proposal, in blended learning modality, based on the theoretical framework built in the previous phase.

The next step is Phase 3 - Project Implementation: this phase will be divided into three cycles of proposal implementation and two cycles of redesign & analysis. There will be interleaved stages of implementation and analysis, as with a prior analysis of the data collected in the previous cycle, so it can be done changes in order to improve the next implementation cycle. This phase is carried out with undergraduate and master's degree students in education.

With all data collected starts Phase 4 - Evaluation of the project: To carry out a cross-analysis of the data collected in the previous phase, analyze them using the categorical content analysis technique. Also, identify potential impacts and didactic transpositions in internship projects of the students involved. To conclude, Phase 5 - Product Dissemination: to transform the formative proposal into its final version, a course available entirely online to contribute to teacher education (initial or continuing). And also, create and validate, through the results found, a set of potential guiding principles that emerged from this research project.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research aims to promote interdisciplinary knowledge combined with the development of creativity, as a problem-solving skill, so that future citizens and scientists can overcome challenges from different natures. The study is now concluding the last implementation cycle (Phase 3) so it is only possible to discuss some preliminary results.
The results analyzed until now shows that the pre-service teachers involved appreciate the experience during the activities proposed and validate a positive impact on their professional training. As well as they can demonstrate an increase in the perception development of transversal skills (collaborative work; communication; creativity; proactivity; critical thinking; autonomy), science literacy, teaching, and learning methodologies/resources.
As the content of current feedback with participants, the integration of CBL and creative thinking, through a STEAM approach it´s been well accepted by the students. Even though it still needs to conclude the analysis of the data gathered, participants highlighted having a positive experience with active learning methodologies and varied teaching and learning strategies, as well as how they intend to use them in the future with their students.
As a research product, we expect to design a formative proposal, as a course available entirely online and free, based on the results that emerged from this study. So, it can contribute to education for primary school science teachers. Also, to build a validated set of guiding principles for other courses in the same field.
 This work is financially supported by National Funds through FCT – Fundação para a Ciência e a Tecnologia, I.P. under the Project UI/BD/152209/2021
This work is financially supported by National Funds through FCT – Fundação para a Ciência e a Tecnologia, I.P. under the Project UIDB/00194/2020

References
Bardin, L. (2009). Análise de conteúdo. Lisboa: Edições 7
Beghetto, R. A. (2017). Legacy projects: Helping young people respond productively to the challenges of a changing world. Roeper Review, 39, 187–190.
Burrows, A., & Slater, T. (2015). A proposed integrated STEM framework for contemporary teacher preparation. Teacher Education and Practice, 28(2/3), 318–330.
Craft, A. (2010). Creative Thinking in the Early Years of Education. Early Years: An International Research Journal, 5146(April 2013), 37–41. https://doi.org/10.1080/0957514032000
Creswell, J. W. (1994). Research design: Qualitative & quantitative approaches. Sage Publications.
Galvão, C., Reis, P., Freire, S., & Faria, C. (2011). Ensinar Ciências, Aprender Ciências: O contributo do projeto internacional PARSEL para tornar a ciência mais relevante para os alunos. Porto: Porto Editora.
McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. (2012). Conducting Educational Design Research: What it is, How we do it, and Why. Routledge
Nichols, M., Cator, K., & Torres, M. (2016). Challenge Based Learning Guide. In Digital Promise and The Challenge Institute (Issue November). Digital Promise.
P21 (Partnership for 21st Century Learning). (2017). P21 Framework definitions. Washington, DC
Perignat, E., & Katz-Buonincontro, J. (2019). STEAM in practice and research: An integrative literature review. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 31(October 2018), 31–43. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2018.10.002
Reeves, T. C. (2006). Design research from a technology perspective. In J. van den Akker (Ed.), Design methodology and developmental research in education and training. The Netherlands: Kluwer.
Rodrigues, A. V. (2011). A Educação em Ciências no Ensino Básico em Ambientes Integrados de Formação. Tese de doutoramento não publicada. Departamento de Educação da Universidade de Aveiro.
Rodrigues, A. V., & Martins, I. P. (2018). Formação Inicial de Professores para o Ensino das Ciências nos primeiros anos em Portugal. In Formação inicial e continuada de professores de ciências: o que se pesquisa no Brasil, Portugal e Espanha. (pp. 179–198). Edições Hipótese.
Romero-Ariza, M. (2014). Uniendo investigación, política y práctica educativas: DBR, desafíos y oportunidades. Revista Internacional de Investigación En Educación, 7(14), 159.
Sanders, M. (2009). Integrative STEM education: primer. The Technology Teacher, 68(4), 20-26.
Shernoff D. J., Sinha S., Bressler D. M. and Ginsburg L. (2017). Assessing teacher education and professional development needs for the implementation of integrated approaches to STEM education, Int. J. STEM Educ., 4(13), 1–16.
Vieira, R. M., Vieira-Tenreiro, C., & Martins, I. P. (2011). A Educaçãoem Ciências com Orientação CTS -atividades para o ensino básico. Porto: Areal Editores


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster

A Comparative Analysis of Teacher Education Study Programs of Selected Universities in Lebanon and the United Arab Emirates

Talar Agopian

Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Agopian, Talar

Teacher Education (TE) study programs play a crucial role in providing efficient preparation to prospective teachers for their teaching career. The quality of teacher preparation determines the effectiveness of classroom instruction which in turn influences the quality of student learning (National Research Council, 2010, in Feuer et al., 2013). Hence, it is important to ensure that prospective teachers receive good preparation. The aims of this study are to identify the structural components of TE programs, to examine the balance between theoretical and practical courses, and to analyze the TE programs in selected universities from Lebanon and United Arab Emirates (UAE) by benchmarking them against the conceptual orientations of the theoretical framework of Feiman-Nemser.

In Lebanon, TE programs are offered by fifteen universities (El-Mouhayar & BouJaoude, 2012). Elementary school teachers are required to receive three years of undergraduate education at the Education Department of any university to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree in Education or in Elementary Education. Furthermore, students holding a bachelor’s degree in any other field who want to become teachers can receive a TD by completing an additional year of study (“Education in Lebanon,” 2018).

The development of TE programs in the UAE has gone through several steps. In 1979, the Ministry of Education founded two-year teacher training colleges. In the mid-1980s, the United Arab Emirates University (UAEU), the first public university in the UAE, took over the responsibility of teacher preparation from the government. (Gardner, 1995, in Gallagher, 2019). In 1998, the College of Education at Zayed University initiated TE. Afterwards, UAE’s first teachers’ college, Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE), started in-country TE (Gallagher, 2019). Obtaining a Bachelor of Education in the UAE equips graduates to be able to teach students of different ages. For the secondary grades, many schools require a degree in the teacher’s field of expertise in addition to the degree in education. (“Bachelor of Education in the UAE,” n.d.).

The theory of Sharon Feiman-Nemser will be used as a framework. According to this theory, a set of ideas that guides the practical activities in TE programs is known as an “orientation.” Such practical activities can be identified as developing courses, teaching, supervising, assessing, and planning programs. An orientation would identify the goals of TE and the ways of realizing these goals. Views of teaching and learning and theories about learning how to teach make a “conceptual orientation.” Five conceptual orientations have been identified, each having a proposition that features certain aspects of teaching and TE programs: academic, practical, technological, personal, and critical/social orientations (Feiman-Nemser, 1990).

Examining the effectiveness of TE programs may provide insight into how well graduates are prepared and equipped to satisfy the requirements of their workplace (Mayer et al., 2015). Exploring the course offerings, the required hours, practicum policies and hours, and the number of required content courses provides the possibility to make comparisons across different programs. Such types of information are usually accessible on institution websites and catalogs, and hence a researcher who is not an insider may access them and examine them (Feuer et al., 2013).

Based on the theoretical framework, a review of relevant literature, and a survey of the TE program structures of the universities from Lebanon and UAE selected for this study, the following research questions have been identified:

- Which theoretical elements of the conceptual framework of Feiman-Nemser theory are implemented in the TE curricula of universities in Lebanon and the UAE?

- What is the distribution of theoretical and practical courses in the structural frameworks of the TE programs of universities in Lebanon and the UAE?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, TE programs of selected universities in Lebanon and the UAE will be surveyed through university websites and course catalogues and benchmarked against Feiman-Nemser’s theory’s five conceptual orientations: academic, practical, technological, personal, and critical/social orientations.
An examination of TE programs provides an understanding of the program structure, content, distribution of courses, and the practical experience prospective teachers receive (Mayer et al., 2015). TE program evaluations can be achieved by examining different forms of evidence used to measure TE attributes. For example, to evaluate the quality of instruction, course syllabi, textbooks, hours, and the number of required content courses may be reviewed; to assess the quality of student teaching experiences, practicum hours and qualifications of mentors may be considered (Feuer et al., 2013). Surveying publicly available online information about TE programs on university websites provides documentation of program content, length, and structure, practical experiences, and the balance between theory and practice (Mayer et al., 2015).
According to Feiman-Nemser (1990), teacher preparation programs can be analyzed through structural and conceptual models. Structural models focus on the general organization of programs such as the number of years to complete a program, the number of required credit hours of education and content, the duration of field-based experience, and alternative certification methods. Conceptual models, on the other hand, reflect different insights about teacher preparation and accentuate the importance of orientations derived from the different views of teaching and theories of learning to teach.
The information in this comparative study will be derived from the websites and course catalogues of the selected universities from Lebanon and the UAE that are part of the study. To compare TE programs in Lebanon and in the UAE, the websites and course catalogues of the Modern University for Business and Science (MUBS) in Lebanon and the American University in the Emirates (AUE) in the UAE will be reviewed and analyzed.
To put the two universities of this study in the context of the larger framework, a survey will be done of 3 other universities from each of the countries that are being compared. From Lebanon, in addition to MUBS, TE programs of Haigazian University (HU), the Lebanese University (LU), and the American University of Beirut (AUB) will be surveyed. From the UAE, in addition to AUE, TE programs of the United Arab Emirates University (UAEU), the Higher Colleges of Technology (HCT), and Zayed University (ZU) will be examined.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
One of the main issues related to TE in Lebanon is the lack of sufficient practical courses in TE programs (Freiha, 1997, as cited in BouJaoude & El-Mouhayar, 2010). According to BouJaoude and El-Mouhayar (2010), a critical issue in TE programs in Lebanon is that they do not emphasize field work. Another issue is the insufficient acquisition of classroom skills by prospective teachers. Concerning TE programs in the UAE, many universities require students to spend one semester teaching in a public school as part of their student teaching experience (Faculty of Education, 2003, in Al-Awidi & Alghazo, 2012). However, not much attention is paid to the practice teaching experience; it is viewed mainly as a part of studies that needs to be completed. Sometimes practice teaching is done in a traditional way: student teachers are placed in government schools to work with cooperating teachers, and the university supervisors visit them two or three times throughout the whole experience. This does not allow for a fruitful experience as university supervisors are not fully engaged in the schools, and the cooperating teachers are unaware of the practice teaching requirements (Ibrahim, 2013).
Based on a review of relevant literature and based on an initial surveying of the websites of MUBS and AUE, the two universities involved in this study, the following results can be expected: universities in Lebanon adopt the academic approach to teacher preparation more than universities in the UAE, and that universities in the UAE adopt the technological and critical/social approaches to teacher preparation more than universities in Lebanon. Moreover, the practical orientation of Feiman-Nemser’s theory is manifested in the practicum courses that both universities offer. However, it is expected that the theoretical courses in both universities will be more than the practical courses.

References
Al-Awidi, H. M., & Alghazo, I. M. (2012). The effect of student teaching experience on preservice elementary teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs for technology integration in the UAE. Educational Technology Research and Development, 60(5), 923–941. doi:10.1007/s11423-012-9239-4
Bachelor of Education in the UAE. (n.d.). School Apply. From https://www.schoolapply.com/bachelors-degree/bachelor-of-education/bachelor-of-education-in-the-uae/
BouJaoude, S., & El-Mouhayar, R. (2010). Teacher Education in Lebanon: Trends and Issues. International Handbook of Teacher Education World-wide, 2, 309-332.
Education in Lebanon. (2018, December 17). WENR. From https://wenr.wes.org/2017/05/education-in-lebanon
El-Mouhayar, R., & BouJaoude, S. (2012). Structural and Conceptual Foundations of Teacher Education Programs in Selected Universities in Lebanon. Recherches Pédagogique: Revue éditée par la Faculté de Pédagogie de l’Université Libanaise, Beyrouth, 22, 37-60.
Feiman-Nemser, S. (1990). Teacher Preparation: Structural and Conceptual Alternatives. In W. R. Houston. M. Haberman, & J. Sikula (Eds.), Handbook for Research on Teacher Education, (pp. 212-233). New York: Macmillan Publishing Company.
Feuer, M. J., Floden, R. E., Chudowsky, N., and Ahn, J. (2013). Evaluation of teacher preparation programs: Purposes, methods, and policy options.  Washington, DC: National Academy of Education.
Gallagher, K. (2019). Challenges and Opportunities in Sourcing, Preparing and Developing a Teaching Force for the UAE. In Education in the United Arab Emirates (pp. 127-145). Springer, Singapore.
Ibrahim, A. S. (2013). Approaches to supervision of student teachers in one UAE teacher education program. Teaching and Teacher Education, 34, 38–45. doi:10.1016/j.tate.2013.04.002
Mayer, D., Allard, A., Bates, R., Dixon, M., Doecke, B., Kline, J., … Hodder, P. (2015). Studying the Effectiveness of Teacher Education – Final Report (SETE). Deakin University, (November), 1–213. Retrieved from http://www.setearc.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/SETE_report_FINAL_30.11.152.pdf
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 C: Inclusive Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Muriel Epstein
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

What Influences and How Inclusive Education Policies Are Formulated in Portugal?

Ana Carvalho, Ariana Cosme, Amélia Veiga

CIIE-FPCEUP, Portugal

Presenting Author: Carvalho, Ana

The democratisation of education has triggered new educational issues related to the advocacy of a school promoting equal opportunities and social justice. The need for education systems to guarantee access and success for all students has put education at the centre of the political and economic space. Thus, there are several political texts that, in the last decades, produce meanings and guidelines for the design of more inclusive educational systems. This has contributed to inclusive education becoming a nominally accepted concept (Nilholm, 2006) and to its assertion as in a global political vision (Pijl, Meijer and Hegarthy, 1997). In Portugal, the Legal Framework for Inclusive Education (decree-law 54/2018, of 6 July) established for the first time in the same legal normative, measures to support learning and inclusion (MSAI) for all students and reinforced the participation of the educational community (teachers, students, guardians and external stakeholders from local communities) for its implementation. This Decree-Law established formal moments for such participation and provided guidelines to create conditions for schools to affirm themselves as more politically democratic contexts (Trindade & Cosme, 2010) in which inclusive education is seen as a purpose for the whole community. Despite the potential changes that this text seems to point towards a more inclusive education policy, we assume that the process of implementation of education policies departs from the social engineering model in which the policy text determines the practices and effects (Stoer and Magalhaes, 2005). In this way we are arguing that the implementation of an educational policy is a process of meaning construction (Spillane, 2004). Having this as a reference, we mobilised for the research the theoretical-methodological approach of the Policy Cycle of Stephen Ball (1994), which assumes the characterisation of the investigated policy with the discussion of historical, legislative, discursive and political-ideological aspects (Ball, Maguire and Braun, 2012) from five contexts: context of influence, context of text production, context of practice, context of effects, and the context of political strategy. This critical and post-structuralist approach refuses the idea that structure is what will define policy and the political process; on the contrary, it argues that policy emerges from the priorities of different interest groups and their network governance (Veiga, 2012) and that it develops with the participation and interaction of groups of people who construct and constitute reality. Thus, according to this approach, the origin of policies is not circumscribed to an isolated moment or to one of the contexts of the policy cycle. In this paper we propose to explore the contexts of influence and text production of the inclusive education policy embodied in decree-law 54/2018, identifying its conditions of production (Pêcheux, 1993), i.e., the influences that collaborated to its placement on the agenda. To access these contexts of the cycle of inclusive education policy we analysed international and national texts, such as declarations, conventions, studies, opinions, reports and legal texts. The research questions that guided this analysis and that we intend to answer in this proposal are: What are the organisations that guide inclusive education policies? What are the ideas that underpin inclusive education policies?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the questions listed, we need to know and understand the context of the influence of current inclusive education policies in Portugal. To this end we resorted to documentary analysis of inter/national reference texts that the Directorate General for Education (DGE) identifies on its website as guiding inclusive education policies. We justify this option by the competences of this central state service, such as "ensure the implementation of policies (...) of pre-school education, basic and secondary education and extra-school education, provide technical support to its formulation and monitor and evaluate its implementation" (Article 12, DL 266-g/2012). Subsequently, we collected other texts that are referenced in these texts indicated by the DGE and that we considered relevant to answer the questions posed. We followed the criterion of selecting documents published until 2018, the year of publication of the legal text DL 54/2018, which assumes central importance in this investigation. The documentary corpus includes international and national texts. Fifty-three international texts were analyzed, such as declarations, conventions, studies, opinions and reports, published between 1948 and 2018, by the following organisations: United Nations (UN); United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO); Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD); World Health Organization (WHO); European Commission (EC); Commission of the European Communities (CCE); Council of the European Union (CUE); World Bank (WB); European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education (EADSNE); European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (EASNIE); Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education (CSIE); and the United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF). Twenty-six national texts were analyzed, such as declarations, recommendations, opinions and legal texts, published between 1986 and 2018, by the following organizations: Ministry of Education (ME), Directorate-General of Education (DGE), National Education Council (CNE) and National Association of Special Education Teachers (ANDEE). All documents were analysed using the thematic analysis method in Braun and Clarke's (2006) approach; and we used the NVivo program (Zamawe, 2015; Allsope et al, 2022) to organise the data. Thematic analysis, as it does not require initial coding, gives the researcher a particularly relevant place in the way he apprehends and considers information. We understand that the choice of this path allowed a free, in-depth and complex search on the data that resulted in a vast record of notes on patterns and discourses that possibly would not have been identified and analyzed with another methodological possibility.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The thematic analysis resulted in 4 main themes that support inclusive education policies: diversity, equity, autonomy, participation. Increasing the diversity of the school population triggers global measures for equity, which rely on local autonomy and multi-stakeholder participation for their enactment (Ball, Maguire & Braun, 2012). The findings suggest that international organizations (e.g. UNESCO, OECD, WB, EASNIE) with different goals and priorities produce different, sometimes contradictory, meanings that feed into inclusive education policies. In the four themes we identified elements that refer to the idea of education as a public good (in the emphasis of the right to quality and inclusive education) and as a private good (in the emphasis of the relevance of choices, individualization and efficiency). In national texts (e.g. CNE and DGE) we identified elements of these ideals, verifying coordinated discursive communications (Schimdt, 2008) and an incorporation of supranational procedures (Nóvoa & Lawn, 2002). The theme of diversity is related to the recognition of different vulnerable groups excluded from the educational systems, being common to all organizations the reference to people with special educational needs, which seems to derive from the genealogical relationship of inclusive education-special education. In the affirmation that the education of all people is of equal importance and the need for greater investment by states in education to include everyone (per se, indicator of included and excluded), ideas of equality, justice and economic sustainability for nations collaborate, particular visions in which equity is fostered. The realization of principles of decentralization, freedom of decision, collective construction of curricula, leadership, and optimization of resources, constitute the semantic field of autonomy. Finally, the cooperation of external stakeholders, and the increased accountability of teachers, families, and the students themselves, support the issue of participation as one of the key factors in the development of inclusive education policy in Portugal.
References
Allsop, D.; Chelladurai, J.; Kimball, E.; Marks, L.; Hendricks, J. (2022). Qualitative Methods with Nvivo Software: A Practical Guide for Analyzing Qualitative Data. Psych, 4, 142–159. https:// doi.org/10.3390/psych4020013
Ball, S. (1994). Educational reform: A critical and post-structural approach. Open University Press.
Ball, S., Maguire, M. & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge.
Braun, Virginia & Clarke, Victoria (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2). pp. 77-101. ISSN 1478-0887
Nilholm, Claes (2006) Special education, inclusion and democracy, European Journal of Special Needs Education, 21:4, 431-445, DOI: 10.1080/08856250600957905
Nóvoa, António & Lawn, Martin (2002). Fabricating Europe: The Formation of an Education Space. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Pijl, Sip Jan, Meijer, Cor & Hegarthy, Seamus (1997). Inclusive Education: A global agenda. London, United Kingdom: Routledge
Schmidt V. A. (2008) Discursive institutionalism: The explanatory power of ideas and discourse. Annual Review of Political Science 11: 303–326.
Spillane, J. (2004). Standards deviation: How schools misunderstand education policy. Harvard University Press.
Stoer, S., & Magalhães, A. (2005). A Diferença Somos Nós – A Gestão da Mudança Social e as Políticas Educativas e Sociais. Edições Afrontamento
Trindade, R., & Cosme, A. (2010) Educar e Aprender na Escola - Questões, desafios e respostas pedagógicas. Fundação Manuel Leão.
Veiga, Amélia (2012). Bologna 2010. The Moment of Truth?. European Journal of Education, Vol. 47, No. 3
Zamawe, C. (2015). The implication of using NVivo software in qualitative data analysis: Evidence-based reflections. Malawi Medical Journal, 27(1), 13. https://doi.org/10.4314/mmj.v27i1.4


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Investigating Classroom Inclusion with Social Network Analysis

Ellen Frank Delgado

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Frank Delgado, Ellen

As outright discrimination has largely transformed into covert inequities, “discrimination [has] moved underground” (Massey, 2007). Institutions are increasingly interested in fostering diversity and inclusion [D&I] to counteract these inequities (Brimhall et al., 2017). Although frequently linked, diversity and inclusion are distinct (Mor Barak et al., 2015). Measuring the impact of D&I interventions on diversity involves monitoring workplace demographics. Measuring inclusion is less straightforward (Sherbin & Rashid, 2017). Researchers fail to agree on a single construct of inclusion and lack evidence to do so (Shore et al., 2011). Yet, defining and measuring inclusion is critical in the studying of how social stratification is localised in different contexts, such as in education.

Researchers usually define inclusion as perceptions of uniqueness and belongingness, or alternatively, as participation and contribution. Theories borrowed from social psychology explain how individuals will unconsciously sort themselves into groups based on commonalities, such as gender or race, while group membership influences how they perceive others (Tajfel & Turner, 1986). Individuals must feel a sense of belongingness in their groups, while also being sufficiently recognised for their unique characteristics (Shore et al., 2011). These social psychology theories could explain how individuals’ framing of themselves and others manifest into group dynamics. Therefore, social psychology could provide an explanation for patterns of student interaction within a given classroom.

Yet, a purely social psychological framework of inclusion overlooks how inclusion exists beyond individuals’ sentiments. Instead, Roberson (2006) defines inclusion as “the removal of obstacles to the full participation and contribution of [people] in organisations”. This version of inclusion highlights how in- and out-group dynamics dictate who is trusted, who is communicated with, and ultimately, who is embedded in social and collaboration networks (Ridgeway, 2011). Conventional inclusion surveys effectively measure inclusion as uniqueness and belongingness as Shore et al. (2011) defines it, but fail to appropriately measure inclusion in terms of participation and contribution.

To solve this methodological gap in the literature, this research borrows methodologies from the field of data science to revitalise inclusion research, using one university as a case study. The participating university was an elite public higher education institution. It prides itself on the usual interests of most historically white, high-ranking, and well-funded 21st century educational institutions: being research-driven, global, future-oriented, and a leader in higher education and learning. As such, in September 2022, one school at the institution implemented mandatory inclusion training for all tutors. The training had three main goals: to increase awareness and knowledge of what constitutes equality, diversity, and inclusion; to teach tutors tangible ways to alter behaviours to foster inclusion; and to provide a space for tutors to learn from each other to further develop inclusive teaching practices. The study and this resulting paper are a showcase of how one computational social science method, social network analysis, can help measure and analyse inclusion, as participation and contribution, in educational settings. Only a few studies to date have used social network analysis to research patterns of inclusion, such as Karimi & Matous (2018), Collins & Steffen-Fluhr (2019), and Hardcastle et al. (2019). None have employed mixed-methods of social network analysis, survey analysis, and demographic analysis. This innovative mixed-methods, but largely computational, approach is the focus of this paper as it allows educational researchers to monitor changes in students’ experiences of inclusion. A secondary benefit of this method is that it provides evidence, or lack thereof, for D&I interventions as they are implemented. Therefore, using social network analysis to measure inclusion helps ensure all students, regardless of identity, succeed in their education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research occurred at the participating higher education institution from September through December 2022. All tutors part of the one school completed a mandatory “Fostering Inclusion in Tutorials” training, which was co-developed by this proposal’s researcher and a working group of three other postgraduate tutors. The working group was supervised by the school's teaching and student development officer to ensure the training had subject matter expertise and relevant institutional knowledge. The training was facilitated during the first week of the term, but prior to the commencement of courses.

After training implementation, data collection occurred in tutorials for one introductory first-year course. Two tutorials were recorded three times throughout the term to capture classroom dialogue. Students and tutors were also asked to complete an inclusion survey twice during the term. The inclusion survey was an adaptation of the Mor Barak Inclusion-Exclusion Scale survey to measure perceptions of inclusion constructed as perceptions of uniqueness and belongingness. It also included demographic questions such as race, disability, gender, etc. The same data collection occurred for one similar first-year course in another school where tutors underwent another inclusion training to provide a comparative lens. One tutorial from this course was therefore also recorded three times throughout the term to capture classroom dialogue.

For data analysis, social network analysis with demographic information was used to capture the changes in contribution and participation of students, thus analysing tutorial discussion dynamics. Organisational network analysis’s ability to monitor the ebbs and flows of communication to and from marginalised groups is crucial in understanding how inclusion shifts to redistribute power (Helgesen, 1995). With that, data focused on the quantity of communication and who spoke to who. The igraph R package created visualisations of communication reflecting how the communication network changed throughout the term.  Other metrics investigated included items such as the number of interruptions that occured from majority to historically marginalised students, and speaking time of students. Together with the inclusion surveys, social network analysis reveals how inclusion shifted throughout the term. Furthermore, the inclusion surveys administered allowed for the nuances in inclusion and exclusion processes to be explored.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This presentation will discuss some findings from the student inclusion surveys, but its focus will be on the study’s observational network visualisation data. This session will thus demonstrate how social network analysis may be used to measure inclusion in the classroom in terms of participation and contribution. By the end of this session, educational researchers will understand how social network analysis presents an innovative methodological addition to equality, diversity, and inclusion discourse.

At a high-level, the results indicate that the training interventions did not universally lead to students experiencing high perceived levels of inclusion and high levels of contribution and participation. While the interventions hoped to prompt behavioural changes in tutors to propel their students with marginalised identities to become more deeply embedded in class discussions, this was not the case. Even so, the results show how social network analysis with inclusion survey and demographic data can reveal otherwise covert patterns of inclusion and exclusion. In particular, patterns of racial exclusion at the higher education institution will be discussed. Therefore, this study sets the groundwork for further implementing social network analysis to investigate inclusion levels in other areas of student life. It will also allow universities to understand if certain identity groups beyond historically marginalised racial groups have lower levels of inclusion in the classroom. Ultimately, the hope is that these methods will help education researchers better understand what students need to be successful.

References
Brimhall, K. C., Mor Barak, M. E., Hurlburt, M., McArdle, J. J., Palinkas, L., & Henwood, B. (2017). Increasing Workplace Inclusion: The Promise of Leader-Member Exchange. Human Service Organizations: Management, Leadership & Governance, 41(3), 222–239.

Collins, R., & Steffen-Fluhr, N. (2019). Hidden patterns: Using social network analysis to track career trajectories of women STEM faculty. Equality, Diversity and Inclusion: An International Journal, 38(2), 265–282. https://doi.org/10.1108/EDI-09-2017-0183

Hardcastle, V. G., Furst-Holloway, S., Kallen, R., & Jacquez, F. (2019). It’s Complicated: A Multi-Method Approach to Broadening Participation in STEM. Equality, Diversity and Inclusion: An International Journal, 38(3), 349–361.


Helgesen, S. (1995). The Web of Inclusion: Architecture for Building Great Organizations (1st ed.). Beard Books.

Karimi, F., & Matous, P. (2018). Mapping diversity and inclusion in student societies: A social network perspective. Computers in Human Behavior, 88, 184–194. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2018.07.001

Massey, D. S. (2007). Categorically Unequal: The American Stratification System. Russell Sage Foundation.

Mor Barak, M. E. (2015). Inclusion is the Key to Diversity Management, but What is Inclusion? Human Service Organizations: Management, Leadership & Governance, 39(2), 83–88.

Ridgeway, C. L. (2011). Framed by Gender: How Gender Inequality Persists in the Modern World. Oxford University Press.

Roberson, Q. M. (2006). Disentangling the Meanings of Diversity and Inclusion in Organizations. Group & Organization Management, 31(2), 212–236.

Sherbin, L., & Rashid, R. (2017). Diversity doesn’t stick without Inclusion. Harvard Business Review. https://hbr.org/2017/02/diversity-doesnt-stick-without inclusion

Shore, L. M., Randel, A. E., Chung, B. G., Dean, Michelle A., Ehrhard, K. H., & Singh, G. (2011). Inclusion and Diversity in Work Groups: A Review and Model for Future Research. Journal of Management, 37(4), 1262–1289.

Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. C. (1986). The Social Identity Theory of Intergroup Behavior. In Psychology of Intergroup Relations (pp. 7–24).
 
Date: Tuesday, 22/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 C: Sociologies of Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Sabine Weiss
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Clash of Ethics and Economics in Inclusive Education

Ridvan Ayhan

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ayhan, Ridvan

The current crisis of the research regarding teachers’ views about inclusive education consists of tension between two problematic camps. On the one hand, the first camp, which can be defined as the psychological school, examines teachers’ beliefs, attitudes, and knowledge roots from an inherently individualistic and reductionist perspective to determine whether teachers reject or adopt the idea of inclusive education. The second camp, which can be called structuralist tradition, on the other hand, focuses on socio-cultural barriers teachers face when they intend to become active agents for promoting inclusive education.

Even if these two camps seem opposite perspectives, they still fall into the same pitfall by overlooking their hidden assumptions about teacher agency. The former camp looks for the explanation for the failure of THE inclusive education project in the gap between teachers’ beliefs and actions, serving the responsibilisation mechanisms of neoliberalism (Done & Murphy, 2018). Similarly, the structuralist camp- ignores the teacher agency’s transformative capacity and power to change the status quo.

Current explanations point out that neoliberalism has a discursive capacity to demarcate the fields of validity, normativity, and actuality within a particular economic rationality (Grimaldi, 2012). In the education field, we can observe this through either human actions or the products designated to guide these actions, such as policy texts or curricula. However, this does not necessarily mean that all actions are determined by the coercive power of a neoliberal discourse since there would otherwise be little or no autonomy for the agency. Instead, the status of teacher agency remains preserved by conceptualising the neoliberal discourse as a mechanism that imposes limits on what we can say.

The way of dealing with the impact of competitive economic rationale of neoliberalism on education, we need research that presupposes that there is room for a change and a role for teacher agency in making inclusion replace the current dominant educational discourses. From this point forth, this research project formulises its research question as follows; to what extent and in what ways are teachers’ views and actions of inclusive education informed by neo-liberalisation discourses in Scotland?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is based on a methodology informed by a critical realist view, which focuses on investigating actors’ actions to gain insight into deeper social mechanisms (Bhaskar, 1998). In this sense, the problem or context of this research can be summarised as the relationship between the limits set by neo-liberalisation discourses in education and teachers’ tendencies in the field of inclusive education. Therefore, exploring what views teachers hold about inclusive education and what particular references can be found to dominant neo-liberalisation discourses in these views can ultimately contribute to analysing dynamics for social change in the field.
This study employs two data sources to answer the research question. The first data source will be derived from the analysis of 4 key policy documents, all of which frame the policy of inclusive education in primary schools in Scotland.
1-Additional support for learning: Statutory guidance
2- Supporting children’s learning: Code of practice
3- Included, engaged, and involved: Part 1; Attendance in Scottish schools
4- Included, engaged, and involved: Part 2; A positive approach to preventing and managing school exclusions
the second data come from semi-structured interviews with teachers working in primary schools in Scotland.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As the data analysis is still ongoing, the themes that are likely to emerge in this study are listed below.
The gap between teachers' ethical positioning and views on inclusive education under the current policy framework
Moderation strategies in education policy as a neoliberal mechanism
The problem of discourse in teachers' views on and actions about inclusive education; the dilemma between unwillingness for change and discontentment with the status quo.

References
Bhaskar, R. (1998). The possibility of naturalism : a philosophical critique of the contemporary human sciences (3rd ed.). London ; New York: Routledge.
Done, E. J., & Murphy, M. (2018). The responsibilisation of teachers: a neoliberal solution to the problem of inclusion. Discourse (Abingdon, England), 39(1), 142-155. doi:10.1080/01596306.2016.1243517
Grimaldi, E. (2012). Neoliberalism and the marginalisation of social justice: The making of an education policy to combat social exclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 16(11), 1131-1154.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Exploring the Effects of the Spirit of Diversity on Higher Education: the Jixia Academy as an Example

Yujie Yuan

Laboratory of ECP, France

Presenting Author: Yuan, Yujie

The concept “diversity” is being used more frequently in today’s globalized world, where cross-cultural communications and interactions have risen. As for higher education, which according to Brubacher (1987) is the engine for the growth of contemporary society, the spirit of diversity is vital for its development in all of its facets, including the improvement and practice of teaching methods, the dissemination and innovation of knowledge, the discovery and cultivation of talent, the renewal of technology and the transmission of civilization, etc. This study intends to examine and analyze the effects of diversity on higher education by looking back to the Jixia Academy in China during the Axial Age (Jaspers, 1949).

The term Axial Age is mentioned in the book The Origin and Goal of History published in 1949, written by German philosopher Karl Jaspers. He thinks that the “axis of history is to be found in the period around 500 B.C., in the spiritual process that occurred between 800 and 200 B.C.” During this era, both the West and China produced many great philosophers and educators, including Socrates, Plato and Aristotle, as well as Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi. It was also during the Axial period that the prototypes of higher education emerged in both West and East : the Platonic Academy in ancient Greece and Jixia Academy in China.

Jixia Academy is recognized as a prominent institution of higher education in China during the Spring and Autumn era. It was founded during the reign of Tian Wu, the Duke Huan of the Qi State (374-357 B.C.). Jixia was a place where various schools of thought flourished, where many talents nurtured and where excellent teachers were gathered. The masters of Jixia produced works and taught their doctrines, in which we find the sources of almost all Chinese philosophical ideas, such as Confucianism, Taoism, Legalism, the Yin-Yang school, the Huang-Lao school, etc. Moreover, the scene of ‘hundred schools of thought’ unfolded in Jixia Academy precisely because of the value of diversity, liberty and equality it maintained.

This Ancient Academy came to an end after the defeat of the Qi state against the Qin State in 221 BC. Nevertheless, it had a spectacular existence for more than 150 years. It not only made a significant contribution to the academic and educational research work of the Qi State, but also had a great influence and effect on kingdoms at that time and later generations. In 1982, a national symposium on Jixia Studies was held in Zibo, the former site of this Academy, and the study of Jixia became widespread. After 5 years of archaeological work, the existence of Jixia was officially confirmed at the beginning of 2022. Apart from the historical documents, this discovery objectively proves its glory of the time.

Bai Xi (1989) believes that the success of Jixia Academy lies first and foremost in its spirit of diversity. Indeed, diversity is a powerful agent of change and an imperative that must be embraced if universities are to succeed in a pluralistic and interconnected world (Daryl, 2020). Therefore, how does Jixia Academy embody the spirit of diversity? If we concur that “until today mankind has lived by what happened during the Axial Period, by what was thought and created during that period” and that "the conception of the Axial Period furnishes the questions and standards with which to approach all preceding and subsequent developments” (Jaspers, 1949), then what remains of the Jixia Academy of the Axial Age for us? This research focuses on the effects of Jixia mainly in terms of the diversity of teaching methods and educators (schools of thought).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Firstly, the method used for this work is basically data study. It involves collecting, identifying, organising and analysiing the related documents, with the aim of forming a scientific understanding of the facts through document research. This method breaks the boundaries of time and space, and allows us to conduct in-depth studies of ancient and contemporary documents. In the case of Jixia Academy, we refer to some ancient books and Chinese classics, such as Shiji (or Records of the Grand Historian ), Discourses on Salt and Iron, Guanzi, etc. With the help of all the literature, we are able to observe the making process of the constitution, as well as the decline of the Jixia Academy and the events happened within the school. In addition, the research carried out by our predecessors and the pertinent works they produced served as the foundation for our work. Through the analysis of these existing documents, we can build a more accurate picture of Jixia Academy and lay the groundwork for the study of its spirit of diversity. Based on primary historical sources, this study seeks to provide a thorough and accurate account of the spirit of diversity in Jixia Academy and its manifestations in terms of teaching methods and schools of thought, with a view to exploring the effects of diversity in higher education.

Besides, the historical analysis is also employed, which refers to a set of laws and methods that can be extrapolated from previous historical occurrences by generalizing and summarizing them in a way that is regular and universal. The paper provides a thorough study of the effects of diversity on higher education in a specific historical period, i.e., the Axial Age in China, from which some worthwhile lessons can be extracted to help guiding the development of the spirit of diversity in today’s universities.

At last, the case analysis method used in this study refers to the main focus on Jixia Academy. We identify this academy as a prototype for higher education and highlight its spirit of diversity. We also analyze the way in which diversity was reflected in the educators of the academy and in its teaching modes. The principal purpose of the study is to reflect on the role of diversity in higher education through a case study of the Jixia Academy.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through the exploration of the spirit of diversity of Jixia Academy, it turns out that its varied forms of teaching were conductive to the unbinding of thoughts and the cultivation of talent and its acceptance of diverse schools of thoughts contributed to the academic prosperity and the development of higher education.
- The diversity of teaching methods : lectures, periodic meetings, free debates
At first, “lecturing” constitutes the main teaching method at Jixia. It refers to a “Jouney Education” in which teachers and students were free to choose each other and there were no uniform regulations.

Secondly, “periodic meetings” was another major teaching forms, which refers to the regular academic exchanges of lectures, discussions and debates. It encourages academic integration and development while also improving the quality of teaching.

Thirdly, for purpose of having their ideas acknowledged by the rulers, the scholars of the time were adept at persuading them by debating with other schools of thought. Teachers of Jixia were all eloquent and applied debate as a way of teaching aiming to help their students develop their debating skills.

- The diversity of educators
Jixia Academy embraced almost all schools of thought at the time. As various schools differed greatly in terms of regional culture, ways of thinking, political opinions, different theories and systems were formed, and diversified cultures were developed in Jixia.

In this pluralistic situation, the “hundred schools of thought” engaged in heated academic debates and criticism for the sake of their own development and status, which facilitated the exchange of academic knowledge and the cultivation of talents. This not only led to the further advancement of academic theories and the emergence of many works, such as Mencius, Guanzi, etc., but also to the formation of new schools and theories, such as the school of Huang Lao.

References
Books
Bai, X. (1998). A Study of Jixia Academic Thought. Beijing: SDX & Harvard-Yenching Academic Library.

Cheng, A. (1985). Histoire de la pensée chinoise. Paris : Éditions du Seuil.

Cheng, G.Y. (2006). The Four Interpretations of Guanzi: An Explanation of the Masterpieces of Jixia Daoism.管子四篇诠释:稷下道家代表作解析. Beijing : The Commercial Press.

Hu, S. (2020). An Outline of the History of Chinese Thought by Hu Shih. Beijing: China Academic Library.

Jaspers, K. (1965). The Origin and Goal of History. Translated from the German by Michael Bullock. Forge Village, Massachusetts: Murray Printing Company.

Jin, S.S. (1913). A Study of Jixia School. 稷下派之研究. Beijing : The Commercial Press.

Li, X.F. and Liang, Y.H. (2004). A Note of Guanzi.管子校注. Beijing : Zhonghua Book Company.

Liu, W.H. and Tian, R.M. (1992). History of Jixia Study. 稷下学史. Beijing : China Radio and Television Press.

Mao, R.L. and Shen, G.Q. (1985). General History of Education in China. 中国教育通史. Shandong: Shandong Education Press.

Pelikan, J. (1992). The Idea of the University: A Reexamination. New Haven and London: Yale University Press.

Rickett, W.A. (2021). Guanzi: Political, Economic, and Philosophical Essays from Early China-A Study and Translation by W. Allyn Rickett. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press.

Smith, D.G. (2009). Diversity's promise for higher education making it work. 3rd ed. Baltimore: J. Hopkins University Press.

Tu, Y.G. (2014). A Critical History of Chinese Higher Education. 3rd ed. Wuhan: Huazhong University of Science and Technology Press

Wang, L.Q. (1992). Commentary on Salt and Iron. Beijing: Zhonghua Book Company.

Xu, J.L. and An, P.Q. (2004). The Complete Translation of Twenty-Four Histories: The Record of the Grand Historian. 二十四史全译:史记. Shanghai : Chinese Dictionary Publishing House.

Articles
Chen, B. (2011). ‘Jixia Academy under Huang-Lao Thought’, 27(5), pp.76-80. Doi: 10.3969/j.issn.1001-0300.2011.05.018.

Yang, B. (2010). ‘Research On Original Educational Thoughts of the Pre-Qin Dynasty’, PhD thesis, Northeast Normal University.

Wang, Z.M. (2017). ‘Jixia's Innovation and Transcendence in the History of Education’, Journal of Guanzi Studies. pp. 36-41. doi: 10.19321/J.CNKI.GZXK.ISSN1002-3828.2017.03.06

Xia, H. J. (2021). ‘Liberal Arts Education in the Axis Era: Background, Connotations and Characteristics’, Modern Education Science. pp. 33-37. doi:10. 13980 /j. cnki. xdjykx. 2021. 02. 007


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Learning to Expand the Futures of Venice. A Socio-Pedagogical Contribution to CHAT's Fourth Generation

Mattia Favaretto

Free University of Bozen-Bolzano, Italy

Presenting Author: Favaretto, Mattia

This doctoral study develops as the diagnostic phase of a fourth-generation formative intervention seeking to understand and catalyse the learning processes at the core of eco-social mobilisations triggered by collective challenges (Heidemann, 2019; Kuk, Tarlau, 2020; Engeström, Sannino 2021). Ever more local communities across Europe strive to resist the existential risks posed by climate change, globalisation, and pandemics by engaging in transformative activities aimed at envisioning alternative futures (Gümüsay, Reinecke, 2022). Plagued by intensifying floods, relentless overtourism, and rampant depopulation, the urban lagoon of Venice has notoriously become one of the most endangered European sites (Pascolo, 2020: 17-26). Therefore, the current research focuses on the critical case of the Venetian civil society, which is struggling to reclaim the vanishing future of its city suffering from an organic crisis akin to those experienced along the Northern Mediterranean region (Dlabaja 2021). Venice’s civil society organisations (CSOs) seem unwilling to surrender to the chronicle of a death foretold: they have recently tried to mobilise together by breaking the historical tensions between environmentalist groups, neighbourhood associations, and trade unions (Chiarin, 2022).

The general research question orienting the fourth-generation formative intervention captures the above problem statement:

How can the Venetian community learn to collectively enact its desirable futures?

Nonetheless, this preliminary stage focuses on diagnosing the conditions, or the lack thereof, for expanding the transformative activities of Venetian CSOs into heterogeneous coalitions seeking to regenerate the futures of the urban lagoon.

In view of its enduring environmental, residential, and economic crises, the diagnostic research questions guiding the present study are as follows:

1) How have Venetian CSOs learnt to coalesce into mobilisation networks dealing with these critical challenges?

2) Have mobilisation networks enacted collective transformative agency (TADS) by producing mediating artefacts sustaining their future-making activities?

3) Which major congruencies and contradictions have emerged between mobilisation networks and multi-level activity systems seeking to shape the futures of Venice?

The corresponding research objectives consist of a) the reconstruction of long-lasting learning processes enabling Venetian CSOs to mobilise more or less effectively; b) the identification of primary, secondary, or tertiary artefacts enabling coalescing CSOs to enact collective TADS; c) the hypothesis of congruencies and contradictions constituting the relationships between Venice’s civil society and its public bodies, educational establishments, and labour market. Besides this practical impact at the community level, the project aims to contribute to the emerging fourth generation of Cultural-Historical Activity Theory, first, by conducting and documenting a systematic diagnosis preparatory to multiple Change Laboratories (Sannino, 2022).

Hyperobjects such as climate change, globalisation, and pandemics affect cross-sectoral activities, which in turn call for eco-social transformations of communities and their institutions (Hasse, 2019). The formation of cross-scale coalitions coordinating various actors at local, national, and global levels capable of responding to these challenges becomes both the qualitatively new unit of analysis and intervention goal of 4G Activity Theory. Thus, the diagnostic work must focus on the potential developments of activities across sectoral and hierarchical boundaries by examining the history and configuration of the field (Antti, 2019). For the Venetian case, this entails mapping:

  • The timelines of mobilisation and institutional activities responding to the organic crisis of the urban lagoon;
  • Their major transformations due to novel mediating artefacts (Venice’s special laws, mobilisation strategies, etc.);
  • The germ cells of coalescing mechanisms involving multi-level actors in cross-sectoral campaigns for the city’s infrastructure, sustainability, and degrowth.

Such 4G diagnosis lays the foundation for the operational phases of multiple Change Labs meant to enact the future-making coalition through cross-scale expansive learning cycles.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In line with CHAT-based methodology (Morselli, Marcelli, 2022), the research employs a post-qualitative approach to explore and intervene in the learning and transformative activities performed by mobilisation networks across Venice. The embedded critical case focuses on three civil society campaigns presently opposing further degradation, turistification, and depopulation of the urban lagoon. Their activities are examined in relation to historical and prospective patterns of cross-scale coalitions centred on the Venetian community. The diagnostic investigation consists of three stages that integrate the preliminary Change Laboratory procedures (Virkkunen, Shelley Newnham, 2013) with ethnographic fieldwork (Madden, 2017) and narrative inquiry (Chase, 2018):

Charting – First, we reconstruct the historical coalitions of civil society mobilisation networks by conducting ethnographic observations and informal interviews during open conferences, town assemblies, or public demonstrations. Then, documentary research of organisational archives brings the focus on the role played by particular regulations (e.g., Special Law for Venice n° 171/73) and local or global incidents (e.g., extreme high tides, Covid-19 outbreak) in catalysing CSO’s future-making activities. This allows us to sketch the entangled timelines of mobilisation and institutional activities tackling Venice’s major societal challenges: flooding, tourism, and housing.

Identification – Secondly, we triangulate the data obtained by completing two semi-structured interviews with representatives from CSOs engaging with each of these problem-spaces. Because their changing configurations result in the decades-long development of civil society activities, the corresponding learning processes are categorised into non-expansive, proto-expansive, or fully expansive. Next, we conduct ten more semi-structured interviews with representatives of active mobilisation campaigns and examine further their archival records. This leads us to identify the conflicting objectives, mediating artefacts and potential for collective TADS amongst civil society networks seeking to regenerate the futures of the urban lagoon.

Questioning – Thirdly, we plan to organise four focus groups with CSO representatives, whose cross-sectoral experience was confirmed through previous interviews. During the sessions, the participants can mutually diagnose and question the major congruencies and contradictions underlying key mobilisation activities by civil society networks. Besides, they can explore the conflicts, resources, and potential for catalysing the expansive learning processes across policy, education, and market sectors throughout the following phases of the 4G Change Labs. These meetings may prove empowering and conducive to the formation of novel cross-scale coalitions, involving first other CSOs, then legislators, district educators, and local workers, capable of enacting Venice’s future as a collective subject.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First, our doctoral study responds to the critical need of the Venetian community – not only reclaiming its future but reaching those it desires. Therefore, it focuses both on the transformative role played by its civil society and on the potential for wider participation through coalitions of future-making activities. We will present the following preliminary results of this diagnostic investigation:

1) Increasingly, civil society networks seek to confront Venice’s organic crisis in its environmental, economic, and residential configurations. Thus, they learn from those past institutional activities that addressed such critical challenges through coordinated efforts (e.g., Special Law for Venice n° 171/73);
 
2) Civil society networks often produce primary artefacts (e.g., roundtable meetings), as well as secondary (e.g., national bills) and tertiary ones (e.g., island regeneration projects) to sustain their future-making activities;

3) These prove progressively more effective when mechanisms for horizontal cooperation between CSOs, strategies for cross-sectoral involvement of schools, municipalities, or trade associations, and schemes for developing into multi-level coalitions are envisioned.

The systematic diagnosis may enable both civil society networks and external actors to partake in multiple Change Laboratories aimed at expanding their coalitions of activities. Validating this methodology by cross-checking its tentative applications across Europe (Lund 2021; Grimalt-Álvaro, Ametller, 2021; Morselli, Marcelli 2022) can significantly improve field studies based on CHAT. Follow-up research on the operational phases of this 4G formative intervention likely provides further insights on the concrete actions needed to establish cross-scale cycles of expansive learning. Besides, such empirical evidence may confirm, challenge, or extend the novel theoretical proposition of CHAT’s fourth generation as elaborated by CRADLE and RESET, the leading research groups of Scandinavian Activity Theory (Engeström, Sannino 2021). Ultimately, although centred in Venice, the overall project might serve as a model to help regenerate different communities whose futures are endangered by entangled hyperobjects.

References
Antti, R. (2019). Expanding the context of pedagogical activity to the surrounding communities. Psychology & Society, 11(1), 161–175.
https://researchportal.helsinki.fi/en/publications/expanding-the-context-of-pedagogical-activity-to-the-surrounding-
Chiarin, M. (2022, May 14). Nasce “Curiamo la città”, la rete dei movimenti veneziani. La Nuova Venezia.
https://nuovavenezia.gelocal.it/venezia/cronaca/2022/05/14/news/nasce-curiamo-la-citta-la-rete-dei-movimenti-veneziani-1.41440915
Chase, S. E. (2018). Narrative Inquiry: Toward Theoretical and Methodological Maturity. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (pp. 946–970). SAGE.
Dlabaja, C. (2021). Caring for the island city: Venetians reclaiming the city in times of overtourism: Contested representations, narratives and infrastructures. Shima: The International Journal of Research into Island Cultures, 15(1).
doi:10.21463/shima.117
Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2021). From mediated actions to heterogenous coalitions: Four generations of activity-theoretical studies of work and learning. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 28(1), 4–23.
https://doi.org/10.1080/10749039.2020.1806328
Grimalt-Álvaro, C., & Ametller, J. (2021). A Cultural-Historical Activity Theory Approach for the Design of a Qualitative Methodology in Science Educational Research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 20, 160940692110606. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069211060664
Hasse, C. (2019). Cultural-historical hyperobjects. In G. Jovanović, L. Allolio-Näcke, & C. Ratner (Eds.), The challenges of cultural psychology: Historical legacies and future responsibilities (pp. 357–367). Routledge.
Heidemann, K. A. (2019). Close, yet so far apart: Bridging social movement theory with popular education. Australian Journal of Adult Learning, 59(3).
Kuk, H.-S., & Tarlau, R. (2020). The confluence of popular education and social movement studies into social movement learning: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 39(5-6), 591–604.
https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2020.1845833
Lund, V. (2021). Supporting Transformative Agency among Urban Actors in the Change Laboratory Intervention. Current Urban Studies, 09(03), 403–418. https://doi.org/10.4236/cus.2021.93025
Madden, R. (2017). Being ethnographic: A guide to the theory and practice of ethnography (2nd edition). SAGE Publications.
Morselli, D., & Marcelli, A. M. (2022). The role of qualitative research in Change Laboratory interventions. Journal of Workplace Learning, 34(2), 215–228. https://doi.org/10.1108/JWL-08-2020-0140
Pascolo, S. (2020). Venezia secolo ventuno: Visioni e strategie per un rinascimento sostenibile. Conegliano: Anteferma.
Gümüsay, A. A., & Reinecke, J. (2022). Researching for Desirable Futures: From Real Utopias to Imagining Alternatives. Journal of Management Studies, 59(1), 236–242. https://doi.org/10.1111/joms.12709
Sannino, A. (2022). Transformative agency as warping: how collectives accomplish change amidst uncertainty. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 30(1), 9–33. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2020.1805493
Virkkunen, J., & Shelley Newnham, D. (2013). The Change Laboratory: A Tool for Collaborative Development of Work and Education. Sense Publishers.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 C: Teacher Education Research
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Relationship Between Design and Regulation in Action at the Time of Emergency

Lorenza Maria Capolla, Francesca Gratani

University of Macerata, Italy

Presenting Author: Capolla, Lorenza Maria; Gratani, Francesca

The emergencies of the last period, the COVID-19 pandemic, the environmental crises, the war in Ukraine, and the resulting socio-economic crisis, have accentuated, in education, the differences already existing among students (Save the Children, 2021; Giorgino, 2020) and produced new ones. These differences are also related to distance education (Ballarino et al, 2020; Torre et al, 2022) due to issues of economic, social, and cultural inequality.

To cope with the situation that has resulted and for a more democratic and equitable school, there are two levers on which to act: on one hand, flexible planning that helps with dealing with the unexpected, and on the other hand, fostering greater student autonomy. It has been studied in the literature how teachers, in order to cope with the unexpected, are forced to make fast decisions (Perrenoud, 1999), and this often favors the reproduction of embodied methods of operation (Magnoler, 2017) that reproduce worn-out patterns that do not fit the current situation and the changes taking place. Linear and instructivist methodologies often prevail, which are only effective in appearance but in essence do not meet the criteria of equity that are essential today. If regulation in action can no longer be based only on the practices incorporated by teachers, it becomes essential to rethink design models and to understand whether it is viable a "design for the unexpected" that can prepare many possibilities and support the teacher in making decisions in action amid unexpected situations. Regulation in action in the past was seen as teacher improvisation. Our hypothesis, on the other hand, sees regulation as a design in action that opts among the various possible paths identified in the design. In other words, we hypothesize that in order to cope with the unexpected and to implement equitable educational practices, it is necessary to both activate implicit intelligence and explicit intelligence (Damasio, 2021) while having to operate at speed.

The research we are describing attempts to answer the previous problems. It started from the analysis of 200 teaching sessions of Primary Education students that made us verify how the unexpected impacts on (1) the spatiotemporal conditions of teaching action and (2) the way pupils respond to the devices proposed by teachers.

Spatiotemporal conditions also result from students' different modes of working and learning. The need to activate multiple channels and engage students on authentic tasks results in different work times for each. The use of technologies to activate different processes introduces new possible sources of uncertainty. Different student responses also result from the increased differences present. Today, each student arrives in the classroom with a personal and multivariate store of knowledge, and this depends not only on the individual cultural background but also on the experiences and vicissitudes he or she has gone through.

"Designing for the unexpected" uses certain strategies: modularity, which is designing self-consistent lessons; redundancy, which is proposing activities that pursue the same objectives with different devices; deviation, that is activities that pursue different objectives but are more adherent to contingent needs; anticipation, that is predicting what will happen in the classroom (Rossi et al., 2021); and hierarchy, that is being clear about which activities are unavoidable and which can be added or changed. Some of the above strategies are derived from Berthoz's (2011) studies on simplexity and how complex systems respond to crises.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research was conducted during the teaching of Design and Assessment Theories and Methods collocated in the third year of the Primary Education Master’s degree program. It consists of lectures, workshops, and placement in schools. Design Based Research (DBR) methodology was adopted (Anderson et al., 2012; Fishman et al., 2013). The artifacts produced by the students were then analyzed using the a posteriori text coding system (Trinchero, 2004; Braun et al., 2006) with a semantic approach, and two researchers coded the artifacts and then compared the analysis.
The research was organized in 3 steps. Within the course, students were asked to design a lesson and then carry it out during the internship. In the first step (academic year 2021-22), the design artifacts and post-action reflections of future teachers were analyzed. Several issues emerged from the analysis: difficulty in managing time following unexpected events and ending the session unfinished, poor attention to emerging differences, and a state of anxiety.

Based on this analysis, the design method was organized using the previously presented strategies, and a training module on "designing for the unexpected" was introduced into the curriculum (academic year 2022-23).
Finally, design artifacts and student reflections from the academic year 2022-23 were analyzed.

The required artifacts are:
- the pre-action artifact that contains a detailed sequence of activities (narrative section), and objectives, constraints, and purpose of the educational intervention (descriptive section) (Laurillard, 2014). The narrative artifact also contains the simulation of what they think might happen in the classroom and possible dialogues;
- a post-action artifact in which the lesson that took place is narrated, reporting the dialogues that actually took place (after obtaining the necessary authorizations for privacy protection) and the post-action reflections.

As indicated in the hypotheses, students had to include in the design artifact:
- redundancy. That is, a. activities to be activated in place of the basic ones, b. activities to be included if the basic ones were not practicable or did not achieve their purpose or different work times emerged among different students.
- hierarchy. The planned activities should be classified as either strictly necessary or as additional. In this way students know in action what to perform should unexpected events alter the time available. Additional activities to be implemented with groups of students can also be included.
- the simulation of activities, i.e., predicting students' dialogues and behaviors to anticipate possible problems and estimate the time needed for activities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the 230 designs showed that in most cases having provided for possibles in the design helped future teachers deal with different kinds of unexpected events. Primarily, having talked about the unexpected prepared them for uncertainty and allowed them to better control anxiety. The presence of redundant activities allowed them to articulate in multi-modal ways the session promoting inclusion and enabling to accommodate diverse students' needs. In particular, in 23% of the designs, it emerges how redundant activities favored overcoming problems encountered by students with the first device proposed. In 46% of cases, the presence of redundant activities allowed to offer the same content through different paths, promoting greater participation for all. Finally, in 31% of cases, the hierarchy of activities made it possible to overcome the space-time problems generated by unexpected events.
During final exams future teachers were asked to share their impressions of the usefulness they had detected from the inclusion of the strategies for the unexpected and almost all of them confirmed the positive effects that this change on the design model had on classroom management, time and anxiety. Although we are aware of the bias due to the implicit teaching contract for which students may have shared only positive impressions, we believe that the results were indeed interesting. In fact, comparing the reflections on these issues with those made by students in the previous academic year we noticed a more clearheaded attitude in making choices even in a state of anxiety, greater self-confidence, and, above all, better management of time and unexpected events. One element that supports our hypothesis is that students introduced changes other than those planned or used differently redundant activities, or inserted new ones accepting solicitations from pupils, highlighting how attention to the unexpected initiates a divergent and generative posture.

References
Anderson, T., & Shattuck, J. (2012). Design-based research: A decade of progress in education research?. Educational researcher, 41(1), 16-25.
Ballarino, G., & Cantalini, S. (2020). Covid-19, scuola a distanza e disuguaglianze. La rivista delle politiche sociali, 2020(1), 205-216.
Berthoz, A. (2011). La semplessità. Torino: Codice.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Damasio A. (2021). Feeling and Knowing: Making Minds Conscious. New York: Pantheon Book.
Fishman, B.J., Penuel, W.R., Allen, A., & Cheng, B.H. (Eds.). (2013). Design-based implementation research: Theories, methods, and exemplars. National Society for the Study of Education Yearbook, 112(2). New York: Teachers College Record.
Giorgino F., Il coronavirus e l’erosione del ceto medio, 30 maggio 2020. Retrieved from: https://open.luiss.it/2020/05/30/il-coronavirus-e-lerosione-del-ceto-medio/
Laurillard D. (2014).  Insegnamento come progettazione, Milano: Franco Angeli.
Magnoler, P. (2017). Formare all’imprevisto: una sfida per la professionalizzazione degli insegnanti. In Ulivieri, S. (ed.) Le emergenze educative della società contemporanea. Progetti e proposte per il cambiamento, pp. 357-361. Lecce: Pensa Multimedia.
OECD, Education at a Glance 2021: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Parigi, 2021. Retrieved from journal URL: https://dx.doi.org/10.1787/69096873-en.
Perrenoud, P. (1999). Gestion de l’imprévu, analyse de l’action et construction de compétences. Éducation permanente, 140(3), 123-144.
Rossi, P. G., & Pentucci, M. (2021). Progettazione come azione simulata: didattica dei processi e degli eco-sistemi. FrancoAngeli.
Save the children, Accessed 29 gennaio, 2023. Retrieved from: https://www.savethechildren.it/blog-notizie/un-anno-pandemia-le-conseguenze-sull-istruzione-italia-e-mondo
Torre, E. M., & Ricchiardi, P. (2022). Accoglienza dei minori e delle famiglie ucraine nelle scuole e nei servizi educativi. Lifelong Lifewide Learning, 18(41), 133-153.
Trinchero, R. (2004). I metodi della ricerca educativa (pp. 1-198). Laterza.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Becoming-Activist: A Teacher’s Journey of Engaging with the Activist Approach in School-based Physical Education

Cara Lamb1, Dillon Landi1, Kimberly L. Oliver2, David Kirk1

1The University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom; 2New Mexico State University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Lamb, Cara

Introduction

There has been a plethora of research within physical education that outlines the multiple barriers that young women and girls face to participation (see Flintoff & Scraton, 2006). Importantly, young women and girls are often constructed as the ‘problem’ within physical education settings by being labelled as ‘disengaged’ (Vertinsky, 1992). Yet, this dominant narrative has not held up to scrutiny because of the structural factors including content (Stride & Flintoff, 2018), uniforms and clothing (Fitzpatrick & Enright, 2016), gendered stereotypes (Oliver, 2001), curriculum (Oliver & Kirk, 2015), amongst many others, that work to limit girls’ engagement. Rather than just critiquing physical education, more recently researchers have shifted their focus in order to explore how we can transform physical education to be more equitable toward young women and girls. This paper continues in this line of scholarship.

There have been multiple initiatives in order to transform physical education into a more equitable place for young women and girls. Much of this work has examined how to (re-)engage young women and girls in physical education by actively changing the environment. Within this, Oliver and Kirk (2015) have developed a pedagogical model, the activist approach, to working with girls in physical education. This work has been used across multiple settings (e.g. USA, Brazil, Australia, Scotland). Further, much of this work has examined pre-service teachers experiences of engaging with the Activist approach (Luguetti & Oliver, 2019; 2021; Oliver et al., 2018). To build on this scholarship, it is important to consider the experiences of current in-service teachers that are using this novel approach in school-based physical education settings.

Physical education teachers are part of schools, communities and professional cultures that are steeped in conventional ways of thinking. Within these spaces, there are dominant practices that often limit the pedagogical creativity of teachers as they rely on traditional approaches to physical education (see Kirk, 2010). Physical education teachers, therefore, that undertake transformative approaches are often ‘at the margins’ of the field and struggle to enact new forms of teaching (Fitzpatrick, 2013). In order to empower teachers to experiment with different forms of pedagogies in physical education, it is important to understand the challenges they may face in schools. Of further importance is to understand how these teachers experience these challenges as well as how it affects their ability to enact new pedagogies in physical education.

Purpose and Research Questions

The purpose of this paper was to examine the experiences of an in-service teacher who is engaging with the activist approach in physical education. The purpose was explored using the following research questions:

  1. What are some of the challenges that a teacher may face when they are enacting an activist approach in physical education?
  2. How do these challenges affect the teacher’s experiences of enacting an activist approach in school-based physical education?

Paradigm

The paper is grounded in a critical and transformative paradigm of qualitative research in physical education (Landi, 2023). Within this paradigm, the goal is to not merely critique social inequitable structures but also to transform them. As such, this paper draws on the Girls Activist Approach of Physical Education in order to transform physical education practices within Scotland to be more equitable for young women and girls. This study’s aim, of understanding a teacher’s journey to become-Activist, was underpinned by an approach to learning that was student-centred, embodied, inquiry-based, and emphasised listening to students (Oliver & Kirk, 2015).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Design

The study was a 10 month-long intervention comprised of two phases. The first phase was a ‘Building the Foundation’ portion where five teachers did an induction with their students in order to start a student-centred inquiry (Oliver & Oesterreich, 2013). The second phase consisted of the teachers using student feedback from the ‘Building the Foundation’ section to develop lessons based on student interest. This particular study focuses on the experiences of one teacher, and her students, in the second phase that developed and enacted an activist approach with her all-girls physical education class.

Setting and Participants:

This particular research paper is centred around the experiences of Kate, a secondary school physical education teacher in Scotland. Kate works at a co-educational Catholic high school that is comprised of pupils that are geographically based in low socio-economic status areas. Kate’s class is made up of 25 girls between the ages of 15 and 16 years old. Kate was a principal teacher of physical education with over 10 years of teaching experience.

Data Generation and Analysis:
 
Data were generated over a 9-month period from August 2016-April 2017. The main researcher produced data drawing on multiple methods. This included semi-structured individual interviews (Marshall & Rossman, 2012) with the teacher, group interviews (Rubin & Rubin, 2005), lesson observations and field notes (Emerson et al., 2011), unstructured debriefing with the teachers, classroom artefacts (Marshall & Rossman, 2012), as well as reflective discussions with the third and fourth authors.

To analyse the data, the first author worked with the second author to undertake different ‘modes of thinking’ (Freeman 2017). First, data were coded using versus coding (Saldana, 2013) where we looked for dichotomis in the data that were at conflict (e.g., teacher expectations v. student expectations). After versus coding took place, these codes were then considered in relation to concept coding (Saldana, 2013). This is where the original versus codes and data were then compared to ‘big ideas’ and broader meaning. In this case, several ‘big ideas’ were developed like ‘structural restrictions in relation to student needs’. After, these two rounds of coding took place, the first author created a narrative analysis (Freeman, 2017) to re-construct stories from the research that highlighted the above conflicts and concepts. They were then re-presented and unpacked for meaning around becoming-Activist.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Kate began her unit with a foundational audit that explored the girls’ experiences in PE. Jenny, said ‘I really don’t like it when teachers keep telling you to work harder but you’re doing your best’. Maeve added ‘Yeah, when you’re running with someone who is faster and you can’t keep up and the teacher tells you to keep going but you can’t go faster’. Kate recognised this and acknowledged Jenny and Maeve by saying, ‘maybe it’s about the teacher being more aware of your individual strengths and weaknesses’.

A few weeks later, Kate co-created a lesson based on a spin class. She assumed the girls would like it based on discussions. In the beginning she emphasised ‘going at your own pace’ and ‘judging their own ability’. Once instruction started, Kate forgot about what she stated. Her bike, at the front of the class, faced her students as she barked orders:

‘keep pushing hard on the pedals’

‘Girls you should be going at the same pace as me’

‘Last wee bit keep pushing’

Despite good intentions, Kate resorted to ‘traditional forms’ of physical education that were teacher-centred and performance-based. Halfway through the semester, Kate and I reflected on this activity and she noticed the girls did not need her to push them. Rather, they were enjoying the activist approach without her orders. Then she taught another spin lesson, this time trusting her students. She taught ‘from the floor’ and gave students options of different activities and to go at their pace. She was ‘at the same level’ as students, moving between groups doing different tasks that were led by students. The girls were working hard, engaged, and encouraging one another. It took reflection, but using an activist approach was not an ‘end point’. It is filled with errors, reflection and experimentation.

References
Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I., & Shaw, L. L. (2011). Writing ethnographic fieldnotes. University of Chicago press.

Fitzpatrick, K. (2013). Critical pedagogy, physical education and urban schooling. Peter Lang.

Fitzpatrick, K., & Enright, E. (2016). Gender sexuality and physical education. In Routledge handbook of physical education pedagogies (pp. 337-349). Routledge.

Flintoff, A., and Sheila S. 2006. “Girls and Physical Education.” In The handbook of physical education, edited by David Kirk, Doune Macdonald, and Mary O’Sullivan, 767-783. London: Sage.

Freeman, M. (2016). Modes of thinking for qualitative data analysis. Routledge.

Kirk, D. (2009). Physical education futures. Routledge.

Landi, D. (2023). Thinking qualitatively: Paradigms and design in qualitative research. In KAR Richards, M.A. Hemphill and P.M. Wright (Eds.) Qualitative Research and Evaluation in Physical Education. SHAPE America.

Luguetti, C., & Oliver, K. L. (2021). A transformative learning journey of a teacher educator in enacting an activist approach in Physical Education Teacher Education. The Curriculum Journal, 32(1), 118-135.

Marshall, C., & Rossman, G. B. (2011). Designing qualitative research (5th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications

Oliver, K. L. (2001). Images of the Body from Popular Culture: Engaging Adolescent Girls in Critical Inquiry. Sport, Education and Society, 6(2), 143–164. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573320120084245

Oliver, K. L., & Oesterreich, H. A. (2013). Student-centred inquiry as curriculum as a model for field-based teacher education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 45(3), 394–417. doi: 10.1080/00220272.2012.719550

Oliver, K. L., & Kirk, D. (2015). Girls, gender and physical education: An activist approach. Routledge.

Oliver, K. L., Luguetti, C., Aranda, R., Nuñez Enriquez, O., & Rodriguez, A. A. (2018). ‘Where do I go from here?’: learning to become activist teachers through a community of practice. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 23(2), 150-165.

Rubin, H. J., & Rubin, I. (2005). Qualitative interviewing: The art of hearing data. London: SAGE Publications.

Saldaña, J. (2013). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (2nd ed.). London: SAGE Publications

Stride, A., & Flintoff, A. (2018). Girls, physical education and feminist praxis. The Palgrave handbook of feminism and sport, leisure and physical education, 855-869.

Vertinsky, P. A. 1992. “Reclaiming Space, Revisioning the Body: The Quest for Gender sensitive Physical Education.” Quest 44 (3): 373-396.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Learning To Be a Teacher of Mathematics, What Makes the Difference? Reflections From First Year Primary Education Student Teachers.

Lucy Westley

University of Northampton, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Westley, Lucy

This research focuses on the relationship that student teachers have with mathematics and how this relationship develops and evolves to create their identity as a mathematics educator during their first year of initial teacher training (ITT) at a University in England. The impetus for the research has stemmed from witnessing first hand, as a mathematics lecturer in Initial Teacher training, the relationship that undergraduates have with mathematics as subject that they must study but also one that they must teach. Research has found that teachers with higher levels of self- efficacy are less likely to suffer from burn out and leave the profession early. Less well understood is the development of attitudes towards mathematics in correlation with teaching experiences (Patkin and Greenstein, 2020). Many students entering university may have had 10 or 12 years of learning formalised school-based mathematics, but their subject knowledge is weak. Reasons for this may be that they have disconnected pockets of knowledge and what they perceive to be mathematics bares little correlation with how mathematicians perceive it.

For ITT students who have had a successful past relationship with mathematics and have achieved well in formal school testing such as GCSE and ‘A’ level, it might be assumed that they will have a strong perception of competence and confidence in the subject. However, an erroneous view of the way in which mathematics is presented and viewed as a subject persists amongst these students. This has also been confirmed through Rowland et al., (2009) who have suggested that formal qualifications are not a reliable indicator of sufficient subject knowledge to teach primary mathematics.

There is the suggestion of a cycle from learner through to teacher whereby perceptions of mathematics are formed by a child through cultural, family and social interactions including through their experiences in school. The weak subject knowledge and poor mathematical pedagogical knowledge held by some teachers can reinforce the negative experiences of the learner. As the learner moves through school further disengagement occurs and shallow learning takes place. I argue that the following elements have an impact on their perceptions of mathematics and self-efficacy: The teaching approach of the school, the relationship with the mentor and how the mentor is teaching them, the relationship that the mentor has with mathematics themselves, the experiences the student teacher gains in teaching across the different strands, the academy approach to mathematics and the use of schemes in general.

Drawing on a theoretical framework of Bandura’s (1977) theory of the development of self-efficacy I argue that for many student teachers the understanding of the equal value given to the how and the why of teaching may be problematic for them, as it is a different experience to the one in which they experienced as a learner of mathematics themselves. Traditional teaching practices experienced over formative school years lead to beliefs and attitudes being formed about mathematics and how it should be both taught and experienced (Gainsburg, 2012).

Further to this, the influence of the diversity of teaching approaches of any school-based placement and how decisions regarding the value of mathematical knowledge and the curriculum have an impact on the developing self-efficacy of the student teacher are established. Mentoring also plays a significant role in the student teachers’ developing self-efficacy as does the relationship between the student and the mentor. How this supports or develops positive perceptions of the subject and therefore higher levels of self-efficacy is established.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research will draw on an explanatory case study approach. The case study approach was selected as it allows for the in-depth study of a problem which then leads to ‘fuzzy generalisations’ (Bell and Waters, 2018, p.30). The ‘case ‘is the formed through the 2021- 2024 cohort of 74 students who have entered the BA Primary Education with QTS which provides ITT university-based training at a university in England. The generalisations may be criticised here as too generalised as they relate to a specific issue within one university however as the teaching approach to mathematics is similar to other universities the generalisations may be identified as relatable. Bassey considered that the use of the case study may be classified as relatable if they are aimed at the improvement of education and if the research is carried out systematically and critically (Bassey cited in Bell and Waters, 2018 p. 30).
The data set was collected through the use of a focus group after the completion of the students first year at university.   During this time the students have completed two placements, a module on mathematics teaching and submitted their first assignment concerning mathematics subject knowledge and pedagogy.  
Using a qualitative approach, and drawing on the research from an ongoing project, an online focus group consisting of five students was conducted and then analysed using reflexive thematic analysis. The research collection forms part of a larger study which aims to follow the students through out the course of their degree.
The research questions for this study are as follows:
1) What perceptions of their own competence do student teachers hold about mathematics on entry to the BA primary Education degree.?
20 How might students be effectively supported to develop their personal self-efficacy as a mathematics educator?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of this research is to establish the diversity of experiences that student teachers start initial teacher training with and the impact on developing self-efficacy. It will establish how the combination of placement and university experiences allows the development of subject and pedagogic knowledge of mathematics and if the same approach for all should be used. The process of becoming a teacher is complex (Flores and Day, 2006); it is multidimensional, personal, context driven and presents conflict. It is the combination of previously experienced worlds with the new world being entered and the relationships and norms that must be adhered to (Holland et al., 1998). In a study by Akkoc and Yesildere-Imre (2017) students whose perceptions of mathematics teachers remained stable, were those where the pedagogical ideas espoused by university were matched by those on placement. Where identities were unstable differences were seen between the pedagogies advocated by the institution and those seen in practice.
Guskey (2010) stated that for a teacher to change practices, attitudes and beliefs they must first experience a successful impact on the pupils.  The student teacher may come into ITT with little experience of the classroom. The contention between university, research-based practice and school contextualised practice may be different. The student needs to navigate differences alongside learning their craft thus experiencing conflict in the development of self-efficacy towards mathematics teaching. Student teachers of the primary phase have a limited time to experience the teaching of mathematics. Guskey (2010) states that the quality of the initial training is crucial to change the attitudes and beliefs of teachers. I argue that this notion needs to be reflected in ITT mathematics programmes through reflection and critical questioning of the content of the mathematics teaching programme at university alongside what student teachers experience and teach whilst on placement.


References
Akkoç. H, and Yesildere-Imre. S.(2017)  Becoming a Mathematics Teacher: The Role of Professional Identity. International Journal of Progressive Education 13 (2) pp. 48-59
Bandura, A. (1977). Self-efficacy: Toward a unifying theory of behavioural change. Psychological Review, 84(2), 191-215
Bell, J. & Waters, S. (2018) Doing your research project : a guide for first-time researchers. Seventh edition. London, England ;: McGraw-Hill Education.
Flores, M. A, and Day, C. (2006) Contexts Which Shape and Reshape New Teachers’ Identities: A Multi-perspective Study. Teaching and Teacher Education 22(2) pp. 219-32.
Gainsburg, J. (2012) Why new mathematics teachers do or don’t use practices emphasized in their credential program. Journal of mathematics teacher education. [Online] 15 (5), 359–379.
Guskey, Thomas R. (2010) Lessons of Mastery Learning. Educational Leadership 68(2): pp.52-57
Holland, D. (1998). How cultural systems become desire: A case study of American romance. In R. D’Andrade & C. Strauss (Eds.), Human motives and cultural models (pp. 61–89).
Patkin, D, Greenstein, Y. (2020) Mathematics Anxiety and Mathematics Teaching Anxiety of In-service and Pre-service Primary School Teachers. Teacher Development 24(4) pp. 502-19.
Rowland.T. ( 2009) The Knowledge Quartet: The Genesis and Application of a framework for Analysing Mathematics Teaching and Deepening Teachers’ Mathematics Knowledge. Sisyphus. 1 (3) pp. 15-43
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm07 SES 01 B: Refugee Education (Part 1)
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Henrike Terhart
Paper Session to be continued in 07 SES 02 B
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Adolescent Asylum-seeking Students Caught Inbetween: when the Grammar of Schooling Intersects with the Coloniality of Migration

Melanie Baak1, Joanna McIntyre2, Sinikka Neuhaus3

1University of South Australia; 2University of Nottingham; 3Lund University

Presenting Author: Baak, Melanie; McIntyre, Joanna

The importance of education for those who have experienced forced displacement is recognised in international law, human rights doctrines and national education policies (Benhura & Naidu 2021; de Wal Pastoor 2016; Dryden-Peterson 2017;). Education enables forcibly displaced young people to regain a sense of normalcy, develop language competence and relationships in their new contexts and work towards aspirations, all which help short and long term wellbeing (Dryden-Peterson et al. 2019; Keddie 2012; Ratković et al. 2017).

Countries in the global north, such as Sweden, the UK and Australia have grappled with accommodating increasing numbers of young forced migrants. These countries have a range of policies that govern not only how young forced migrants should be treated legally and supported socially and economically but also their education provision. These differ for those on recognised resettlement schemes and those who are not. National and regional education departments and schools have a range of policies which apply to all students, including policies regarding the admissible age of students and pathways through schooling systems and beyond. There are additional policies that specifically relate to recently arrived students regarding access to schooling, language learning support and access to additional supports and resources. This constellation of educational and settlement policies results in a complex landscape for schools and forcibly displaced students particularly those who arrive in their mid- to late teens.

This presentation focuses on people aged 16-21 who have not been granted permission to stay in the host country indefinitely. In Australia they are those on temporary protection, bridging and Safe Haven Enterprise (SHEV) visas, commonly referred to as ‘asylum seekers’ despite their recognition in international law as refugees (Refugee Council of Australia 2020). In the UK they are those who are seeking refugee status but who for different reasons do not have ‘leave to remain’ (https://www.gov.uk/settlement-refugee-or-humanitarian-protection). In Sweden, they are those seeking asylum whose right to education, assistance and accommodation changes at 18. We describe this group of young people as inbetweeners. These young people aged 16-21 who are still awaiting decisions on whether they can stay permanently in the countries they are living across the three national jurisdictions repeatedly fall through policy and service gaps, literally and figuratively falling through gaps in between.

To understand how these students are positioned by the constellation of policies and practices operating on them, we draw together two conceptual ideas. Firstly, the ‘grammar of schooling’ (Tyack & Tobin 1994) which is understood as ‘the regular structures and rules that organize the work of instruction…for example, standardized organization practices in dividing time and space, classifying students and allocating them to classrooms, and splintering knowledge into “subjects”’ (ibid, p 454). These aspects of schooling are ‘typically taken for granted as just the way schools are’ (ibid, p 454). We identify a range of ‘grammars of schooling’ that are operating to marginalise or exclude inbetween students from schooling, including age-graded classrooms, time progression through school and language use and expectations within schools. We argue that the grammars of schooling are utilised as a tool in the governing of migration control. To augment this,we mobilise the concept of ‘coloniality of migration’ (Gutiérrez Rodríguez, 2018) through which ‘colonial legacies of the construction of the racialized Other are reactivated and wrapped in a racist vocabulary, drawing on a racist imaginary combined with new forms of governing the racialized Other through migration control’ (ibid, pp. 17-18). We argue that through the ‘grammar of schooling’ the structures of schooling which have become internalised and assumed as unchangeable, inbetween students are pushed out, with further implications for migration and settlement outcomes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The authors met at the 2019 ECER conference, where we were presenting on schooling opportunities and barriers for refugee background students and how policies shape these.  In our conversations, we realised that there were significant opportunities to learn from and with each other about the schooling context in each country.  While this paper does not stem from a shared research project, it results from many hours of discussion and online collaboration which enabled us to bring together data from three different research projects to consider cross-national similarities in educational experience and access for asylum seeking students who find themselves ‘in-between’ policy gaps.  The three projects on which the data draws are all qualitative studies with a brief overview presented below of each project.

In the English context, data is drawn from empirical work underpinning a study of policy and practice of inclusion for refugee and asylum-seeking learners in English schools and colleges (McIntyre and Abrams 2021) and on data from the Art of Belonging project (2022). This comparative place-based study of creative programmes for newly arrived teenagers in England and Sweden observed the various challenges faced by this cohort as they navigated the bureaucracies of life in their new context.

The Swedish data are also drawn from the Art of Belonging project and from an ongoing interview project with teachers working with students from refugee backgrounds with various legal status depending on age.

The Australian data is taken from The Refugee Student Resilience Study (RSRS), a large, multi-staged Australian Research Council Linkage study, conducted across two Australian states from 2018-2022.  The data in this paper is drawn from Phase 2 of the study which interviewed school leaders and staff in seven secondary schools across two Australian states about the ways that these schools interacted with, developed and enacted policies and practices to promote resilience and positive outcomes for refugee-background students. A significant number of these schools reflected on the unique challenges of education and future planning for young people entering schools in their mid- to late teens after prolonged periods of forced migration and educational disruption.  

We utilise case studies from each country to identify the ways in which the grammar of schooling intersect with the coloniality of migration for young asylum seeking students, who get caught in between various policy gaps in relation to schooling.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The case studies from UK, Sweden and Australia illustrate the ways in which the grammar of schooling operate to constrain education access and experiences for young asylum seeking students.  The case study from the UK centres the experience and outcomes of schooling access from the perspective of a young asylum seeking student, Alan.  Alan’s experience demonstrates how age-based classrooms, testing and time related progress in schools alongside migration policies which move unaccompanied asylum seeking youth to different regions of the UK ultimately limited Alan’s education options. The Swedish case study presents the perspective of a teacher who struggles with the constraints to supporting asylum seeking adolescent students.  This case illustrates how education and the schooling is deeply affected and reproduces, or at least risks reproducing, a simplistic view on migration and education.   A composite narrative combined from two schools in Australia (to assist with ensuring the anonymity of these schools and staff) illustrates the strategies school staff were using to overcome barriers that were very specific to this cohort of ‘in-between’ students but also emphasises the sometimes powerlessness they felt and the limited options post-schooling available for these students. The Australian context illustrates how the migration policies and education policies sometimes intersected to push asylum seeking students out of formal schooling systems, but this narrative also illustrated the agency of school staff in seeking ways to circumvent these policies.
References
Benhura, AR & Naidu, M 2021, 'Delineating caveats for (quality) education during displacement: Critiquing the impact of forced migration on access to education', Migration Studies, vol. 9, no. 2, pp. 260-78.

de Wal Pastoor, L 2016, 'Rethinking refugee education: Principles, policies and practice from a European perspective', Annual review of comparative and international education 2016.

Dryden-Peterson, S 2017, 'Refugee education: Education for an unknowable future', Curriculum Inquiry, vol. 47, no. 1, pp. 14-24.

Dryden-Peterson, S, Adelman, E, Bellino, MJ & Chopra, V 2019, 'The purposes of refugee education: Policy and practice of including refugees in national education systems', Sociology of Education, vol. 92, no. 4, pp. 346-66.

Gutiérrez Rodríguez, E 2018, 'The coloniality of migration and the “refugee crisis”: On the asylum-migration nexus, the transatlantic white European settler colonialism-migration and racial capitalism', Refuge: Canada's Journal on Refugees/Refuge: revue canadienne sur les réfugiés, vol. 34, no. 1.

Keddie, A 2012, 'Refugee education and justice issues of representation, redistribution and recognition', Cambridge journal of education, vol. 42, no. 2, pp. 197-212.
McIntyre, J. and Abrams, F. 2021. Refugee Education: Theorising practice in schools. Abingdon:  Routledge

McIntyre, J., Neuhaus, S. Blennow, K. 2022. The Art of Belonging: Social interacration of young migrants in urban contexts through cultural place-making. (Final Report). Available at  https://www.nottingham.ac.uk/research/groups/cracl/documents/art-of-belonging.pdf

Ratković, S, Kovačević, D, Brewer, C, Ellis, C, Ahmed, N & Baptiste-Brady, J 2017, 'Supporting refugee students in Canada: Building on what we have learned in the past 20 years', Ottawa, Canada: Social Sciences and Humanities.

Tyack, D & Tobin, W 1994, 'The “grammar” of schooling: Why has it been so hard to change?', American educational research journal, vol. 31, no. 3, pp. 453-79.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Refugee Education for all? Lessons from ethnographic research with Unaccompanied Minors in Greece

Eugenia Katartzi

University of Nottingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Katartzi, Eugenia

In recent years we have been witnessing an unprecedented scale of forced migration, with 89,3 million forcibly displaced people (UNHCR, 2022) of whom almost half were children under the age of 18. However, this group remains overlooked, with pleads by scholars (Suarez-Orozco, 2019) for children to be placed more centrally in the research and policy fields. The present paper will report on a British Academy funded project (2022-2023) that ethnographically documented the lived experiences of Unaccompanied Asylum-seeking children (UASC) in a major host, yet under-researched Southern European country, Greece.

The study aims at shedding light into forced migration through unaccompanied asylum-seeking children’s (UASC) narratives of their lived experiences in Greece. The study’s key objective is to explore unaccompanied minors’ negotiations of agency and structure in their accounts of post-migration experiences.More specifically, it examines their encounters with the host society, their access (or lack thereof) to education and social and health care; their educational and professional aspirations and plans, and how these are affected by their experiences and responses to open-ended waiting.

The paper seeks to contribute to the growing field of refugee education. As other studies have found, refugee children tend to have interrupted learning trajectories, with irregular patterns of educational participation, often both in the country of origin and in the countries of transit and asylum. According to Dryden-Peterson (2016) key to conceptualising refugee education at global, European and national levels, are the conditions of conflict, the types of schools that are available to refugee children (camp-based schools or mainstream) to attend and the rates of access (Dryden-Peterson, 2016). In an attempt to expand this conceptualisation, it will be argued that the impact of the uncertain legal status is also very important, albeit under-researched (see for a notable exception Homuth et al 2020). The state-induced legal liminality and prolonged temporariness provide the backdrop of UASC’s lives, having an impact of their mental health (Giannopoulou et al 2022) and directly or indirectly on their engagement with the educational process.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
An ethnographic design has been employed that involved two phases of intensive fieldwork in reception centres with high numbers of UASC in Northern Greece. Further, the study, placing at its core UASC as co-creators of knowledge, utilised a child-centred methodology that included observations, in-depth interviews, focus groups with  60 children living in two Shelters for Unaccompanied Minors.  
Mindful of the ethical tensions and complexities inherent in the empirical study with UASC, the overall research process was conducted with sensitivity, tactfulness and in the best interests of the children involved (Alderson&Morrow, 2020) . In addition to the principles of ‘no harm and distress’, informed consent,  anonymity and confidentiality, utmost attention was paid to overcoming distrust and suspicion, with which the research with refugees is fraught (White&Bushin, 2011). This necessitated flexibility and malleability in the research process, whilst enabling the UASC to participate via opting for the methods in the research framework that they felt more comfortable with (Hopkins, 2008).
Interpreters who worked in the Shelters where the participants lived and had a close day-to-day relationship with the children were recruited to translate from their native languages.  Qualitative thematic analysis was  used to identify the narrative-discursive themes permeating the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In exploring the role of  education in the lives of unaccompanied minors the presentation will unpack how UASC narrate their educational experiences in Greece. Although access to public education for all children irrespectively of legal status is enshrined in Greek Law, in practice the educational integration of UASC is hindered by number of barriers. First, due to institutional, financial and cultural factors the reception of these children in Greek schools has been jeopardized by the chronic lack of funding, under-stuffing and bureaucratic inertia, along with an often anti-immigrant, hostile attitudes and responses by the local communities where reception classes were allowed to operate. A further hindrance to the participation in the educational process is the language barrier, with the vast majority of asylum-seeking children not being able to communicate in Greek, along with the limited opportunities for structured language instruction and the almost non-existent second language education (Crul et al 2019). These findings are keeping with other studies (Dreyden-Peterson 2016) that have documented refugee children’s educational experiences in countries of first asylum and reported the role of language barriers and discrimination in school settings. Yet an additional important barrier that the current study identified is the impact of UASC’s uncertain legal status and the ambivalence it seems to generate towards education. Participants expressed how much they valued education, yet living in legal limbo, awaiting their asylum decisions and being ‘trapped’ in a country, city and a reception facility they did not choose to be make them feel less inclined to invest in the educational process that in turn requires  investment in learning the host society’s language. It is argued that further research is needed to explore the educational trajectories of refugee and the effects of their uncertain legal status on their educational outcomes (see also Homuth et al 2020).  

References
Alderson, P. and Morrow, V. (2020) The ethics of research with children and young people: A practical handbook. Sage.

Crul, M., Lelie, F., Biner, Ö., Bunar, N., Keskiner, E., Kokkali, I., ... & Shuayb, M. (2019). How the different policies and school systems affect the inclusion of Syrian refugee children in Sweden, Germany, Greece, Lebanon and Turkey. Comparative Migration Studies, 7(1), 1-20.

Dryden-Peterson, S. (2016). Refugee education in countries of first asylum: Breaking
open the black box of pre-resettlement experiences. Theory and Research in
Education, 14(2), 131–148. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477878515622703

Giannopoulou, I., Mourloukou, L., Efstathiou, V., Douzenis, A., & Ferentinos, P. (2022). Mental health of unaccompanied refugee minors in Greece living “in limbo”. Psychiatriki [ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗ ΨΥΧΙΑΤΡΙΚΗ ΕΤΑΙΡΕΙΑ] 33(3), 219.

Homuth, C., Welker, J., Will, G., & von Maurice, J. (2020). The impact of legal status on different schooling aspects of adolescents in Germany. Refuge: Canada’s Journal on Refugees, 36(2), 45–57. https://doi.org/10.25071/1920-7336.40715

Hopkins, P. (2008). Ethical issues in research with unaccompanied asylum-seeking children. Children's Geographies, 6(1), 37-48.


Stalford, H., & Lundy, L. (2022). Children’s rights and research ethics. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 30(4), 891-893.

Suarez-Orozco, M. (Ed.). (2019). Humanitarianism and mass migration: Confronting the world crisis. Univ of California Press.

White, A., & Bushin, N. (2011). More than methods: Learning from research with children seeking asylum in Ireland. Population, Space and Place, 17(4), 326-337
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm07 SES 02 B: Refugee Education (Part 2)
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Kerstin von Brömssen
Paper Session continued from 07 SES 01 B, to be continued in 07 SES 03 B
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Integration on Whose Terms - The Case of Civic Orientation for Newly Arrived Adult Migrants in Sweden

Simon Bauer1, Tommaso Milani2, Kerstin von Brömssen3, Andrea Spehar1

1University of Gothenburg, Sweden; 2Pennsylvania State University, USA; 3University West, Sweden

Presenting Author: Bauer, Simon

Over the last few decades an increasing number of countries in the Global North have introduced so called Civic Integration programmes, often referred to as ‘the Civic Turn’ (Joppke, 2007; 2017). These are a form of educational provision that aims to through teaching integrate migrants into what is presented as the country of arrival’s ‘culture’, ‘values’, and laws (Jensen et al, 2017). As such, it is expected that those who take part will internalise a loyalty towards ‘democratic and liberal values’ (Mouritsen et al. 2019). The programmes vary in form, but do not seem to have an observable effect on neither social nor economic integration (Wallace Goodman & Wright, 2015). Therefore, it may rather be understood as a form migration governance (Mouritsen et al. 2019). In Sweden this form of education has been conducted since 2010 (SFS 2010: 1138), and currently involves 100 hours of teaching, and is referred to as Civic Orientation for Newly Arrived Migrants. It is offered in migrants’ ‘mother tongues’, and according to policy documents, should be based on dialogue and respect (SFS 2010:1138). Previous research on this has shown that the classes seem to be working to discipline the participants (Abdulla & Risenfors, 2014), in order to change the participants’ views and behaviours (Åberg & Mäkitalo, 2017; Milani et al. 2021). This is in tension with the expressed aim of Civic Orientation to give participants “ability to shape not only their own lives, but to also take part in the shaping of Swedish society” (SOU 2010:16: 14). However, as argued elsewhere in the Swedish context: “adult education (as education in general) becomes a site for the normalization of students, aiming at adapting individuals into what is deemed desirable in terms of how a citizen should be and act” (Fejes et al. 2018). In a diverse setting such as Civic Orientation, this tension is evermore palpable.

In line with the ‘social justice turn’ in the social sciences and humanities, in this paper we investigate inclusion and participation in the context of classes in civic orientation for adult migrants in Sweden. Theoretically, we draw upon the work of American political philosopher Nancy Fraser, who famously argued that “justice requires social arrangements that permit all (adult) members of society to interact with one another as peers” (Fraser 1998: 5). Analytically, this means investigating “whether institutionalized patterns of interpretation and valuation impede parity of participation in social life” (Fraser 1998: 4). We apply Fraser’s theoretical ideas to an analysis of interviews with “key actors” involved in civic orientation, ethnographic data collected in 6 civic orientation classes (3 in English and 3 in Arabic) in three large Swedish municipalities, as well as focus group interviews with former participants. More specifically, we illustrate a tension between a genuine commitment on the part of the Swedish state to create multilingual and multicultural spaces for dialogue and reflection about Swedish society, on the one hand, and problematic monolithic views about how migrants are expected to behave in order to ‘fit in’, on the other. Ultimately the question is: on whose terms are migrants expected to integrate and participate in Swedish society?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper draws on a number of qualitative research methods in order to paint a rich picture of the complex relations between policy and bureaucrats, the teaching in classrooms, and the experiences of those who have been taught. Firstly, we draw on 14 semi-structured interviews with ‘key actors’ involved in organizing Civic Orientation locally in three large Swedish municipalities. These were conducted in the fall of 2019 and provide a plethora of views and understandings of the purpose of Civic Orientation, its challenges, as well as how it is conducted in various settings, seen from different perspectives.
Secondly, we draw on ethnographic data from six different civic orientation classes in English (three) and in Arabic (three) from three large Swedish municipalities. These were conducted over four months in the spring of 2020, around the onset of Covid-19. Therefore, about a third of the data was collected in person, but then the rest had to be obtained online through Zoom and Skype. As those conducting the ethnographies speak English and Arabic, there was no need for interpreters. Within the ethnographies we took the position as participant observer, meaning that whilst we did not interrupt the class we spoke when asked to and actively participated in break times. The ethnographic fieldnotes were taken by hand and anonymized before analysis. In total about 600 pages of fieldnotes were compiled. The data was then analysed thematically (cf. Emerson et al. 2011). Through this data we get a rich illustration of Civic Orientation in practice within different classes.
Lastly, we draw on focus group interviews with former participants conducted in the spring of 2023. In these, the participants reflect and discuss their experiences of Civic Orientation as well as how this compares to their own experiences of living in Sweden. These were organized as casual discussions where the participants were encouraged to lift their own perspectives and discuss their experiences in a neutral environment.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through comparing and contrasting the results from the various forms of data, we hope to put forward a granular analysis of how inclusion and diversity play out in practice through Sweden’s Civic Orientation. Analytically, we investigate “whether institutionalized patterns of interpretation and valuation impede parity of participation in social life” (Fraser 1998: 4) from the institutions’ patterns of interpretation through the individual interviews, into practice in the classes, and out into wider society through the focus group interviews. As such, it is expected that both aspects of inclusivity and desires to promote multiculturalism as well as aspects of social cohesion and assimilationist views will come forth in the tensions between expectations, practice, and experiences as suggested in previous research on welfare and integration programmes in Sweden (cf. Dahlstedt & Nergaard, 2019; Milani et al. 2021).
The paper hopes to contribute to debates on Civic Integration in Europe, which at its core lies in utilizing civic and citizenship education as a tool to create avenues for migrants to integrate and become part of society, as well as discussions on social justice more broadly. Going back to the research question, “on whose terms are migrants expected to integrate and participate in Swedish society”, the paper will both outline on the one hand the terms outlined by the organizers of Civic Orientation and on the other those the migrants themselves face on a daily basis in Sweden.

References
Abdullah, A and Risenfors, S. 2013. Kursen samhällsorientering för nyanlända: Mobilisering och integration för deltagare. In: Eriksson, L, Nilsson, G and Svensson, LA (eds.), Gemenskaper: Socialpedagogiska perspektiv, 117–138. Göteborg, Sweden: Daidalos.
Dahlstedt, M. & Neergaard, A. 2019. Crisis of Solidarity? Changing Welfare and Migration Regimes in Sweden. Critical Sociology 45(1), 121-135.
Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I. & Shaw, L. L., 2011. Writing Ethnographic Fieldnotes. 2nd ed. London: The University of Chicago Press.
Fejes, A., Dahlstedt, M., Olson, M. 2018. Adult education and the formation of citizens: A critical interrogation. London: Routledge.
Fraser, N. (1998). Social justice in the age of identity politics: redistribution, recognition, participation. Discussion Papers, Research Unit: Organization and Employment, FS I 98-108, WZB Berlin Social Science Center.
Jensen, K. K., Fernández, C. & Brochmann, G., 2017. Nationhood and Scandinavian Naturalization Politics: Varieties of the Civic Turn. Citizenship Studies, 21(5). 606-624.
Joppke, C. 2007. Beyond national models: Civic integration policies for immigrants in Western Europe. West European Politics, 30(1): 1–22.
Milani, T, Bauer, S., von Brömssen, K., Spehar, A., Carlson, M. 2021. Citizenship as status, habitus and acts: Language requirements and civic orientation in Sweden. Citizenship Studies, 25(6): 756–772.
Mouritsen, P, Kriegbaum Jensen, K and Larin, SJ. 2019. Introduction: Theorizing the civic turn in European integration policies. Ethnicities, 19(4): 595–613.
Mouritsen, P., Faas, D., Meer, N. & de Witte, N., 2019. Leitkultur debates as civic integration in North-Western Europe: The nationalism of 'values' and 'good citizenship'. Ethnicities, 19(4). 632-653.
Samhällsorienteringsutredningen (2010). Sverige för nyanlända: Värden, välfärdsstat, Vardagsliv (SOU: 2010:16). Stockholm: Integrations- och Jämställdhetsdepartementet.
SFS 2010:1138. Förordning om Samhällsorientering för vissa nyanlända invandrare. Arbetsmarknadsdepartementet.
Åberg, L. & Mäkitalo, Å., 2017. Integration work as situated communicative practice: Assuming, establishing and modifying cultural differences. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 15. 56-68.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Perceptions and Experiences of Newly Arrived Immigrant Parents Collaborating with Schools in Norwegian Context.

Sultana Ali Norozi, Nassira Essahli Vik

Norwegian University for Science and Technology, Norway

Presenting Author: Norozi, Sultana Ali; Essahli Vik, Nassira

Educational institutions such as schools and Early Childhood Education and Care-institutions are important meeting places for children, families, and adults from different backgrounds. Yet, the parents are the children's most important caregivers. Parents are also the schools´ most significant partners in the work to ensure children's education and development. The home-school relationship is considered important by educators, teachers, parents, and researchers. Parents' involvement is one of the most important predictors not only for academic achievement but also for the whole child's development. Thus, parental involvement has become the center of attention of teachers, researchers, and policymakers. Earlier research points out that it is difficult to establish a good home-school relationship, particularly in schools serving newly arrived immigrant children (Lea, 2012; Sibley and Brabeck, 2017). In the face of the constantly increasing number of immigrant children, newcomer parents’ perceptions and experiences are exceptionally important to take into account for a successful and holistic education of immigrant children. Newcomer parents want their children to become well-educated as they see education as a way to a successful life in a new society (Lea, 2012; Sibley and Brabeck, 2017; Norozi, 2022). Newly arrived immigrant parents grapple with challenges related to a new language, and culture, and adjusting to a new and different lifestyle and society. It appears that newcomer parents are dubious about the values in the schools, especially regarding religion as part of their identity and culture (Barry, 2001; Vogt, 2016; Spernes, 2018). Newly arrived immigrant parents´ perceptions and experiences of collaboration with schools are under-researched in the Norwegian context. This study aims to get insights into newcomer parents’ perceptions and experiences of collaboration with schools in the Norwegian context. Thus, the two guiding questions are: How do newly arrived immigrant parents perceive and experience collaborating with schools in the Norwegian context? And what kind of support and challenges do newly arrived immigrant parents face in their involvement in children´s education? The theoretical framework is based on theories on inclusive education; Biesta (2011) states that inclusion is a central – if not the most important – value in democracy. On another level, we address how newcomer parents, and school staff, apply different strategies to develop a relationship with each other (Ericsson & Larsen, 2000; Sand, 2020; Essahli Vik, 2022). The relationship between parents and schools is dependent on many factors. For example, how parents are invited and involved in their children's schooling. Yet, it is significant to understand how both parents and staff's strategies affect the relationship between the school and the newcomer parents.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the qualitative paradigm, the method that was employed to collect data was in-depth semi-structured interviews with newcomer immigrant parents. The schools were contacted to reach out to newcomer parents. Screening of participants was done by in-person meetings with them to ensure that they satisfy the criteria e.g., they have recently arrived in Norway and have a school-aged child/ren. Informed consent from each participant was obtained and a detailed explanation of the purpose, procedures, potential risks, and benefits of the study was shared written and verbally. In-depth, semi-structured interviews with each participant were conducted. Interviews were audio-taped, and each interview lasted a maximum of I hour. Since the newcomer parents can not speak Norwegian, interviews were conducted in either English (those who can) or in their mother tongues. Both the researchers are multilingual and can speak the mother tongue of the participants i.e., Arabic, Dari, Pashto, and Farsi. Professional interpreters were arranged for Ukrainian participants. This was mentioned in the consent form. The data will be transcribed and analyzed by identifying themes and patterns. This will involve coding the data, creating the coding scheme, and using qualitative data analysis software e.g., NVivo. The confidentiality and anonymity of the participants would be ensured by using pseudonyms, keeping data secure, and destroying data once it is no longer needed. The research project is approved by the Norwegian Social Science Data Services (NSD).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study may uncover common barriers that newcomer parents face in collaborating with schools, such as language barriers, cultural differences, and lack of understanding of the school system. The study may highlight the importance of clear and effective communication between schools and newcomer parents, including the need for effective and quick arrangements for translation services, regular meetings, and accessible information. The study may reveal the extent to which newcomer parents are involved in their children´s education and the factors that influence their level of involvement. Furthermore, the study's preliminary analysis recognizes the role that cultural awareness and sensitivity play in facilitating collaboration between schools and newcomer parents. The study is expected to provide some recommendations for improving collaboration between schools and newcomer parents, including the need for better resources and support for newcomer parents. Last but not least, this study will contribute to increase understanding of the perspectives and experiences of newcomer immigrant parents in collaboration with schools and inform the development of policies and practices that support newcomer parents’ involvement in their children´s education.
References
Barry, B. (2001). Culture and equality: An egalitarian critique of multiculturalism. Cambridge: Polity.
Biesta, G. J. (2015). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Routledge.
Epstein, J. L. (2010). School, family and community partnerships: Caring for the children we share. Kappan 92, 81–96. doi: 10.1177/003172171009200326
Epstein, J. L. (2018a). School, family, and community partnerships in teachers’ professional work. J. Educ. Teach. 44, 397–406. doi: 10.1080/02607476.2018. 1465669
Epstein, J. L. (2018b). “Use the framework to reach school goals- stories from the field,” in School, family and community partnership: Your handbook for action, 4th Edn, ed. J. L. Epstein (Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin), 63–84. doi: 10.1016/j.shpsa. 2021.06.003
Ericsson, K. & Larsen, G. (2000). Skolebarn og skoleforeldre: Om forholdet mellom hjem og skole. Oslo: Pax Forlag
Essahli Vik, Nassira (2022). Familieformer og foreldresamarbeid i barnehagen i et mangfoldsperspektiv. I Bjerklund, Monica & Nassira E. Vik (2022b). Familiemangfold og profesjonsutøvelse i barnehagen. Universitetsforlaget.
Lea, Martha. (2012). Cooperation between migrant parents and teachers in school: A resource? CPES Journals. 2. 105-124.
Norozi, S. A. (2023). The Important Building Blocks of Newcomer Immigrant Students’ Education in the Norwegian Context. Frontiers in Education, 7(2023), p. 1040.
Sand, S. 2020. Ulikhet og fellesskap. Flerkulturell pedagogikk i barnehagen. Oslo: Cappelen Damm AS.
Sibley, E., and Brabeck, K. (2017). Latino Immigrant students’ school experiences in the United States: The importance of family-school-community collaboration. School Community Journal. 1:27. 137-157.
Spernes, K. (2018). Den flerkulturelle skolen i bevegelse: teoretiske og praktiske perspektiver [The multicultural school in motion: theoretical and practical perspectives], 231- 243. Oslo: Gyldendal.
Vogt, A. (2016). Rådgiving i skole og barnehage: mange muligheter for hjelp til barn og unge [Counseling in school and Kindergarten: many opportunities for help for children and young people]”, 348- 361. Oslo: Cappelen Damm Akademisk.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

When Asylum is Denied and Return is Not an Option: Children’s Rights and Enactment of Childhood and Parenthood in Deportability

Helena Korp1, Kerstin von Brömssen1, Tove Samzelius2

1University West; 2Malmö University

Presenting Author: von Brömssen, Kerstin

This paper concerns children and families in Sweden whose application for asylum has been rejected but who are not eligible for deportation, and who remain in the country for an indefinite time with formal status neither as asylum-seekers, refugees, irregular or residents. In the international literature this group is sometimes referred to as Non removed rejected asylum seekers (NRAS), a term that will used hence forward (Atac, 2019). While there is a body of important critical research on refugee children’s political rights, agency (or lack thereof) and vulnerabilities in regard to/produced by Swedish asylum politics (c.f. Josefsson, 2017; Karlsson, 2019; Wahlström Smith, 2021; Lind, 2019; Lundberg, 2020), an initial review of literature showed that NRAS, and particularly children in families, is a group that has received little attention in migration-research, both in a European and a Swedish context. The latter was noted also by experts that we talked with at the Swedish Migration Agency (SMA) and DELMI (the Delegation for Migration studies). Rejected asylum seekers are however often targeted in the migration-critical political discourse of the new right wing coalition that came into power in Sweden in October 2022, supported by a far right radical ethno-nationalist party (cf. Rothstein, 2023). Recent policy propositions include that rejected asylum-seekers should be detained and closely surveilled until deportation. In this context, investigating how deportability affect NRAS children is urgent from the perspective of children’s human rights as declared in the UN Child Rights Convention (CRC), which was made Swedish law 2020-01-01. As children’s rights and agency are tightly connected to the situation of the family and to parents’ capacities to see to their needs, and as for NRAS parents these capacities are constrained by extreme legal and economic vulnerability (Samzelius, 2023), the study will also highlight parenthood and family-life in the context of deportability.

Research questions

  • What is known about NRAS children in Sweden and their situation
    • through statistics from the Migration Agency, e.g. their age, country of origin, time in Sweden, household, housing?
    • by experts in authorities (e.g. Migration Agency) and civil society know about the situation of NRRA children and their families?
    • through research (also international research and NRAS children generally)
    • How are childhood and parenthood enacted in the context of deportability for NRAS families in Sweden, and how do children and parents understand and cope with deportability, as a part of their every day-lives?
    • How does deportability affect NRAS children’s agency and rights directly, as well as indirectly through the parents’ positions as NRAS?

Objective

The objective of the study is to highlight the situation of NRAS children in Sweden, and how deportability affects their everyday lives, rights and agency, both directly in regard to e.g. education, well-being and relations, and indirectly, through their parents’ positions as NRAS. We thus want to contribute to the critical discussion of asylum-politics and their effects on children in regard to CRC and social justice from the perspective of NRAS, but also to sensitizing institutional practice to children’s and parents’ perspectives on their situation and needs in their position as NRAS.

Theoretical and conceptual framework

The study will combine theories and concepts from different fields, mainly from sociology of childhood and migration studies, but also policy studies may be relevant as part of the theoretical framework. Central concepts include agency, children’s rights, lived rights, deportability, migration regimes and vulnerabilities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study will be organized in two work packages:
1. Mapping
1 a) Collection and analysis of statistics concerning NRAS to map the group in regard to available data on age, nationality, time since asylum-application, family constellation and housing.
1 b) Interviews with experts and officers at SMA, and NGO:s that meet NRAS (possibly also professionals such as teachers/head masters and social workers) about how they perceive the children’s situation and needs.
1 c) A scoping literature review including research and reports from authorities and civil society, focused on studies that include NRAS, but also more generally childrens’s rights and ageny in deportability and extended precarious migration situations, and studies about parenting in these conditions.
2. Ethnographic studies
We plan to involve 10-12 NRAS families in ethnographic field studies that include shadowing in their everyday life during approximately three days (ideally focusing at one family-member each day), taking field-notes, having field conversations, but also suggesting a range of creative art-based methods depending on the age and interest of the children (cf. Lenette, 2019; Nunn, 2022). We will also interview the children on two occasions based on a time line, and on material from the above, and on a time-line starting with their first memory of migration and reaching to an imagined adulthood. We will include families who live in asylum accomodations as well as other housing, single- two parent families and families in rural and urban settings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As the research about childhood and parenthood in the context of deportability generally is very scarce, and especially related to NRAS we hope by the mapping and synthesizing existing research and reports to fill an important knowledge gap concerning the situation for this group, and the policies that condition their lives and access to human rights, but also identify need for further, empirical studies. Through seeking to use and develop participatory, creative methods and decolonializing ways of representation, we further hope by our ethnographic studies to get close to the lived experience of doing childhood and parenhthood under protracted conditions of deportability, and how rights and agency are enacted and constrained in different instances.
References
Ataç, I. (2019) Deserving Shelter: Conditional Access to Accommodation for Rejected Asylum Seekers in Austria, the Netherlands, and Sweden, Journal of Immigrant & Refugee Studies, 17:1, 44-60, DOI: 10.1080/15562948.2018.1530401
Josefsson, J. (2017). Children's Rights to Asylum in the Swedish Migration Court of Appeal. I International Journal of Children's Rights, 25 (2017) 85-113

Karlsson, S. (2019) ‘You said “home” but we don’t have a house’ – children’s lived rights and politics in an asylum centre in Sweden, Children's Geographies, 17:1, 64-75, DOI: 10.1080/14733285.2018.1474173
Lenette, C. (2019). Arts-based Methods in Refugee Research: Creating Sanctuary. Springer Singapore.
Lind, J. (2019). Governing vulnerabilised migrant childhoods through children’s rights. Childhood, 26(3), 337–351. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568219847269
Lundberg, A. Undocumented children, In Cook, Thomas D. (eds), The SAGE Encyclopedia of Children and Childhood Studies : Sage Publications; 2020. ISBN: 9781473942929
Nunn, C. (2022). The participatory arts-based research project as an exceptional sphere of belonging. Qualitative Research, 22(2), 251-268.
Samzelius, T. (2023). Starka mammor-Trygga barn: En rapport om asylsökande och nyanlända ensamstående mammors situation i Sverige.
Wahlström Smith, Å. (2021) Challenging the deportation regime: reflections on the research encounter with undocumented refugee children in Sweden. Children's Geographies 19:1, pages 101-112.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm07 SES 03 B: Refugee Education (Part 3)
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Søren Sindberg Jensen
Paper Session continued from 07 SES 02 B, to be continued in 07 SES 04 B
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Positioning Analysis of Storys from Refugees in Education

Vibeke Solbue

Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway

Presenting Author: Solbue, Vibeke

Broken relationships – a story of a boy who has lived in Norway for 7 years without residence permit.

In a narrative research project, I have followed a family who came to Norway as refugees in 2015. The family of four have two children who has been attending school since they arrived in Norway. Kalib, the oldest son, was 9 years old when he came to Norway. After a few months he started in 3rd grade. In the school year 2021/22, Kalib was in 9th grade in a new place, still without a residence permit. It was the 7th school he started at since 2015. He has moved school in the middle of the year 4 times, because the receptions center has been closed. Kalib has difficulty keeping up with school, struggles academically, and has challenges making new friends.

The paper will present a positioning analysis of the narratives. That means that the analysis seeks to look after connections between the narrator, the social context in which the activity is made, and relevant aspects of the master narrative, the wider social world.

The narrative activity can be analyzed in three different levels. The position level 1 focuses on the what in the story, how the characters are positioned to one another. The position level 2 focuses on the how in the story, the interactions between the actors int the actual situation of interactions. How do the storyteller position themselves to the audience, and how does the storyteller address the question “Who are you?”. The position level 3 focuses on how the storyteller position themselves to a wider discourse, to social and cultural processes in the situation of interactions

By analysing this family’s stories by using positioning analysis, I will seek to understand Kalib and his families’ possibilities and rights in Norway. This can give us important information about refugee children without residence permit rights in Norway. What impact can it have on a young boy’s life situation with all this changes in his life, with all those broken relationships?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data in the project consists of notes / transcripts of informal conversations at meetings, messages via mobile phone, and two longer unstructured interviews with conversations focusing on education from the home country, during the flight and schooling in Norway. The interviews were conducted in July 2017 and February 2020 at the family's home at the reception center. The parents had to decide whether the children should participate in the interview, and at the first interview, they chose to have the interview when the children were at school. The second time, the children where there. In the interviews, I had an interpreter who translated the conversation. The first interview was recorded on tape, while the second interview was not recorded by mistake. There I wrote down both during and directly after the interview. Following the interviews, the children have returned home from school, and the interpreter and I have been invited to social meals prepared by the mother.
I did not use the interview guide who led the conversations but started by talking about the research project and sharing the information letter that the parents signed. In the first interview, I asked the parents to tell me about their own schooling, without having a template or checkpoints to follow. I wanted to let the conversation flow as freely as possible, without any prior guidance other than talking about education. The interview lasted two hours, and the parents themselves chose to tell me about their concern for Kalib. In the second interview, we took up the thread about schooling in Norway, as well as what it is like to live in different asylum reception centers and to move around so much. We discussed various issues related to this, which I had noted in advance based on previous interview and conversations with the parents.
When needed, the mother and I have communicated a lot via messages on mobile. At times it has been demanding to understand the content of the messages, since she translates from Arabic to Norwegian via google translator, but gradually I have become better at asking quite directly what she means to confirm that I have understood it correctly. The messages also contain photos from documents with the rejections, anchors, and statements from a lawyer. She also documents the various receptions with photos and describes the conditions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A three-level positioning analysis (in progress)
At positioning level 1, I will show how all the characters in the narratives are positioned, the parents, the children, the school, the reception staff etc.
At position level 2, the focus is on the how in the story. How do the storyteller position themselves to the audience.
At position level 3, I seek to understand how the storyteller position themselves to a wider discourse, to social and cultural processes in the situation of interactions and narratives.

References
Bamberg, M. G. (1997). Positioning between structure and performance. Journal of narrative and life history, 7(1-4), 335-342.
Berg, B., Rose Tronstad, K. og Valenta, M. (2015). Innledning – bakgrunn og problemstillinger. I B. Berg og K. Rose Tronstad (red.). Levekår for barn i asylsøkerfasen. (s. 1 -12). Trondheim: NTNU Samfunnsforskning.
Blix, B. H., Hamran, T., & Normann, H. K. (2015). Roads not taken: A narrative positioning analysis of older adults' stories about missed opportunities. Journal of Aging Studies, 35, 169-177.
Clandinin, D. J. (2013). Engaging in Narrative Inquiry. New York: Taylor & Francis
Kjærgaard, T. K., & Jensen, N. K. (2018). Post-migratory risk factors and asylum seekers’ mental health. International Journal of Human Rights in Healthcare., 11(4), 257 – 269.
Deppermann, A. (2015). Positioning. The handbook of narrative analysis, 369-387.
Kjærgaard, T. K., & Jensen, N. K. (2018). Post-migratory risk factors and asylum seekers’ mental health. International Journal of Human Rights in Healthcare., 11(4), 257 – 269.
Lidén, H (2019). Asylum. I M. Langford, M. Skivenes & K. H. Søvig (red.) Children`s rights in Norway. (s. 332 – 360). Oslo: Universitetsforlaget.
Michelsen, H. og Berg, B. (2015). Levekår og livskvalitet blant enslige mindreårige asylsøkere. I: B. Berg og K. Rose Tronstad (red.). Levekår for barn i asylsøkerfasen. (s.115 - 150). Trondheim: NTNU Samfunnsforskning.
Rose Tronstad, K. (2015). Barn og unge i asylsøkerfasen – hvem er det og hvordan går det med dem? I: B. Berg og K. Rose Tronstad (red.). Levekår for barn i asylsøkerfasen. (s. 29 – 46). Trondheim: NTNU Samfunnsforskning.
Rønningen, G. E. (2003). Nærmiljø: nostalgi - eller aktuell arena i fore- byggende og helsefremmende arbeid? I: H.A. Hauge & M. B. Mittelmark (Red.) Helsefremmende arbeid i en brytningstid: fra monolog til dialog?, ss. 52-73. Bergen: Fagbokforlaget.
Solbue, V. (2014). Dialogen som visker ut kategorier: En studie av hvilke erfaringer innvandrerungdommer og norskfødte med innvandrerforeldre har med videregående skole. Hva forteller ungdommenes erfaringer om videregående skoles håndtering av etniske ulikheter? Bergen: Universitetet i Bergen.
Søholt, S og Valenta, M. (2015). Bofohold i asylmottak. Levekår og livskvalitet. I: B. Berg  - og K. Rose Tronstad (red.). Levekår for barn i asylsøkerfasen. (s. 47 - 72). Trondheim: NTNU Samfunnsforskning.
Sørly, R., & Blix, B. H. (2017). Fortelling og forskning: Narrativ teori og metode i tverrfaglig perspektiv. Stamsund: Orkana forlag.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Developing Educational Interventions for Inclusion of Migrant and Refugee Students in Centralised Educational Systems: A study in Greek schools

Michalis Kakos

Centre for Interdisciplinary Research in Citizenship, Education and Society, Leeds Beckett University

Presenting Author: Kakos, Michalis

This paper reports on the findings from an evaluation study conducted in Greece in 2022. The focus of the evaluation was the project Schools for All which aims to assist the educational inclusion of Newly Arrived Migrant and Refugee Students (NAMRS) in Greek schools. Conceptually, the project’s approach to inclusion is based on the close association of inclusive to democratic education. This approach attributes great significance to students’ active participation, avoids targeting specific groups of students who are to be ‘included’ (migrant and refugee students in this case) and involves the total of the school community in the process of inclusion (Slee & Allan, 2001; Slee, 2010; Meziou, 2016; Kricke & Neubert, 2020). Methodologically, the project is based on the training of school staff in the development and implementation for inclusive education action plans which engage the whole school community and promote a whole—school approach to inclusion (Due, 2021).

The Greek schools which provide the context for this project operate within a heavily centralised system in which the Ministry of Education has the control of the curriculum, of the appointment of staff and it dictates to a large extent the school policies (Theotokatou, 2022). In terms of the educational provision to NAMRS, the Ministry of Education appoints teachers in temporary contracts to those schools that have sufficient number of NAMRS. These teachers staff reception classes which operate alongside the mainstream ones and follow a two-zone model of educational provision. The objective of classes in the first zone is the teaching of Greek language at basic level while the second zone is open to students who already have basic skills in Greek language. Students studying in reception classes attend some school subjects in mainstream classes, regardless of their skills in Greek language. This is particularly the case for the second-zone students who are usually registered by the schools to attend all mainstream classes that do not clash with the reception classes timetable.

Reports have already highlighted that two key issues in educational inclusion of refugee students globally are their access to National education systems (UNHCR, 2022) and the quality of provision by trained staff (Thomas, 2017). Both issues are particularly relevant in the case of migrant and refugee students in Greece, a country which has been at the forefront of the refugee crisis and the educational system of which is not easily adaptable to new realities and new challenges, (Kazamias and Roussakis, 2003). Moreover, its ethnocentric curriculum (Kakos and Palaiologou, 2014) and the lack of relevant a quality teacher training programmes (Sotiropoulou and Polymenakou, 2022) pose further challenges in the efforts to develop effective educational interventions for educational inclusion of NAMRS.

Schools participating in the programme Schools for All had responded to a relevant call by the programme team. Their selection was based on the number of NAMRS registered and on the training needs of the teaching staff as identified by the school management team. A team comprised by a member of staff (usually a teacher of NAMRS receptions classes) and a member of the management team was responsible for the development and for the coordination of implementation of an Educational Action Plan aiming to support the educational inclusion of NAMRS. In a small number of schools, the coordinating team included also a parent. The attempt by some schools to recruit students’ representatives (members of students’ councils and NAMRS) was unsuccessful.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative and quantitative data was collected for this study. Online surveys to students who were directly involved in the EAPs (native and NAMRS) examined their perspectives on the quality and level of their involvement in the EAPs and on the extent to which these EAPs have the potential to improve the cohesion of the school community and the educational inclusion of NAMRS. All participating schools were invited to identify the native languages in their student population and the surveys were translated in all these languages (14 in total). Surveys with the members of the coordinating teams focused on their perspectives about the effectiveness of the efforts of the schools to include the NAMRS, their own knowledge and level of confidence in supporting such efforts, the challenges that schools have to overcome and their training needs.
The qualitative part of the study was conducted in seven schools that participate in the project. Data was collected from individual, group interviews and informal discussions with staff. In most cases the informal discussions took place at the end of the school day in the staff room with the participation of the Headteacher and of staff who were involved in the implementation of the EAPs. All individual interviews and group interviews were audio recorded, and notes were kept during informal discussions. The focus of the qualitative part of the study was on teachers’ experience from developing and implementing EAPs for educational inclusion of NAMRS, their perspectives about the educational needs of NAMRS, the extent to which the EAPs in their schools covered these needs and the overall preparedness of the school community in hosting such educational interventions.
The discussion in this paper concentrates on the analysis of data collected from school staff which focuses in particular on the priorities of the educational provision to NAMRS and the challenges to inclusion.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings indicate that according to teaching staff, the approach to educational inclusion that informs their practice is developed in the confined space between ethnocentric policies that consider language as a condition for access to curriculum and the limited opportunities for provision of the holistic support that NAMRS require.  Within this context, language operates as a condition for inclusion and as an excuse for educational exclusion while the burden for integration is on the NAMRS (Sedmak, 2021: 17).  Reception classes, especially those of the first zone, resemble to multilingual ghettos in which students share the experience of a type of in-school exclusion (Barker et al, 2010). Teachers report that even when attending mainstream classes, language barriers prevent NAMRS from any meaningful participation and their presence is experienced often as meaningless or as nuisance. As a result, school tolerates NAMRS’ absence from these classes and language becomes a barrier not only to curriculum access but also to other two key elements of school life: communication with peers and participation in school life.
Many participants highlight the inflexibility and inefficiencies of the centralised, bureaucratic educational system as barriers to educational inclusion. However, arguably even more concerning is the effect of the above on teachers’ motivation, self- confidence and determination to exploit the undoubtedly limited spaces that this educational system allows for the development of appropriate inclusive interventions for their school communities.
The project Schools for All offered significant opportunities to teaching staff to reflect and to challenge this reality. However, long-term and sustainable changes require interventions that target several areas, including curriculum development, educational policies and teacher training. It requires also the engagement of the educational community in a continuous, critical evaluation of their educational provision as a means and as an obstacle in the right of all children to education.

References
Barker,J., Alldred,P., Watts, M. & Dodman, H. (2010) Pupils or prisoners? Institutional geographies and internal exclusion in UK secondary schools, Area, 42.3, 378–386 doi: 10.1111/j.1475-4762.2009.00932.x

Due, C. (2021) Inclusive education for students from refugee or migrant backgrounds. In: Allen, K.A., Reupert, A. & Oades, (Eds): Building Better Schools with Evidence-based Policy. Routledge: London. 162-168.

Kakos, M. & Palaiologou, N. (2014) Intercultural Citizenship Education in Greece: Us and Them. Italian Journal of Sociology of Education, 6(2): 69-87.

Kazamias, A. M. & Roussakis, Y. (2003) Crisis and Reform in Greek Education, European Education, 35:3, 7-30, DOI: 10.2753/EUE1056-493435037.

Kricke, M. & Neubert, S. (2020) Inclusive Education as a Democratic Challenge – Ambivalences of Communities in Contexts of Power, In: Meike Kricke & Stefan Neubert (Eds) New Studies in Deweyan Education: Democracy and Education Revisited. New York: Routledge.

Meziou, K. (2017) Research in the field of inclusive education: time for a rethink?, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21:2, 146-159, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2016.1223184.

Sedmak,  Mateja (2021) Comparative report on qualitative research: Newly arrived migrant children. MiCreate Project report. Available online: http://www.micreate.eu/wp-content/img/D5.2%20Comparative%20report%20on%20qualitative%20research%20NAM_webpage_final_feb.pdf Accessed 24th Oct 2022.

Slee, R. (2010). The Irregular School: Exclusion, Schooling and Inclusive Education (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203831564

Slee, R,  & Allan, J (2001) Excluding the included: A reconsideration of inclusive education, International Studies in Sociology of Education, 11:2, 173-192, DOI: 10.1080/09620210100200073.

Sotiropoulou, P. & Polymenakou, E. (2022)  Multicultural Initial Teacher Training in Greece: Preparing Pre-Service Teachers for Migrant Education and Social Justice. In: Boivin, J.A. and Pacheco-Guffrey, H. (Eds) Education as the Driving Force of Equity for the Marginalized. IGI Global: Hershey, PA. 90-112.

Theotokatou, I. (2022) The Leader who is not a Leader.: A Micro-political Analysis of the Leadership Style of a School Principal. Papazisis, Athens. (In Greek).

Thomas, R.L. (2016) The Right to Quality Education for Refugee Children Through Social Inclusion. Journal of Human Rights and Social Work 1, 193–201. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41134-016-0022-z.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Pedagogies of Nation in Reception Classes for Ukrainian refugees

Søren Sindberg Jensen

University of Southern Denmark, Denmark

Presenting Author: Jensen, Søren Sindberg

Due to the war in Ukraine, societies and school systems across Europe witnessed a sudden and large influx of refugee families in 2022 from March onwards. On a European level the situation gave rise to an unseen shared willingness to help and find common European solutions on this new ‘refugee crisis’. Denmark was no exception in this regard and special legislation was put in place to ensure the best opportunities possible for welcoming and accommodating the Ukrainian refugees, and, as a very concrete and visible sign of the solidarity, Ukrainian flags were soon to flow from official buildings.

This paper present preliminary findings from an exploratory case study on a reception class for Ukrainian children in a Danish school. Particularly, the paper discusses, critically, the pedagogies of nation, which occurred in the reception class. The discussion rests on the assumption that reception classes can be considered arenas saturated in pedagogies of nation, given that enrolling newcomers into the national cultural of the receiving society is part of the raison d'être of reception classes.

The paper adopts Zsuzsa Milleis notion of pedagogy of nation, which is an educational form of everyday nationalism that ‘recounts the continuity of the everyday re/production of national frameworks through countless situated activities’ (Millei 2019: 84). In educational research, nationalism in schools can be approached in a top-down perspective, where focus is on how learning about the nation and nationalism occur in the official and taught curriculum, and in a bottom-up perspective, where focus is how the nation and nationalism is impeded in everyday practices in formal and informal settings in the school (Mavroudi and Holt 2015). Focus is both on pedagogies of nation where the Danish nation or the Ukrainian nation occur in formal teacher initiated teaching activities and teaching materials and in the everyday practices in the reception classes among the children and teachers.

Using reception classes for Ukrainian children and youth as a case, the paper considers reception classes as an arena, where national sentiments and narratives are being (re)enforced and negotiated in high degree. When perceiving reception classes in a critical pedagogical perspective (McLaren 2017), the discussion rests on the presumption that reception classes are places where categorization revolving the nation prevail at the expense of other identity categories such as gender, class, religion etc., offering to children and youth a restricted site of belonging (Yuval-Davis 2006) with less opportunities for positive identification and a delimited set of social locations available.

Thus, the paper addresses the following research questions:

  1. How are ‘Denmark’ and ‘Ukraine’ discursively constructed in formal teaching activities and everyday practices in the reception classes?
  2. What characterizes the pedagogies of nation in the reception classes?
  3. What narratives of identification and positionality (Anthias 2002) are offered in the reception classes, understood as an arena for the pedagogies of nation?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical basis of the paper is generated during field work at a school in Denmark during the school year of 2022-2023 by the author together with other members of an interdisciplinary research group. The field research was child-centered (Fattore et al. 2012) and art-based methods were employed to offer to the children and youth a multitude of modes to express their sentiments and viewpoints (Busch 2012; Quiroz et al. 2014).  The empirical material consists of observation notes of everyday activities at the school both in formal and informal educational settings, interview with representatives from the municipality and school management, teachers, children and youth, and drawings created by the children and youth as part of the research.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper offers a thick description (Geertz 1973) of pedagogies of nation occurring in reception classes in the school, presenting both an operationalization of Millei (2019)’s research program for studying ‘pedagogy of nation’, in the context of reception class education, as well as new knowledge on the reception class system from a critical pedagogical perspective. By adopting a child-centered perspective (Fattore et al. 2012), the paper contributes to closing a gap in the previous research where there the has been a lack of inclusion of the perspective of children and youth (Mavroudi and Holt 2015). Moreover, the paper contributes with new insights to a growing field of educational research on nation and nationalism and migration (Antonsich et al. 2016: following; Mavroudi 2010; Mavroudi and Holt 2015). Yet, by focusing on everyday nationalism in the reception class system, the paper offers new knowledge to a much understudied educational context (cf. other studies on nationalism in education: Arnott and Ozga 2010, 2016; Baumann 2013; Bonikowski 2016; Fox 2017; Haydn 2012; Kotowski 2013; Lappalainen 2006; Mitchell 2003; Sautereau and Faas 2022; Spyrou 2011; Zembylas 2021).
References
Anthias, Floya (2002), 'Where do I belong?:Narrating collective identity and translocational positionality', Ethnicities, 2 (4), 491-514.
Antonsich, Marco, Mavroudi, Elizabeth, and Mihelj, Sabina (2016), 'Building inclusive nations in the age of migration', Identities: Global Studies in Culture and Power, 24 (2), 156-76.
Busch, Brigitta (2012), 'The Linguistic Repertoire Revisited', Applied linguistics, 33 (5), 503-23.
Fattore, Tobia, Mason, Jan, and Watson, Elisabeth (2012), 'Locating the Child Centrally as Subject in Research: Towards a Child Interpretation of Well-Being', Child Indicators Research, 5 (3), 423-35.
Fox, JonE (2017), 'The edges of the nation: a research agenda for uncovering the taken-for-granted foundations of everyday nationhood', Nations and Nationalism, 23 (1), 26-47.
Haydn, Terry (2012), 'History in Schools and the Problem of “The Nation”', Education Sciences, 2 (4), 276-89.
Kotowski, JanMichael (2013), 'Narratives of Immigration and National Identity: Findings from a Discourse Analysis of German and U.S. Social Studies Textbooks', Studies in Ethnicity and Nationalism, 13 (3), 295-318.
Lappalainen, Sirpa (2006), 'Liberal multiculturalism and national pedagogy in a Finnish preschool context: inclusion or nation‐making?', Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 14 (1), 99-112.
Mavroudi, Elizabeth (2010), 'Nationalism, the Nation and Migration: Searching for Purity and Diversity', Space and Polity, 14 (3), 219-33.
Mavroudi, Elizabeth and Holt, Louise (2015), '(Re)constructing Nationalisms in Schools in the Context of Diverse Globalized Societies', in T. Matejskova and M. Antonsich (eds.), (BASINGSTOKE: Springer Nature), 181-200.
McLaren, Peter (2017), 'Critical Pedagogy: A Look at the Major Concepts', in Antonia Darder, Rodolfo D. Torres, and Marta P. Baltodano (eds.), Critical Pedagogy Reader (Ourtledge), 57-78.
Millei, Zsuzsa (2019), 'Pedagogy of nation: A concept and method to research nationalism in young children’s institutional lives', Childhood, 26 (1), 83-97.
Quiroz, Pamela Anne, Milam-Brooks, Kisha, and Adams-Romena, Dominique (2014), 'School as solution to the problem of urban place:Student migration, perceptions of safety, and children’s concept of community', Childhood, 21 (2), 207-25.
Sautereau, Adrien and Faas, Daniel (2022), 'Comparing national identity discourses in history, geography and civic education curricula: The case of France and Ireland', European Educational Research Journal, 147490412210863-undefined.
Spyrou, Spyros (2011), 'Children's educational engagement with nationalism in divided Cyprus', International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy, 31 (9/10), 531-42.
Yuval-Davis, Nira (2006), 'Belonging and the politics of belonging', Patterns of Prejudice, 40 (3), 197-214.
Zembylas, Michalinos (2021), 'Conceptualizing and studying ‘Affective Nationalism’ in education: theoretical and methodological considerations', Race Ethnicity and Education, 25 (4), 508-25.
 
Date: Wednesday, 23/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am07 SES 04 B: Refugee Education (Part 4)
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Seyda Subasi Singh
Paper Session continued from 07 SES 03 B
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Why School Context Matters in Refugee Education

Melanie Baak, Sarah McDonald, Bruce Johnson, Anna Sullivan

University of South Australia, Australia

Presenting Author: Baak, Melanie; McDonald, Sarah

Internationally, the global movement of people resulting from conflict, climate crises and political upheaval continues to be ongoing issue. Education plays an important role in the successful settlement and lifelong outcomes of young people who are displaced and become refugees or have refugee-like experience. Because of this, research into young people from refugee backgrounds in education systems tends to focus on examples of ‘good practice’ in terms of how these young people experience education. Research on ‘good practice’ for educating students from refugee backgrounds has tended to focus on three specific approaches, namely welcoming and non-racist environments, support of students in terms of psychosocial needs and trauma, and English language acquisition (Rutter 2006; Sidhu et al., 2011). Much research on ‘good practice’ in schools promotes homogenising discourses which fail to account for how refugee background young people come to school with a range of experiences pre-and-post-migration. In addition, examples of ‘good practice’ in refugee education commonly fail to consider how schools engage in particular practices in very different contexts. This paper contributes to the study of refugee education by drawing attention to the ways that school contexts influence how schools enact ‘good practice’ in differing ways.

Researchers in a range of fields have been increasingly focused on the importance of context in understanding people’s lives (Bolling et al., 2018; Bösch & Su, 2021; Gu & Johansson, 2013; Harris & Jones, 2018; Rendón, 2014; Thrupp & Lupton, 2006). In this paper, we explore how contextual factors affect how schools respond to the needs of students from refugee backgrounds. By contextual factors we mean, in the broadest sense, school characteristics (e.g., school type, ethos, history, size, complexity, staffing profile, curriculum), and student characteristics (e.g., race, class, gender, wealth, language, sexual orientation, ability, geographic mobility) (Gu & Johansson, 2013). In particular, we are interested in how school leaders recognise and respond to the different contextual influences that shape their responses to the educational needs of these students. Our central argument is that current research on ‘good practice’ in refugee education does not give due consideration to the role of school contexts, and in turn the development of policy and funding relating to refugee education also does not consider the importance of school contexts.

An analytical framework to consider school context was developed by Braun et al., (2011) to identify the contextual factors which influence policy enactment. Described as an heuristic device, the intention of their framework is to reveal how the “rational, organisational, political, symbolic and normative are messily intertwined in ‘policy work’ in schools” (Braun et al., 2011, p. 587). As Slee et al., (1998) and Sellar and Lingard (2014) highlight, the ‘bracketing out’ of contexts and school performance reveals flaws in policy analyses which neglect the objective features of school contexts – for example, analyses of school organisation and pedagogy which ignore material contexts. Braun et al.’s framework considers context in terms of objective and subjective resources across four overlapping and interweaving contextual dimensions (Braun et al., 2011, p. 588):

  • Situated contexts (such as locale, school histories, intakes and settings).
  • Professional contexts (such as values, teacher commitments and experiences, and ‘policy management’ in schools).
  • Material contexts (e.g. staffing, budget, buildings, technology and infrastructure).
  • External contexts (e.g. degree and quality of local authority support, pressures and expectations from broader policy context, such as Ofsted ratings, league table positions, legal requirements and responsibilities).

Our analysis illustrates the ways that situated, professional and material contexts, in particular, shape the ways schools seek to address the educational needs of students from refugee backgrounds.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper draws on research from a larger Australian Research Council Linkage funded project entitled ‘How schools foster refugee student resilience’. The project was a large multi-stage study which aimed to understand the ways in which schools foster the educational and social conditions which enhance the resilience of students from refugee-backgrounds, with a focus on how these students are impacted by particular policies, practices, relationships and events. In this study students from a refugee background were identified as those who had come to Australia through humanitarian or asylum-seeking pathways, with a focus on students who had been in Australia for less than ten years.
Seven case study schools were selected based on meeting all or some of a set of criteria for ‘good practice’ in refugee education. Participating schools were recruited from the government and Catholic education sectors in two states of Australia.
A ‘focussed ethnography’ approach (Knoblauch, 2005) was used to investigate policy development and enactment in the selected schools. This approach involved two data-intensive visits to each participating school. During the first visit members of the research team undertook interactive walking school tours usually led by the school principal or other school leaders. During these walking tours, photos were taken of the physical environments and discussions between school staff and the research team were audio recorded.  We then conducted semi-structured interviews with 56 teachers and school leaders at subsequent visits to the schools with a focus on policies of importance for students from refugee backgrounds, policy development and implementation, the role of school staff in enacting policies, and the practicalities of reinforcing or bolstering the resilience of students from refugee backgrounds. In addition, relevant policy texts were collected, and some informal discussions became additional data. All recorded interviews and discussions were transcribed by a professional transcription company.
Analysis drew on Braun and Clarke’s (2022) approach to thematic analysis, which involved the entire research team engaging with transcripts through reading and discussion in order to develop a thematic coding framework. Data analysis was completed using NVivo 12, with all interview transcripts and other related data coded against the thematic framework. This paper draws on this analysis to show how differing contextual dimensions influence the ways schools respond to the educational needs of students from refugee backgrounds.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The seven case study schools had significantly different school contexts.  Using Braun et al.’s (2011) framework, we examined the situated, professional and material contexts of each school and analysed how these influenced the provision of education for students from refugee backgrounds. The research demonstrated that, although not necessarily outlined as policy, the way that schools respond to the needs of students from refugee backgrounds is strongly contextual.   Aspects of school contexts including school histories and student intakes, previous school experience working with refugee background students, school values and ethos, staff knowledge and experience working with refugee background students, and finances and resources to support these students all significantly influenced the practices that schools engaged in. While school context is important, equally the diversity and context of refugee background students themselves is a further important consideration (Keddie 2012; McIntyre & Abrams 2020).
The contextual factors of schools attended by refugee background students are often overlooked, with an assumption that good practice in refugee education looks the same everywhere. Over a decade ago, Matthews (2008) described the approach to refugee education in Australian schools as ‘piecemeal’; today, we still see a system which lacks policies or a systemic approach which can be tailored according to the contextual influences of individuals schools and students. This is similar across most refugee-receiving nations globally. Our research illustrates that the situated, professional and material contexts of schools are essential dimensions which influence, inhibit and enable the enactment of ‘good practice’ in refugee education.  A consideration of these contextual aspects is crucial in the development of policy and funding models in refugee education.

References
Bolling, C., Van Mechelen, W., Pasman, H. R., & Verhagen, E. (2018). Context matters: revisiting the first step of the ‘sequence of prevention’of sports injuries. Sports Medicine, 48(10), 2227-2234.
Bösch, F., & Su, P. H. (2021). Competing contexts of reception in refugee and immigrant incorporation: Vietnamese in West and East Germany. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 47(21), 4853-4871.
Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: Towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse: Studies in the cultural politics of education, 32(4), 585-596.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis: a practical guide. SAGE Publications, London.
Gu, Q., & Johansson, O. (2013). Sustaining school performance: school contexts matter. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 16(3), 301-326.
Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2018). Why context matters: A comparative perspective on education reform and policy implementation. Educational Research for Policy and Practice, 17(3), 195-207.
Keddie, A. (2012b). Refugee education and justice issues of representation, redistribution and recognition. Cambridge Journal of Education, 42(2), 197-212.
Knoblauch, H. (2005). Focused ethnography. In Forum qualitative sozialforschung/forum: qualitative social research (Vol. 6, No. 3).
Matthews, J. (2008). Schooling and settlement: Refugee education in Australia. International studies in sociology of education, 18(1), 31-45.
McIntyre, J., & Abrams, F. (2020). Refugee Education: Theorising Practice in Schools. Routledge. Rendón, M. G. (2014). Drop out and “disconnected” young adults: Examining the impact of neighborhood and school contexts. The Urban Review, 46(2), 169-196.
Rutter, J. (2006). Refugee children in the UK: McGraw-Hill Education (UK).
Sellar, S., & Lingard, R. (2014). Equity in Australian schooling: The absent presence of socioeconomic context. In S. Gannon & W. Sawyer (Eds.) Contemporary issues of equity in education. Newcastle upon Tyne, United Kingdom: Cambridge Scholars Publishing.
Sidhu, R., Taylor, S., & Christie, P. (2011). Schooling and refugees: Engaging with the complex trajectories of globalisation. Global Studies of Childhood, 1(2), 92-103.
Slee, R., Weiner, G. and Tomlinson, S. (eds) (1998) School Effectiveness for Whom? Challenges to the School Effectiveness and School Improvement Movements. London: Falmer
Thrupp, M., & Lupton, R. (2006). Taking school contexts more seriously: The social justice challenge. British journal of educational studies, 54(3), 308-328.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Potentializing the Refugee in Integration Work: Challenging the Internal Frontiers of What it Means to be Human

Trine Øland

University of Copenhagen, Denmark

Presenting Author: Øland, Trine

While mobility and migration is praised as part of successful EU-integration, the migration of human beings that are not EU-citizens are met with restrictive policies and vast reservations (Lemberg-Pedersen 2019). Within the national welfare states, asylum seekers and refugees are increasingly promoted only as assets for the host states, who invests in refugees’ human capital to stimulate growth and employment in industries and occupations in demand of labour power. Welfare workers in Denmark, such as social workers, social educators, nurses and schoolteachers, have since the 1970’s engaged in stimulating the refugee with reference to the welfare state’s social-liberal norms concerning self-sufficiency and the achievement of life quality, aiming to integrate and form the refugee within the existing capitalistic welfare society (Padovan-Özdemir and Øland 2022b, 100–127). Recently, Heba Gowayed, has constructed a theory of state-structured human capital (2022, 4) to study how Syrian refugees’ human capital “is augmented, transformed, or destroyed by national incorporation polices” in the US, Canada and Germany. But while Gowayed focuses on how different national policies either recognises and/or invests in one group of newcomers across three states, I will focus on how municipal integration workers have sought to transform and potentialize refugees in local communities and its different economies.

Integration work is predominantly about helping the refugees to become self-supporting, useful to society and independent of the municipality, and different policies, strategies and action plans are launched to make that happen. In this paper, I investigate how municipal integration workers engage with refugees in the name of integration and mandated by a range of policies within employment, social work, social education, schooling, youth activities, etc. I consider integration work as educational work with the intent of forming refugees as integrated citizens within the welfare nation state. The purpose of the paper is to gain knowledge about how the persons labelled as refugees are casted between refugeedom and being human in the host society (Gatrell 2016; Mandić 2022; Padovan-Özdemir and Øland 2022a).

The theoretical framework is based on refugee studies as well as anthropological history and post-migrant and post-human perspectives. From refugee studies, I recruit concepts of labelling and categorising practices which have proven fruitful to uncover how modes of ordering the refugee are complex and shifting and related to the institutions (e.g., NGOs, or governments) regulating the realities of the refugees in a space of legal, bureaucratic and social categories (Zetter 2007; Janmyr and Mourad 2018). From anthropological history, I borrow Ann Laura Stoler’s concept of interior frontiers to illuminate how the incorporation processes that the refugee go through takes place within interior frontiers (re)establishing social relations of inequality: subordination and superordination, insiders and outsiders, in evaluative and affective spaces through multiple attributes and sensibilities (Stoler 2022). Finally, I also include post-migrant and post-human perspectives from cultural studies and educational studies to challenge the hierarchical relations between insiders and outsiders to the Western nation state. Post-migrant perspectives seek to transcend the logic of a “migrantology” accounting for refugees and migrants perspectives and emphasise a post-migrant condition (Römhild 2017), while post-human perspectives also challenges the internal borders of what it means to be human by including epistemic disobedience to the category of the human and humanity (McKittrick 2015; Wynter 2003), and to Western Man and its foundation on “European colonisation, racialisation, and the dehumanisation of native and African peoples” (Zembylas 2022, 336).

The research question underpinning this paper is: How is the refugee potentialized within local communities’ integration practices, and how is the human casted within this affectively charged political rationality?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is based on narrative interviews with 30 municipal employees who receive and integrate refugees, and their reunited families, within the spheres of employment, social work, social education, schooling, youth activities, etc. The interviews were conducted from December 2021 to June 2022. The municipalities are investigated as organisations (Corvellec 2015; Phillips 1995). The employees are selected from six municipalities that differ in terms of political history, socio-geographical position, and approach to receiving refugees and organising integration processes. In the interviews, the employees are asked to tell about how they began working with integration, what their integration tasks are, how they assess the municipality’s development in relation to refugees, how they think it affects the social life of the municipality to have refugees, how the municipality makes sense of integrating refugees, how and why the approach to refugees may have shifted, how and why there may have been different points of view approaching refugees, and how refugees are thought of and how the challenge of refugees is conceived of.
Furthermore, the paper is based on documentary material collected in each municipality. The material consists of municipal integration policies and other relevant policies, counting documents regulating the municipal refugee economy, strategies and action plans, including also those that traverses the area of integrating refugees from general policy areas.
The material is analysed in two steps. First, descriptive analyses were made by summarising (1) the notions the integration workers used to describe the refugee, and the stories they told (2) about the interventions that were activated to integrate the refugee, (3) the driving actors in the integration processes, and (4) the municipalities’ and the local communities’ development in relation to receiving refugees. These first descriptive analyses were noted, and exemplified with quotes from the original transcripts, in tables with 4 columns and one entry for each document or interview. Second, another analytical reading strategy was constructed, energised by the theoretical framework’s interpretative strength. This reading strategy focussed on investigating how the refugee was potentialized within the interior frontiers of the local communities and their different economies, especially by close readings column 1 and 4 from the first descriptive analyses.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper is expected to expose a dynamic field of categories casting the refuge between, on the one hand, being an individual with an (often temporary) right to protection and care from the local community, and, on the other hand, being a potential labourer that must be ‘held active’ to fill whatever gaps there are at the bottom of a stratified post-industrial labour market. In this situation, long-term investments in education beyond language training, and recoveries from health issues, are hard to pursue for the refugee. However, the paper is also expected to exhibit subcategories of refugees, for instance portraying how Ukrainians, as opposed to Syrians or Eritreans, most often are thought of as ‘closer to us’ and therefore triggering administrative procedures that result in extra care and protection, e.g., understanding of their traumas to the extent that it may make them unable to work. Hence, a strong normalising practice focussing on work and bordering practices differentiating between social kinds seems to be in play.
The analysis will aim to disaggregate and dismantle this normalising practice and its self-affirming logic, making room for complexity and contradiction. One major task is to dismantle the economising logic, which seems to turn the refugee body into a potential asset for the productivity of the local labour market and for wealth and prosperity for the companies. Another task is to challenge the concept of the human that rests firmly within these logics, and instead point to being human as praxis, which may support new forms of care and welfare beyond Western Man’s shapeshifting refusal “to feel the pain of
others in their colonization and enslavement” (Zembylas 2022, 337).

References
Corvellec, Hervé. 2015. “Narrative Approaches to Organizations.” In International Encyclopedia of the Social & Behavioral Sciences, 194–97. Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-08-097086-8.73118-7.
Gatrell, Peter. 2016. “Refugees—What’s Wrong with History?” Journal of Refugee Studies, April, few013. https://doi.org/10.1093/jrs/few013.
Gowayed, Heba. 2022. Refuge: How the State Shapes Human Potential. Princeton: Princeton University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780691235127.
Janmyr, Maja, and Lama Mourad. 2018. “Modes of Ordering: Labelling, Classification and Categorization in Lebanon’s Refugee Response.” Journal of Refugee Studies 31 (4): 544–65. https://doi.org/10.1093/jrs/fex042.
Lemberg-Pedersen, Martin. 2019. “Manufacturing Displacement. Externalization and Postcoloniality in European Migration Control.” Global Affairs 5 (3): 247–71. https://doi.org/10.1080/23340460.2019.1683463.
Mandić, Danilo. 2022. “What Is the Force of Forced Migration? Diagnosis and Critique of a Conceptual Relativization.” Theory and Society 51 (1): 61–90. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11186-021-09446-0.
McKittrick, Katherine. 2015. Sylvia Wynter: On Being Human as Praxis. Durham: Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780822375852.
Padovan-Özdemir, Marta, and Trine Øland. 2022a. “Denied, but Effective – Stock Stories in Danish Welfare Work with Refugees.” Race Ethnicity and Education 25 (2): 212–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2020.1798375.
———. 2022b. Racism in Danish Welfare Work with Refugees: Troubled by Difference, Docility and Dignity. Routledge Research in Race and Ethnicity. Abingdon, Oxon; New York, NY: Routledge.
Phillips, Nelson. 1995. “Telling Organizational Tales: On the Role of Narrative Fiction in the Study of Organizations.” Organization Studies 16 (4): 625–49. https://doi.org/10.1177/017084069501600408.
Römhild, Regina. 2017. “Beyond the Bounds of the Ethnic: For Postmigrant Cultural and Social Research.” Journal of Aesthetics & Culture 9 (2): 69–75. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004214.2017.1379850.
Stoler, Ann Laura. 2022. Interior Frontiers: Essays on the Entrails of Inequality. New York: Oxford University Press.
Wynter, Sylvia. 2003. “Unsettling the Coloniality of Being/Power/Truth/Freedom: Towards the Human, After Man, Its Overrepresentation--An Argument.” CR: The New Centennial Review 3 (3): 257–337. https://doi.org/10.1353/ncr.2004.0015.
Zembylas, Michalinos. 2022. “Sylvia Wynter, Racialized Affects, and Minor Feelings: Unsettling the Coloniality of the Affects in Curriculum and Pedagogy.” Journal of Curriculum Studies 54 (3): 336–50. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2021.1946718.
Zetter, Roger. 2007. “More Labels, Fewer Refugees: Remaking the Refugee Label in an Era of Globalization.” Journal of Refugee Studies 20 (2): 172–92. https://doi.org/10.1093/jrs/fem011.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Differential Participation and Exclusion in the Context of Current Forced Migration – Analyses in German Schools.

Ellen Kollender1, Dorothee Schwendowius2, Anja Franz2

1Rheinland-Pfälzische Technische Universität Kaiserslautern Landau, Germany; 2Otto-von-Guericke-Universität Magdeburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Kollender, Ellen; Schwendowius, Dorothee

Current movements of forced migration to the European Union resulting from global crises and conflicts, e.g. the war in Ukraine, pose major challenges to schools in many European countries: As cross-border educational trajectories irritate the (still) primarily nation-state oriented school systems, students moving between school systems are likely to experience exclusion and marginalization (Massumi 2019). This applies in particular to students who have experienced forced migration (Schroeder/Seukwa 2018; Subasi Singh/Jovanović/Proyer 2023; Thoma/Langer 2022).

Although in Germany, as in other European countries, the presence of refugee students in the education system is not a new phenomenon, the presence of newly arrived children from war zones such as Syria and Afghanistan in the 2015/16 school year was predominantly met in the mode of “chronic surprise” (Castro Varela/Mecheril 2010: 37) in the education system.

With regard to current forced migration movements from Ukraine, practices, policies and administrative measures taken by EU member states to ensure inclusion and educational participation of children and youth differ to some extent from those in response to other and former forced migrations (European Commission 2022a, b). In Germany, as in other EU states, new measures include efforts to reduce bureaucratic obstacles for recruiting Ukrainian teachers, as well as providing opportunities for cross-border digital distance learning based on the Ukrainian curriculum (KMK 2022). Due to EU-regulations, residence status and mobility rules are also less restrictive for (most) refugees from Ukraine than for people from other non-EU Member States seeking refuge in the EU (Council Implementing Decision 2022).

These developments suggest that new natio-ethno-cultural demarcations are emerging in the context of the new forced migration from Ukraine to the EU, which may be linked with different opportunities and risks of educational participation for students, depending on their country of origin and (forced) migration history. Against this backdrop, we examine how schools in Germany currently respond to forced migration and which (new) forms of inclusion and exclusion are associated with this.

In our paper, we draw on preliminary results of our ongoing qualitative study which is currently carried out in ten secondary schools in two German federal states (Rhineland-Palatinate and Saxony-Anhalt). The study examines the approaches taken in these schools to accompany and support the educational trajectories of refugee children, against the backdrop of current political frameworks and state regulations. Moreover, it explores how (current and former) refugee movements are negotiated in schools, which practices of othering and differentiation become visible, and how education professionals reflect on diversified forms of schooling and different educational opportunities for refugee students.

In our paper, we present first findings from the analyses of guided qualitative interviews with school principals, teachers and social workers, focusing on the question of how secondary schools in Germany respond to current forced migration in the context of educational policies, and which (new) distinctions and inequalities emerge in this context.

Following on from existing studies that have revealed various structures and practices of institutionalized discrimination along various natio-ethno-cultural demarcations in schools, resulting from institutional routines, unquestioned expectations of normality, and professional cultural knowledge (e.g. Steinbach 2015), we aim to identify (old and new) patterns of differential participation and exclusion of students and associated natio-ethno-cultural demarcations in the context of forced migration. Moreover, we aim to highlight changes in school practice that have taken place since the refugee movements to Germany in 2015/16, as well as learning processes on the side of education professionals in schools, with regard to supporting educational transitions of (diverse) refugee students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In our ongoing qualitative study, we combine analyses of school-administrative frameworks with analyses of school practices and (experiential and interpretive) knowledge of pedagogic professionals.        
To examine local school practices, as well as experiential and interpretive knowledge of pedagogical professionals, we have conducted guided interviews in ten public secondary schools which have received refugee students from Ukraine in recent months. In order to shed light on educational inequalities which are rooted in the segmented school system in Germany, our sample includes both grammar schools and comprehensive schools. Taking into account that perspectives on forced migration may differ between professional positions (Tom Diek/Rosen 2023), interviews have been conducted with school principals, teachers in regular classes, German-as-a-second-language-teachers, preparatory class teachers, and social workers. The professionals’ experiential and interpretive knowledge is understood as generated by the common experiential space of the school and shaped by the "conjunctive experiential space" (Mannheim 1980) of the professional milieu, as well as by biographical experiences and current socio-political discourses.
In order to gain insights into the policy frameworks and legal requirements for the schooling of refugee children and adolescents, we have analyzed selected policy documents on migration and integration, including regulations issued by education ministries and authorities in the federal states Saxony-Anhalt and Rhineland-Palatinate. In addition, guided interviews will be conducted with representatives of local school authorities to find out how current practice and changes in practice are explained, interpreted and legitimized. As part of this analytical framework, school practices and professionals’ perspectives will be related to current policy changes throughout the analyses, in order to capture the interplay of policy, pedagogical practice and professional knowledge, in which differential inclusion and exclusion of (diverse) refugee children and youth in schools take place.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our preliminary findings suggest that school practices have not changed for all 'refugee' students, but they have instead diversified. In the interplay with school administrative regulations, various local organizational and pedagogical practices have emerged through which refugee students are grouped, distinguished from each other and/or treated differently, e.g. in terms of different access to support measures for learning the German language. As reported by the teachers interviewed, in some cases the different treatment is voiced by the students in class and leads to tensions which teachers assume are difficult to address and discuss.
Furthermore, it becomes apparent that (new) distinctions result from differentiated assessments of students' performance orientation and their ascribed ambition to learn German. These assessments emerge in the context of political-administrative measures which focus on temporary, targeted language support measures for refugee students, in order to accelerate the acquisition of the German language. These measures correspond with (more general) educational policy goals of school efficiency (e.g. Gomolla 2021), while whole-school approaches to promote the participation of students with discontinuous transnational biographies (e.g. Schroeder 2018; Foitzik et al. 2019) remain marginal.
While discussions of exclusion in the context of forced migration have so far focused primarily on segregated school models (e.g. Cerna 2019), our analyses suggest that patterns of differential participation and exclusion are not solely due to segregated school models. Instead, they support the finding that diverse local pedagogical practices can lead to both inclusion in exclusionary educational settings and exclusion in inclusive contexts (Terhart/von Dewitz 2018; El Mafalaani/Jording/Massumi 2021). Moreover, it seems promising to discuss differential participation in the context of forced migration more broadly, taking into account local school structures and traditions, and their interplay with school-based administrative measures, educational policies and current migration discourses.

References
Council Implementing Decision (EU) 2022/382. https://www.europeansources.info/record/council-implementing-decision-eu-2022-382-establishing-the-existence-of-a-mass-influx-of-displaced-persons-from-ukraine-within-the-meaning-of-article-5-of-directive-2001-55-ec-and-having-the-effect/ [20 Jan 2023]

Castro Varela, María do Mar/ Mecheril, Paul (2010): Grenze und Bewegung. Migrationswissenschaftliche Klärungen. In: Mecheril, Paul/ Castro Varela, María do Mar/Dirim, Inci/Kalpaka, Annita/Melter, Claus: Migrationspädagogik. Weinheim, 23-42.

Cerna, Lucie (2019): Refugee education: Integration models and practices in OECD countries. OECD Education Working Papers No. 203.

El Mafalaani, Aladin/Jording, Judith/Massumi, Mona (2021): Bildung und Flucht. In: Bauer, Ulrich et al. (eds.): Handbuch Bildungs- und Erziehungssoziologie. 2nd edition. Wiesbaden, 1-19.

European Commission (2022a): Supporting refugee learners from Ukraine in schools in Europe. Eurydice report. https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/publications/supporting-refugee-learners-ukraine-schools-europe-2022 [20 Jan 2023].

European Commission (2022b): Policy guidance on supporting the inclusion of Ukrainian refugees in education: Considerations, key principles and practices. https://www.schooleducationgateway.eu/downloads/files/news/Policy_guidance_Ukraine_schools.pdf [20 Jan 2023].

Foitzik, Andreas/Holland-Cunz, Marc/ Riecke, Clara (2019): Praxisbuch diskriminierungskritische Schule. Weinheim.

Gomolla, Mechtild (2021): School reform, educational governance and discourses on social justice and democratic education in Germany. In Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education.

KMK (2022): Beschulung der schutzsuchenden Kinder und Jugendlichen aus der Ukraine im Schuljahr 2022/2023. (Beschluss der KMK vom 23.06.2022)

Massumi, Mona (2019): Migration im Schulalter. Systematische Effekte der deutschen Schule und Bewältigungsprozesse migrierter Jugendlicher. Berlin / Bern / Bruxelles.

Schroeder, Joachim/Seukwa, Henri Louis (2018): Bildungsbiografien: (Dis-)Kontinuitäten im Übergang. In: von Dewitz, Nora/Terhart, Henrike/Massumi, Mona (ed.) (2018): Übergänge in das deutsche Bildungssystem: Eine interdisziplinäre Perspektive auf Neuzuwanderung. Weinheim, 141-157.

Schroeder, Joachim (2018): Von den Lebenslagen zum Schulprogramm – Schritte zu einer fluchtsensiblen Unterrichtsentwicklung. In: Schroeder, Joachim (ed.): Geflüchtete in der Schule. Vom Krisenmanagement zur nachhaltigen Schulentwicklung. Stuttgart, 215-239.

Steinbach, Anja (2015): Forschungen zu Sichtweisen von Lehrpersonen im Kontext der Schule in der Migrationsgesellschaft. Zur Konstruktion einer schulischen Nicht-Passung von Kindern und Jugendlichen mit Migrationshintergrund. In: Leiprecht, Rudolf/Steinbach, Anja (eds.): Schule in der Migrationsgesellschaft. Ein Handbuch. Schwalbach, 335-367

Subasi Singh, Seyda /Jovanović, Olja/Proyer, Michelle (eds.) (2023): Perspectives on Transitions in Refugee Education. Ruptures, Passages, and Re-Orientations. Opladen, Toronto.

Terhart, Henrike/von Dewitz, Nora (2018): Newly arrived migrant students in German schools: Exclusive and inclusive structures and practices. In: European Educational Research Journal, 7 (2), 290-304.

Thoma, Nadja/Langer, Phil (2022): Educational Transitions under Conditions of Insecurity. Youth Biographies in Afghanistan and Austria. In: Social Inclusion 10 (2), 302-312.

Tom Diek, Fenna/Rosen, Lisa (2023): Before, in or after transition? On becoming a ‘mainstrem student’ in Germany and Italy in the context of new migration. In: Subasi Singh, Seyda et al. (eds.): Perspectives on Transitions in Refugee Education. Ruptures, Passages, and Re-Orientations. Opladen, Toronto, 161-174.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm07 SES 06 B: The Segregated Nature of Education in European Schools
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Rosa María Rodríguez-Izquierdo
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Academic Selection in Northern Ireland: A Barrier to Social Cohesion?

Joanne Hughes, Loader Rebecca

Queen's University Belfast, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hughes, Joanne

Northern Ireland has a deeply divided education system with demarcation most notable along ethno/religious and social class lines. The former is largely attributable to the historical organization of the schools estate based on religion, and the latter is associated with a system of academic selection that filters children into Grammar and non-selective post-primary schools according to their performance in tests taken during the final year of primary school. Academic selection, and the grammar school system that underpins it, has come under some considerable scrutiny, with much of the research evidence pointing to a negative relationship between the selective system and equality of opportunity in education. The suitability of this system in a transitioning society that has become more ethnically diverse in post conflict years has, however, received less attention. Drawing on social cohesion theory, we reflect on the grammar school system to argue that the cross-community class interests animating it not only perpetuate inequalities within respective communities but may also present a significant barrier to peacebuilding efforts in education, and ultimately impede progress towards a more socially cohesive society.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this presentation we explore the social costs of academic transfer tests and the grammar school system in Northern Ireland. Employing three core dimensions of social cohesion (distributive, relational and ideational) as a conceptual framework, we draw on existent research on academic selection from GB and NI and the body of research on the divided education system in Northern Ireland, supplemented with unique secondary data analysis of statistics on free school meal entitlement across different school types in NI (sourced from the Department of Education (NI)) to make the case presented in the paper.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In summary, we argue that academic selection perpetuates middle-class advantage and limits potential for the development of a more integrative and inclusive education system. In a society emerging from conflict, those in more marginalised communities experience the consequences of this most acutely, and in communities that are historically segregated and susceptible to paramilitary control, educational failure and the absence of social mobility are more likely to manifest in violence and intergroup hostility.
References
DENI. 2021a. School Meals in Northern Ireland 2020-21. https://www.education-ni.gov.uk/articles/school-meals-statistical-bulletins [Google Scholar]
DENI. 2021b. Annual Enrolments at Schools and in Funded pre-school Education in Northern Ireland 2020-21. https://www.education-ni.gov.uk/publications/school-enrolment-school-level-data-202122 [Google Scholar]
Gorard, S., and N. Siddiqui. 2018. “Grammar Schools in England: A New Analysis of Social Segregation and Academic Outcomes.” British Journal of Sociology of Education 39 (7): 909–924. doi:10.1080/01425692.2018.1443432. [Taylor & Francis Online], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Holland, C., and G. Rabrenovic. 2017. “Social Immobility, Ethno-Politics, and Sectarian Violence: Obstacles to Post-Conflict Reconstruction in Northern Ireland.” International Journal of Politics, Culture and Society 30 (3): 219–244. doi:10.1007/s10767-016-9232-8. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Schiefer, D., and J. van der Noll. 2017. “The Essentials of Social Cohesion: A Literature Review.” Social Indicators Research 132 (2): 579–603. doi:10.1007/s11205-016-1314-5. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Reception of Ukrainian Children in a Postmigration Perspective

Gro Hellesdatter Jacobsen

University of Southern Denmark, Denmark

Presenting Author: Jacobsen, Gro Hellesdatter

The paper will present and discuss findings from an interdisciplinary research project “Ukrainian children in Danish schools” exploring how the reception of the Ukrainian refugee children in Denmark takes place in a unique historical context characterized by immense media interest and public and political support. In Denmark, a new special legislation furthermore has created completely new conditions for reception of refugee students in elementary school. Hence, it is underlined that children from Ukraine should be able to attend Danish schools ‘without renouncing their attachment to Ukrainian language, culture and identity’ (Børne- og Undervisningsministeriet, 2022) which contrasts with the usual monoculturally and monolingually oriented Danish policy on reception classes.

Theoretically informed by the concept of postmigration, the Ukrainian refugee situation is approached from a broader perspective on the conflicts, ambivalences and negotiations existing in a society characterized by migration as an ongoing condition (Petersen & Schramm, 2017, Foroutan, 2019, Römhild, 2017), which is underlined by focusing on children’s multilingual and transnational everyday practices and how those are handled by welfare professionals.

The main empirical material made the subject of analysis are field notes from a single day of observation in a Danish reception class for children from Ukraine. The reception class can be seen as an organized cultural encounter (Galal & Hvenegård-Lassen, 2020) between the Ukrainian children and the Danish school. The cultural encounter appears exceptional, as the children are placed in the reception class and not in general classes at the school. Reception classes offering "basic education" in Danish for newly arrived children, spending up to two years there until they are deemed ready to mainstream classes, is a well-known phenomenon in Denmark. But this reception class differs from others in that it is exclusively for children from Ukraine, which makes the school’s efforts for facilitating the cultural encounter more visible in terms of promoting national cultures.

Drawing on theoretical approaches from the post-migrant paradigm (Foroutan, 2019, Römhild 2017, Vitting-Seerup, 2017, Petersen & Schramm, 2017), the paper argues that by moving the focus from the ‘migrant minority’ in the cultural encounter to its inherent power dynamics new insights will be produced. Hence, the object of analysis in the post-migrant perspective is not migrants and how they can be ‘integrated’ (Rytter, 2019) as in a ‘migrantology’ approach (Römhild, 2017) but rather the organised cultural encounter’s inherent negotiations about normality. It will therefore center the majority position as the focus of the analytical attention and explore how this position, represented by the Danish school and its professionals, sets standards for what is normal and problematic.

The paper will present three analysis excerpts, focusing on (a) negotiations on educational technologies such as school-parent cooperation and homework, (b) negotiations on linguistic expressions and repertories in the classroom (mainly Ukrainian, Russian, Danish and English) and (c) cultural expressions of national symbols and youth culture mainly related to music. In the analysis, these observations will be related to considerations on how the educational problematisations of newly arrived children as not-yet-ready for mainstream classes can be de-migrantised (Foroutan, 2019) and related to broader societal and structural power conflicts on, among others, national identities, gender, class and race. Thus, the paper aims at answering the research question: How can barriers and opportunities for newly arrived Ukrainian students' education in the Danish school system be explored through a postmigration perspective?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the project “Ukrainian children in Danish schools”, reception of Ukrainian children is studied from a children’s and school professionals’ perspective through qualitative methods: ethnographic fieldwork at two Danish schools for children aged 6-16, and at a discursive societal and policy level through document analysis. In the paper, the main empirical material will be fieldnotes from classroom observations and policy documents.
The paper draws partly on joint work with Padovan-Özdemir (Padovan-Özdemir & Jacobsen, in prep).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper will contribute with knowledge on how to approach the reception class context as an organised cultural encounter and at the same time on how to de-essentialise and nuance the mainstream concepts of culture and integration (Rytter, 2019) often related to such educational contexts. Related to this, it will present possible practical implications and recommendations on how professionals can develop their practice in reception class pedagogy.

It will also contribute with knowledge on the reception of Ukrainian children in Denmark and discuss how the insights from research in this quite limited field can contribute to a broader discussion on research on migrant children in Europe.

Lastly, it will contribute to the emerging discussion on the usefulness of the postmigrant paradigm in educational research (Padovan-Özdemir, 2020).

References
Børne- og Undervisningsministeriet. (2022). Aftale mellem regeringen (Socialdemokratiet), Venstre, Socialistisk Folkeparti, Radikale Venstre, Enhedslisten, Det Konservative Folkeparti, Dansk Folkeparti, Nye Borgerlige, Liberal Alliance, Alternativet og Kristendemokraterne om øget fleksibilitet i modtagelsen af fordrevne børn og unge fra Ukraine på børne- og undervisningsområdet.

Foroutan, N. (2019). The Post-migrant Paradigm. I J.-J. Bock & S. Macdonald (Red.), Refugees Welcome? Difference and Diversity in a Changing Germany (s. 142–167). Berghahn Books.

Galal, L. P., & Hvenegård-Lassen, K. (2020). Organised Cultural Encounters. Springer International Publishing.

Rytter, M. (2019). Writing against integration: Danish imaginaries of culture, race and belonging. Ethnos, 84(4), 678-697.

Römhild, R. (2017). Beyond the bounds of the ethnic: For postmigrant cultural and social research. Journal of Aesthetics & Culture, 9(2), 69–75.

Padovan-Özdemir, M. (2020). Kunst og pædagogik i et postmigrationssamfund. Dansk Pædagogisk Tidsskrift, 38-59.

Padovan-Özdemir, M. & Jacobsen. G. (in prep.): Postmigrantiske perspektiver på pædagogisk praksis. In: Hvenegård-Lassen, K. & Galal, L.P. (eds.): Kulturmødeanalyse. Samfundslitteratur.

Petersen, A. R., & Schramm, M. (2017). (Post-) Migration in the age of globalisation: new challenges to imagination and representation. Journal of Aesthetics & Culture, 9(2), 1-12.

Vitting-Seerup, S. (2017). Working Towards Diversity with a Postmigrant Perspective. Journal of Aesthetics and Culture, 9(2), 45–55.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Ups and Downs of Educational Trajectories of Immigrant Background Students in Spain: What Really Matters for School Success?

Rosa María Rodríguez-Izquierdo

University Pablo de Olavide, Spain

Presenting Author: Rodríguez-Izquierdo, Rosa María

The number of immigrant background students in the Spanish educational system, as in other European countries, has undergone significant growth in the last three decades, modifying the demographics of students present in schools. According to the Ministry of Education and Vocational Training (Ministerio de Educación y Formación Profesional, 2020) the students of foreign origin in Primary Education account for 40.90% and 11.58% of the total school population. The above is more evident in public schools with 12.0 % of immigrant students in the Community of Andalusia (context of the study), reaching up to 15.5 % in the province of Almería. Moreover, 95.6% of immigrant background students are enrolled in public schools.

The study of educational trajectories is a crucial issue both for the future of immigrant background students and for society in general, since their success to some extent, can be the precursor of social inclusion (Cutmore, 2018). Literature shows that most of the scientific evidence has developed models that tends to blame students who do not manage to go through their basic schooling in the time and form established by the educational system (Motti-Stefanidi & Masten, 2017). However, there is not much evidence on the educational trajectory that immigrant background students go through once they entered the system, there is thus very little data about the critical moments in which their educational trajectory is broken or the variables that affect their paths. Without such information it will be impossible to implement programs that help achieve the success of these students when the learning of immigrant background students will be affected in part by how well schools understand the cultures and unique experiences of these students.

Against this backdrop, the study has a double purpose: to analyse the educational trajectories of immigrant background students and to determine to what ex­tent some sociodemographic variables (gender, origin, length of stay in Spain or home language) affect these careers. The sample was constituted by 172 students (52.3 % female, 47.6 % male) aged be­tween 6 and 16 years (M= 12.6; SD = .79). Four aspects were analysed: 1) the mobility of the schools through which these students navigated, 2) the grade in which they have been enrolled and its relationship with chronological age, 3) the repetition rate, and 4) the graduation rate or the higher educational level they achieved in their schooling (Paris & Alim, 2017).

With this work we are interested in documenting this gap in the scientific literature by exploring which sorts of variables enhance students’ successful schooling of immigrant background students and gaining more insight in the extent to successfully navigate the Spanish educational system. Such information might have broad practical implications for policymakers and teachers involved in supporting the effectiveness of programs among students in vulnerable conditions.

The findings confirmed that participants seemed to have followed very complex, diverse routes through Spanish education although there are differences in terms of gender and mother tongue. Women in the sample exhibit trajectories more in line with the traditional paths, since their repetition rate is lower. Whereas the school mobility is particularly high in the case of students with a language different from the school’s vehicular language. In a previous study (Rodríguez-Izquierdo y Darmody, 2019; Rodríguez-Izquierdo, 2018) it was noted that the linguistic competence report is not always available at the time of incorporation at the new school so that the start of linguistic support is delayed or interrupted. This high mobility of schools does not facilitate neither the follow-up that would especially be beneficial for these students nor the inherently complicated socialization process in adolescence (Rodríguez-Izquierdo, González-Falcón and Goenechea, 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A non-experimental research design was applied via an exploratory type of documental nature through which the individualized school trajectory of the students was reconstructed.
Procedure
The selection of the participants was carried out by means of an incidental sampling in¬ 24 public schools of Andalusia with a high percentage of students of immigrant background and willing to collaborate in the study. Interviews were conducted with the principles and/or counselors of the selected schools where the aims and scope of the research were explained. Then, the ethical consents were signed, guaranteeing the confidentiality of the information and the subsequent treatment according with the ethical principles contained in the Declaration of Helsinki.
Participants
The sample consisted of 172 students aged be¬tween 6 and 16 years (M= 12.6; SD = .79) and 52.3% were females.  The average stay time in Spain was 6 years (DT =3.4). The home languages were extremely varied: 38.9% Spanish, 57.6 % other 12 different languages and 3.5%bilingual. Regarding the geographic origin we¬ had a variability of 25 different countries, the most numerous were Morocco (31.5%) and Romania (15%).
Data Analysis
Firstly, descriptive statistics was applied. Secondly, the statistically significant differences of the socio-demographic variables were verified; before the analysis of differences, the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test was applied to confirm normal distribution of the population to determine the use of parametric or nonparametric tests in the comparison of means. The assumptions of normality and homocedasticity (Levene) were met, thus parametric tests were applied. Specifically, the t-student was implemented. Fi-nally, the magnitude of the difference between variables was determined, through effect size or Cohen’s d (small < 0.50; moderate 0.50-0.79; large≥ 0.80).
Measures
Dependent variables:
Mobility of students: number of schools through which students pass through their school path.
Enrolment grade: percentage of students attending the corresponding grade by age.
Repetition rate: percentage of students who repeat one or more grades during their academic journey.
Graduation rate: percentage of students who complete Primary Education at age 12 and Secondary Education at age 16.
Independent variables:
Gender: male and female).
Geographical origin: there are 15 different countries.
Stay time in Spain: students not born in Spain who arrived ¬between 1 and 3 years ago, between 4 and 6 years, between 7 and 10 years or more than 10 years ago.
Home language: students who have Spanish as a mother tongue and students who has other mother tongue than the school’s vehicular language.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings show that the educational trajectories of immigrant background students were very diverse in terms of the variables studied. However, overall, their trajectories do not correspond to the expected traditional way of what is perceived as “school success”: a single school or two during the educational journey, schooling in the grade that corresponds by age, no repetition or minimum and graduation by the expected age.
Consequently, due to the more heterogeneous school projects found in these students they possibly take the risk of being stigmatised as “unsuccessful” according to conventional standards of what is seemed successful understood as more linear and conventional trajectories. The above marks traits are usually linked to the concept of school failure, and in general terms, students of immigrant background might be at risk of being discouraged to continue with their educational career (Cabrera et al., 2019; Miyar-Busto, 2017). Nevertheless, the participants repetition rate is consistent with those provided by the Ministry of Education (2018) for the overall of students. Thus, “immigration” should begin to be dissociated as the only explicative-variable from a phenomenon that has been called school failure (Arroyo, Constante and Asensio, 2019)
In conclusion, the findings call into question the cosified vision of these students since they break with homogenising perspectives on “immigrants” as a label and encourage researchers to critically to move beyond established social categories by considering continuous variables, intragroup variation, and the intersectionality paradigm.  It seems not fair to talk about a homogeneous trajectory of immigrant background students, rather, we should talk about heterogeneity of trajectories with patterns shared with other groups of students in situations of risk of social exclusion. Dato also invite to reflect on the limitations of the school system to respond responsibly to students who are in positions of social vulnerability (Rodríguez-Izquierdo & González-Faraco, 2021).

References
Arroyo, D.; Constante, I. & Asensio, I. (2019). La repetición de curso a debate: un estudio empírico a partir de pisa 2015. Educación XX1, 22(2): 69- 92. https://doi.org/10.5944/educxx1.22479
Cabrera, Leopoldo; Pérez, Carmen; Santana, Francisco y Moisés Betancort (2019) “De¬safección escolar del Alumnado repetidor de Segundo Curso de Enseñanza Secundaria Obligatoria” International Journal of Sociology of Education, 8(2), 173-203. https:// doi.org/10.17583/rise.2019.4139
Cutmore, M., MacLeod, S., Donlevy, V., Spence, C., Martin, A., & Collie, R. (2018). Against the odds–academically resilient students with a migrant background and how they succeed. European Commission.
Ministerio de Educación y Formación Profesional (2018). Sistema estatal de in-dicadores de la educación. Secretaría General Técnica de Documentación y Publicaciones.
Ministerio de Educación y Formación Profesional (2020). Datos y cifras. Curso escolar 2020/2021. https://tinyurl.com/z92utnnb
Miyar-Busto, M. (2017). La dedicación a los estudios de los jóvenes de origen inmigrante en España en la Gran Recesión. Revista Española de Investigaciones Sociológicas, 157, 123-140. https://doi.org/10.5477/cis/reis.157.123
Motti-Stefanidi, F., & Masten, A. S. (2017). A resilience perspective on immigrant youth adaptation and development. In N. Cabrera & B. Leyendecker (Eds). Handbook on positive development of minority children and youth (pp. 19-34) Springer.
Paris, D. & Alim, H. S. (2017). Culturally sustaining pedagogies: Teaching and learning for justice in a changing world. Teachers College Press.
Rodríguez-Izquierdo, R.M. (2018). Políticas de Inclusión Lingüística en España Des-tinadas al Alumnado de Nacionalidad Extranjera de Reciente Incorporación al Sistema Educativo: Dilemas y Tensiones en Tiempos de Crisis. Education Policy Analysis Ar-chives, 26(154), 1-23.
Rodríguez-Izquierdo, R. M. (2022). Diversidad de trayectorias escolares de estudiantes inmigrantes. Revista mexicana de ciencias políticas y sociales, 67(246), 321-345.
Rodríguez-Izquierdo, R. M. & y Darmody, M. (2019). Policy and practice in language support for newly arrived migrant children in Ireland and Spain. British Journal of Educational Studies, 67(1): 41-57. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2017.1417973
Rodríguez-Izquierdo, R. M., & González Faraco, J. C. (2021). La educación culturalmente relevante: un modelo pedagógico para los estudiantes de origen cultural diverso: concepto, posibilidades y limitaciones. Teoría de la Educación. Revista Interuniversitaria, 33(1), 153-172. https://doi.org/10.14201/teri.22990
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm07 SES 08 B: Spaces of Resistance in Schools towards Inequalities
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Seyda Subasi Singh
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Counteracting Racism? School Principals’ Strategies in Work Against Racism

Sara Blikstad Nyegaard

Center of Holocaust and Minority Studies, Norway

Presenting Author: Nyegaard, Sara Blikstad

School leaders have a responsibility to work against racism. However, research indicates that there is a lack of both knowledge about and interest in racism among school leaders (Flores & Gunzenhauser, 2019; Miller, 2021). Even where social justice is said to be a priority, work against racism seems to meet challenges of being truly included in this notion (Gorski, 2019).

In this paper, I present a study that explores educational leadership and racism through the perspectives of Norwegian principals. Norway is an interesting case to study in this context, as school leaders have a long history of social justice engagement through deeply rooted policies of inclusion that marks the Norwegian social democracy. However, "race" and racism have not been seen as a relevant focus in the schools' work for social justice – despite the fact that Norway has five national minorities and almost 20% of the population is "immigrant". In recent years, the focus on racism in society has grown and shifted towards more openness to the experiences of minorities (Døving, 2022). At the same time, anti-immigration and far-right politics that uphold different kinds of nationalism also play a role in the Norwegian society. All of this affects the work that goes on in schools. Hence, it is important to broaden our understanding about what principals do to counteract racism in their local school context.

The aim of the study is to provide a deeper understanding into how principals counteract racism. I draw on the practices of 15 principals in the Norwegian primary and secondary governmental school system, who, in different ways, work to counteract racism. The following research questions have been asked: (1)What manifestations of racism do they target, and (2) what anti-racism actions do they focus on?

In order to understand the variety of the principals’ perceptions of manifestations of racism and strategies used in work against racism, I build on a wide understanding of the concept: racism is understood as exclusionary or discriminatory practices based in a variable of shifting assumptions, logics and ideational constructs that manifest on individual, social and structural levels (Balibar 1991; Goldberg 2015). In the analysis I use theories of anti-oppressive education (Kumashiro, 2000) and theoretical frameworks of denial of racism (Goldberg, 2015; Van Djik, 1992). I also build on existing litterature on racism and school leadership to discuss the results.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Building on interviews with 15 principals from Norwegian schools that have an outspoken focus on social justice, this paper presents a content analysis (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2018) with focus on anti-racism strategies.

The principals were sampled on basis of their schools' nomination to national, prestigious school prizes for anti-racism or inclusion within the last 6 years. All principals were white, and none made mention of any kind of minority background. The sample included a fairly equal gender background. The schools were located in different parts of Norway, and there were both schools with a high percentage of students from diverse language backgrounds, and schools where almost all students had Norwegian as their mother tongue.

I conducted a semi-structured interviews of approximately one hour with each principal, focused on how racism was understood by the principal, how the local school situation was understood in regards of racism, what manifestations were visible to the principal, and what strategies were in use.

The interviews were transcribed and analyzed in NVivo. Through content analysis, categories were created, leading to a pattern of four different kinds of approaches to racism.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary analysis identifies four main approaches to racism among principals, ranging from strategies that acknowledge racism and have concrete strategies to address it (addressing), to approaches that dismiss, individualize or work directly against antiracism (avoiding, denying and reversing racism). These patterns are not surprising as they fall in line with research from other countries on school leaders and racism (Miller, 2020). Yet they are in some ways alarming, due to the fact that these schools had a particular interest and focus on racism. In the analysis, I discuss these findings in light of relevant knowledge about leadership and racism. I look at the circumstances around the principals, such as the contemporary dominating understanding of racism, issues of legislation and curriculum, and school leadership in modern liberal democracy.

The analysis shows the complexity of racism and work against racism in schools, and will hopefully give grounds for comparison and an interesting discussion about schools, school leadership and racism.

References
Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2018). Doing Interviews(Second ed.). doi:10.4135/9781529716665

Døving, C. A. (2022). Introduksjon. In C. A. Døving (Ed.), Rasisme. Fenomenet, forskningen, erfaringene (pp. 13-24). Oslo: Universitsforlaget.

Flores, O. J., & Gunzenhauser, M. G. (2019). The problems with colorblind leadership revealed: a call for race-conscious leaders. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 32(8), 963-981.DOI:10.1080/09518398.2019.1635278

Goldberg, D. T. (2015). Are we all postracial yet? : John Wiley & Sons.

Gorski, P. (2019). Avoiding Racial Equity Deto. Educational Leadership, 76(7), 56-61.

Kumashiro, K. K. (2000). Toward a theory of anti-oppressive education. Review of Educational research, 70(1), 25-53. doi:https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543070001025

Miller, P. (2021). Anti-racist school leadership: making ‘race’ count in leadership preparation and development. Professional Development in Education, 47(1), 7-21. doi:10.1080/19415257.2020.1787207

Van Dijk, T. A. (1992). Discourse and the denial of racism. Discourse & society, 3(1), 87-118. doi:https://doi.org/10.1177/0957926592003001005


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Moving Beyond the Celebration of Diversity: Co-producing Knowledge in School Classrooms

Aunam Quyoum

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Quyoum, Aunam

Exiting research continues to emphasise the importance of diversity in the curriculum for students of colour (Chetty, 2014; Harris and Reynolds, 2014), but also for the benefit of all students in developing a critical understanding of history, political and social life (Diversi and Moreira, 2013). Diversity in the school curriculum is noted not just for the benefits of self-actualisation and agency of minoritized ethnic students, but to also challenge stereotypes, foster more critical perspectives and redistribute power (Bishop, 1990; Borowski, 2012). However, traditional multicultural approaches to diversity in the curriculum can fall back on an understanding that connects diversity as something principally connected to ‘visible’ minorities and the performative celebration of ‘others’, as opposed to a deeper pursuit of developing critical knowledge and anti-racist practice (Troyna, 1987, Maylor, 2010). Such approaches to ‘diversity’ in curriculum practice, may reinscribe stereotypes and perceptions of cultural ‘difference’ in which minorities are presented as ‘fixed’ or group entities (Amanti, 2005). While the celebrating may be well-intentioned and at least recognise the cultural diversity of students, often these forms of practice become the default, as they do not threaten whiteness (Warmington, 2020). The effect of this, leads to the reproduction of white supremacy, which compromises more transformative modes of learning and teaching (Lander, 2014). Instead, a sharper lens needs to be held-up to knowledge and pedagogical practices that are valued in the mainstream school curriculums.

In light of these issues, the aim of my research was to explore what spaces exist in the curriculum for interventions that can incorporate and draw on different sources of knowledge for curricular use (Bernal, 2002; Zipin, 2013). Through this, I hoped to move beyond multicultural recognition and identify how we can redistribute and challenge what we currently value as ‘academic’ knowledge in the curriculum. Furthermore, a key interest guiding this paper, is in understanding how critical social theory on the curriculum can be translated, and applied in schools whilst being responsive to the performative constraints schools and teachers experience.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My paper is theoretically guided by a dialogue between Critical Race Theory and Critical Pedagogy (Freire, 1996; Gillborn, 2006). Their role in this research is to consider and oppose institutionalised systems of inequality that manifest in curricula structures and pedagogic relations. I draw on two in-depth case studies from a Year 4 (aged 8-9) and Year 8 (aged 12-13) class in a primary and secondary school in Northern England. I used multiple qualitative methods to gather data in each case study school, which included questionnaires, interviews and classroom observations, in addition to participatory curriculum development work with teachers. The curriculum development work meant collaborating with teachers to re-design the content, teaching, and assessment of one unit of the Humanities curriculum and engaging students as researchers. The co-production of curricula was particularly important to this research, as the provision of curriculum resources alone has shown that it does not guarantee its uptake or purposeful/critical use (Bracey, 2016; Harris and Clarke, 2011). The curriculum development work drew on the concept of Community Cultural Wealth (CCW). Rooted in a critical race perspective, CCW involves ‘a commitment to conduct research, teach and develop schools that serve a larger purpose of struggling toward social and racial justice’ (Yosso, 2005, p.82).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The case study data I present in this paper offers some insight into how small spaces of resistance can be co-created in the classroom, within the confines of the statutory school curriculum, that can facilitate a greater plurality of knowledge. I reflect on the social justice benefits of knowledge that may typically be less valued and or labelled as ‘everyday’ or ‘social’ knowledge. All students including those perceived as less ‘academic’ or ‘capable’ as independent learners, were more likely to be interested in and engaged with a curriculum that drew on pedagogical approaches that sought to mobilise their social knowledge for curricular use. I argue social knowledge has the potential to disrupt the Eurocentric, dull curriculum students typically experience by producing counter-knowledge or stories that reflect students social and historical realities, but also stretch the imagination as to what ‘academic’, allegedly ‘powerful knowledge’ subjects such as History and Geography can be and not just what the national curriculum says it is (Cowie et al., 2011). For some students in my research, this was learning a darker truth about colonialism, for others it was feeling as though spaces and places connected to them and their family histories had external validity in the context of an ‘official’ classroom environment (Apple, 2014). By recognising students as holders of, and producers of academic knowledge, I conclude that small sites of resistance do exist within the formal curriculum system, that could foster more equitable and transformative ways of being, relating and knowing, that move beyond the performative consumption of ‘diversity’.
References
Apple, M. J. (2014) Official Knowledge, 3rd edn, London: Routledge.
Amanti, C. (2005) ‘Beyond a Beads and Feather Approach,’ in Gonzalez, N., Moll, L., and Amanti, C. (eds.) Theorizing education practice: funds of knowledge in households, London: Routledge, pp.131-141.
Bernal, D. (2002) ‘Critical race theory, latino critical theory, and critical raced-gendered epistemologies: Recognizing students of color as holders and creators of knowledge.’ Qualitative Inquiry, 8, pp.105–126.
Bishop, R. S. (1990) ‘Mirrors, windows, and sliding glass doors’, Perspectives, 6 (3), pp. ix– xi.
Bracey, P. (2016) '"Shaping the Future" Black History and diversity: teacher perceptions and implications for curriculum development, Education, 3 (13), pp.101-112
Diversi, M and Moreira, C. (2013) ‘Real World: Classrooms as Decolonizing Sites Against Neoliberal Narratives of the Other,’ Cultural Studies ↔ Critical Methodologies 13 (6) pp.469–473.
Freire, P. (1996). Pedagogy of the oppressed, London: Penguin
Gillborn, D. (2006) ‘Critical Race Theory and Education: Racism and antiracism in educational theory and praxis,’ Discourse: studies in the cultural politics of education, 27 (1) pp.11-32.
Harris, R., and Reynolds, R. (2014) ‘The history curriculum and its personal connection to students from minority ethnic backgrounds,’ Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46 (6) pp.464- 486.
Lander, V. (2014b) ‘Initial Teacher Education: The Practice of Whiteness’ in Race, R., and Lander, V. (eds.) Advancing Race and Ethnicity in Education, Basingstoke, Palgrave Macmillan, pp.93-110


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

French Republican Interpretation of the Principle of Secularity and School Perseverance: Case-Study of School Staff in an Undervalued Technical Course.

Lucy Bell, Sébastien Urbanski

Nantes university, France

Presenting Author: Bell, Lucy

The Council of the European Union has set a target for countries to limit school dropout to 9% by 2030. To this end, national contexts must promote strategies for educational success linked to a comprehensive whole-school approach with an inclusive vision of education, allowing institutions and staff to innovate. Each member state must transpose this resolution into its educational system. However, in France, the dominance of the principle of meritocracy over the education and training system’s organisation does not favour a move towards greater inclusion (Verdier, 2001). The guidance system in particular reinforces the primacy of this conception: it puts into practice the competition between secondary school pupils, distributing them between more or less elitist tracks according to their academic results. Thus, at the end of middle school, young people with learning difficulties, often from modest backgrounds, tend to be oriented by default into the least attractive training courses. This constitutes a motive for dropping out (Bernard & Michaut, 2016). However, a high school’s climate can retroactively diminish the sense of constraint in orientation, and promote the perseverance of these students, by fostering their sense of belonging and focusing on educational success (Bell, 2021).

This can be difficult to implement in training courses that are in low demand, in which pupils have entered essentially due to poor grades. Staff tends to be caught between injunctions stemming from European resolutions to make educational and pedagogical practices more inclusive; and a meritocratic principle that permeates the French education system, including courses whose students are usually unable to live up to demanding academic expectations. Nevertheless, said practices seem to favour the perseverance of pupils when staff find a compromise between two logics (Derouet & Dutercq, 1997): pursuing performance, based on an industrial logic, while promoting proximity and the personalisation of relationships within the institution, powered by a community logic (Bell, 2019).

Whereas the industrial logic can be materialised by actors’ focus on the closeness or distance of their students’ behaviours and performances in relation to academic expectations, a community logic allows them to take into account the various difficulties faced by certain pupils. This observation is similar to that of Lantheaume & Urbanski (2023): some students in disadvantaged middle schools may ask for religious exemptions while they are in school, in spite of the principle of secularism applied to the French education system, which does not easily grant such exemptions (Levinson, 2002; Joppke, 2017).

In these situations, when staff compromise on the principle of justice to be applied, between absolute respect for the secular rule and maintenance of the bond of trust and closeness with the pupil, their attitude tends to favour behaviour evolution of said pupils towards a stronger suitability for the principle of secularism, therefore fostering their perseverance. This is related to religious but also cultural and ethnical differences which tend to be ignored for the sake of civic equality, but are recognized in specific contexts. Hence it is possible to say that multiculturalism is not as “un-French” as it might seem (Guérard de Latour, 2013). Certainly, in the current context of the 2004 law prohibiting the wearing of ostentatious signs of religious affiliation in schools, and the repeated terrorist attacks of the 2010’s, French society is experiencing tensions with regard to the respect of the principle of secularism in public institutions. Political discourse tends towards a perfectionist republicanism, advocating, in the interest of inclusion, a strict interpretation of this principle and an intransigence towards breaches. The question is whether or not, applied to the school environment, this inflexibility promotes the inclusion of all students and, by extension, their school perseverance.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the case before us, that of young people in a constrained orientation, who often have little interest in their course, the challenge is to understand whether the school staff manages to justify official republican rules, beyond a top-down implementation of administrative princi-ples, for the sake of educational ideals such as inclusion, well-being and perseverance. This line of research stems from the previous collective research programmes coordinated by each of us (Bell, 2021; Lantheaume & Urbanski, 2023). While we never considered the topics of secularism and school perseverance as unrelated, we nevertheless think they need to be more tightly connected. To this end, a specific material has been gathered. It consists of a qualita-tive interview survey conducted with educational and pedagogical members of staff (n=25 one hour each) in a high school situated in a disadvantaged peripheral area. The interviewees were asked to describe professional situations that occurred in the school and that are under-stood, under their own criteria, as being linked with “social and cultural diversity”.
Our aim was to make them explain as precisely as possible 1) how they interpreted the situa-tion; 2) what they did (or not) in the face of their perception of facts; 3) why they decided to act this way and not another; 4) with the help of what resources; 5) which expected result they wanted to achieve. Hence the situations at stake are very diverse. Many of them are related to perseverance, inequalities, or constrained orientation; others are rather related to secularism, racism, or discriminations. But most of them are a mixture of several of these aspects. Then, the crucial aim is to see how the interviewees try to find a balance among these, depending on their school subject, pedagogical approach, or perceived relations with other actors (pupils, parents, hierarchy, members of staff). The interviews are analysed in line with the methodological framework outlined by Boltanski and Thévenot (2006) accord-ing to which the political rules of justice are in constant re-elaboration and need to be justi-fied by actors themselves, notably in contemporary societies where criticism towards institu-tions is widely shared. In the case at stake, the republican philosophy is no longer given by the institution because it is under the fire of various critiques in the media, academia, and society in general. Our methodology sheds light on how educational actors justify their actions especially when they might be seen as controversial.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our data shows that staff’s hybrid community and industrial logic of action is favourable to establishing a demanding educational climate and a sense of belonging, conducive to the acculturation of young people short of academic expectations, some of whom claim a religious or cultural affiliation within their establishment. In this context, the rules of republican secularism are regularly readapted. While many French commentators would see compromises as a transgression of the secular ethos to be imparted in teenagers, we understand them as a deepening of the modern conception of the sacredness of the individual (Durkheim, 1960). Certainly, members of the school staff do not share the same view on situations at stake, but in most cases they do not see the cultural or religious expressions of pupils as a problem for the republican model of schooling, because the latter is itself understood in light of its capacity to foster school perseverance. This result is in line with those shown in other studies: regardless of their religion, culture or ethnicity, pupils widely share the aim to be fully part of French society, and this is precisely why they are not satisfied with the constrained orientation which has, therefore, mixed effects on the school climate. For being a pupil requires to constantly move between various kinds of interactions within the classroom and ultimately it requires to become the autonomous subject of these moves (Bautier & Rochex 2004). Yet a constrained orientation does not favour this process, leading many pupils to express their individuality in the guise of culture, ethnicity, or religion. Therefore, the results of our study stress the necessity not to separate the need for “minimal secularism” in state schools (Laborde, 2017) from the stakes of justice, seen here through the lens of constrained orientation and the need for school perseverance.  
References
Bautier, E. & Rochex, J.-Y. (2004). Activité conjointe ne signifie pas significations parta-gées. In Christiane Moro (ed), Situation éducative et significations (pp. 197-220). Louvain-la-Neuve: De Boeck.
Bell, L. (2021). Climat du lycée et risque de décrochage scolaire : le cas des élèves en orien-tation contrainte. Revue française de pédagogie, 211, 49-61.
Bell, L. (2019). The Fight Against School Dropout In Secondary Schools. The Case-Study Of Students In Vocational Education Constrained In Their Orientation [Doctoral thesis]. Nantes University.
Bernard, P.-Y. & Michaut, C. (2016). Les motifs de décrochage par les élèves. Un révélateur de leur expérience scolaire. Education et formations, 90, 95-112.
Blaya, C. & Fortin, L. (2011). Les élèves français et québécois à risque de décrochage sco-laire : comparaison entre les facteurs de risque personnels, familiaux et scolaires. L'orienta-tion scolaire et professionnelle, 40 (1), 55-85.
Boltanski L. & Thévenot L. (2006). On Justification : The Economies of Worth. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Derouet, J.-L. & Dutercq, Y. (1997). L'établissement scolaire, autonomie locale et service public. Paris: ESF.
Durkheim E. (1960). The Division of Labour in Society. Glencoe, Illinois: Free Press.
Guérard de Latour, S. (2013). Is Multiculturalism Un-French? Towards a Neo-Republican Model of Multiculturalism. In P. Balint and S. Guérard de Latour (ed.), Liberal Multicultur-alism and the Fair Terms of Integration (p. 139-156). London: Palgrave Macmillan.
Joppke C. (2017) Is Multiculturalism Dead? Crisis and Persistence in the Constitutional State. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Laborde C. (2017). Liberalism’s Religion. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Lantheaume, F. & Urbanski, S. (eds., to be published 2023). Laïcité, religions, racisme en milieu scolaire. Enquête sur les pratiques professionnelles en collèges et lycées. Lyon : Presses universitaires de Lyon.
Levinson, M. (2002). The Demands of Liberal Education. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Verdier, E. (2001). La France a-t-elle changé de régime d’éducation et de formation ? For-mation emploi, 76, 11-34.
 
Date: Thursday, 24/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am07 SES 09 B: Wellbeing and Belonging in (Intercultural) Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Seyda Subasi Singh
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

“Am I Gonna Just Totally Self-Destruct?”: How Divisive Concepts Legislation in the United States Shapes Educators’ Wellbeing and Professional Practice

Elyse Hambacher1, Denise Desrosiers2, Katherine Ginn2, Kathryn Slater2, Macy Broderick2

1University of Florida, USA; 2University of New Hampshire, USA

Presenting Author: Hambacher, Elyse

In the fall of 2020, amidst widespread pandemic closures and ongoing international protests in response to racialized police violence, a public conversation emerged about whether and how teachers ought to teach students about race and racism. The conversation was propelled by a political messaging campaign, which involved the intentionally decontextualized repurposing of the term “critical race theory” (CRT) as a “shock phrase” (Bartolomé & Macedo, 1997, p. 237) with considerable political utility that suggested radical indoctrination by educators. By February of 2021, in a pattern reflecting national trends in political polarization, 36 U.S. states had undertaken legislative efforts or executive actions to “restrict education on racism, bias, the contributions of specific racial or ethnic groups to U.S. history, or related topics” while 17 states had seen efforts to expand the same; seven states witnessed efforts in both directions (Stout & Wilburn, 2021). In states where restrictive legislation or executive orders were enacted, the chief mechanism for enforcement was the threat of legal action against schools and districts as well as disciplinary action against individual teachers alleged to have taught “divisive concepts.”

The purpose of this qualitative study is to investigate the experiences of five white educators with self-identified commitments to social justice education as they navigate teaching in New Hampshire (NH), a state in the US that at the time of data collection, had recently enacted a law prohibiting the teaching of “divisive concepts.” The paper is guided by two research questions: 1.) How do teachers and administrators in one predominantly white school district describe their work in the context of the recent passage of divisive concepts legislation? 2.) How do these educators see legislation prohibiting the teaching of divisive concepts as shaping their practice and leadership?

Like many teachers, those we include in this analysis cited moral commitments to the well-being of young people and to improving the world for future generations as central reasons for their decision to enter the profession. The strong thread of moral concern that runs through the accounts of the teachers highlighted in this study bears many similarities to the concerns expressed in Santoro’s (2018) study of teachers’ demoralization. We draw on Santoro’s theoretical framework which defines teacher demoralization as a loss of access to the moral rewards of the work. Teachers experience demoralization when they are confronted with moral concerns they cannot resolve or avoid. These fall into two broad categories: concerns relating to harm to students and those relating to the degradation of their profession. First, demoralization may arise from demands that teachers engage in practices they suspect are “developmentally inappropriate, pedagogically ill-advised, or damaging to students’ social-emotional well-being" (Santoro, 2018, p. 62). Second, teachers may become demoralized when conditions in the school and the broader community make them accomplices in processes that degrade the profession of teaching.

While demoralization is primarily an effect of the conditions of teaching and not, as is often suggested about burnout, a consequence of insufficient or systematically depleted internal resources of the teacher, Santoro (2018) argues that teachers may find means with which to prevent or rebound from demoralization. Santoro presents five categories of strategies observed among teachers striving to re-moralize their teaching practice: professional community, voice/writing, activism, teacher leadership, and student-centered action. Together, demoralization and re-moralization situate our understanding of the experiences and actions of the educators in this study. While our study is situated within a US context, it has relevance abroad as schools throughout Europe consider how to teach topics related to race and colonial histories.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of a larger study that examines how 17 self-identified justice-oriented teachers and administrators in one predominantly white school district engage with concepts of race, anti-racism, and whiteness. In collecting our data, many of the participants discussed recent divisive concepts legislation as it relates to their work as teachers and education leaders. While our initial study did not center on such legislation, we were struck by the extent to which our participants spoke about this in our interviews. Given the timely nature of divisive concepts legislation, we explore how the educators think about their work in the current context and how it shapes their practice and leadership.

South Adams School District1 (SASD) is a suburban, progressive-leaning area in NH with a district population of approximately 2,000 students. Of the 2,000 students, 87% are white.

This district was selected as a unique case (Patton, 2022) because they have been responding to racist incidents in their schools with district-wide initiatives for the last several years. SASD proves fruitful opportunities to examine how teachers and administrators in a mostly white, affluent school district think about their obligations as justice-oriented educators in the context of divisive legislation.

 For the larger study, required criteria included teachers and administrators who have organized and/or elected to participate in anti-racist professional development (PD) in the past two years. Initial recruitment efforts began with administrators and key planners of school-based anti-racist PD initiatives. We used snowball sampling, which was useful because it drew on a small pool of initial informants to nominate others who fit our selection criteria. We asked participants about educators in SASD who spearheaded and/or participated in these efforts and often heard the same names mentioned as others we should talk with. We focus on five (four teachers and one administrator) of the 17 participants in particular because of the extent to which they discussed this legislation having an impact on their personal and professional lives.
Semi-structured interviews were our main source of data. Each participant engaged in
two interviews with a member of the research team. We also drew on district-related documents and observed community meetings to contextualize the study. The research team analyzed the data inductively using constructivist grounded theory guidelines (Charmaz, 2014) which includes a process of initial coding, focused coding, and discussing the data in multiple iterations to bring our themes into greater focus.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our data show that divisive concepts legislation 1) threatened educators’ personal lives and professional integrity, 2) inhibited their voice and pedagogy, and 3) was filtered through variability in school and district leadership support. However, 4) many educators expressed commitment to persisting in critical teaching despite the risks.
 
Threats to educators’ personal lives and fear of professional repercussions: We found persistent anecdotes that described confusion about the language and implementation of the legislation; worry that their teaching could be misinterpreted by students, community members, and fringe groups as “contentious” or “controversial”; and fear of backlash from families or community members and subsequent professional sanctions. The educators reported real and perceived threats to their livelihoods and concerns about their mental health.

Inhibited voice and pedagogy: This atmosphere has created a chilling effect and thwarts these teachers’ ability to enact the moral values that led them to become educators in the first place. Guided by their moral beliefs of educating students to think critically and become global citizens, they find their voices quelled, and they are hesitant to make instructional decisions they believe would be best for students.

Variability in school and district leadership support: For the most part, teachers felt strongly supported by their superintendent’s leadership, which assuaged some of their fears about the legislation and their ability to persist in anti-racist and justice-oriented teaching. However, a few teachers’ interviews pointed to worries, sadness, and in some cases frustration in instances when leadership support revealed its limits.

Persisting in critical teaching and leading: Despite the myriad emotions that the participants felt, we found that many of them were adamant about continuing to teach in critical ways because of their moral centers that call them to educate students to be reflective, democratic, and agentic human beings in society.

References
Bartolomé, L. & Macedo, D. (1997). Dancing with bigotry: The poisoning of racial and ethnic
identities. Harvard Educational Review, 67(2), 222-246.

Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory. Sage Publishing.

Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research & evaluation methods. Sage Publishing.

Santoro, D. (2018). Demoralized: Why teachers leave the profession they love and how they can stay. Harvard Education Press.

Schwartz, S. (2022, October 4). Map: Where critical race theory is under attack. Education
Week. https://www.edweek.org/policy-politics/map-where-critical-race-theory-is-
underattack/2021/06

Stitzlein, S. M. (2022). Divisive concepts in classrooms: A call to inquiry. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 1-18.

Stout, C. & Wilburn, T. (2021, February 1). CRT map: Efforts to restrict teaching racism and
bias have multiplied across the U.S. Chalkbeat. https://www.chalkbeat.org/22525983/map-critical-race-theory-legislation-teachingracism

Walker, T. (2022, February 1). Survey: Alarming number of educators may soon leave the
profession. National Education Association News. https://www.nea.org/advocating-
forchange/new-from-nea/survey-alarming-number-educators-may-soon-leave-profession

Watkins, R. (2022, July 19). Young NH teachers leaving the profession. The ‘heartbreaking,
infuriating’ reasons why. Seacoast Online https://www.seacoastonline.com/story/news/education/2022/07/19/why-young-newhampshire-teachers-students-leaving-profession/10056587002/


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Understanding International Students’ Academic, Wellbeing and Sociocultural Adaptation

Angela Christidis, Emma Sweeney, Sue O'Hara

University Of Exeter, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Christidis, Angela

The UK currently hosts around 605,130 international higher education students in the 2020/21 academic year, hitting its 600,000 target a decade earlier than hoped (Higher Education Statistics Agency, 2022). Of the international students in the UK in 2020/21, almost 25% were recorded as EU students, while the rest of 75% were from non-EU countries.

How are we coping with the growth of international students? To respond to this growing demand and preparing our students as global citizens, what can be done to improve the student experience of both international and home students?

Recent studies indicate that academic and social integration of international students in the destination country often plays a major role in their academic performance, employability outcomes and integration into the wider community (Spencer-Oatey et al, 2017). Alongside the overall strategy to achieve a continual upward trajectory in international student numbers, it is important to build a diverse, culturally rich and engaged community where both international and home students benefit from the presence and integration of international students in the community.

Research has shown that there are cultural differences in teaching and learning of staff and students from a diverse range of ethnicities and nationalities (Montgomery, 2010; Trahar and Hyland, 2011). This paper intends to investigate these issues in depth, aiming to improve understanding of the international students’ academic, well-being and sociocultural adaptation. At the same time, it is also essential not to compromise the needs of home students.

Aims and Objectives:

  • Foster cohesion and enhance understanding between international and domestic students
  • Consider social, cultural and education impacts of international students on domestic students
  • Enhance interaction and integration between international students and host communities
  • Implement strategies and activities to promote intercultural integration and intercultural competence
  • Improve academic staff’s ability to interact with students from culturally diverse background

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper used a mixed method approach to explore the experiences of international students attending the degree programmes at any level and faculty. Research participants were encouraged to participate in a wide range of structured activities to develop their intercultural competence skills, such as weekly intercultural cafes and intercultural competence workshops, which enable them to become more culturally agile and aware of global issues.

Several approaches were adopted to cover the whole student lifecycle, ranging from pre-departure briefing in their home country until post study work experience. Interviews, focus groups, questionnaire and online digital platforms had been adopted to gather their views. For example, one-to-one interview and semi-structured interview containing open-ended questions were used to explore research participants’ experiences. The length of the interviews ranged from 30 to 90 minutes. Participants were asked to share their learning journey and student experience through pen portraits and emotional journey.

For content analysis, NVivo software was used to analyse data to identify common themes and provide recommendations to inform future institutional policies.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The increase in international student numbers on campuses would have a direct impact upon the student experience. Through our interviews and focus groups, we found that research participants were very much going through the cycle of cultural shock (UKCISA, 2018). In general, their confidence and resilience improved over time as they adjust and adapt to the academic and sociocultural environment. This finding is similar to the conceptual model of international student adjustment and adaptation proposed by Schartner and Young (2016; 2020).

The paper addresses differential experience of key student cohorts e.g. international, mature students and emphasise consistent, robust support and guidance for every student. It is anticipated that the research outcome will create and strengthen learning communities, so that a higher percentage of students will feel part of a community of staff and students and a sense of belonging to the university or college. Students will be able to develop supportive peer relations, meaningful interaction between staff and students, and develop knowledge, confidence identify as successful higher education learners, and a higher education experience that is relevant to their interests and future goals.

As Trahar and Hyland (2011) suggested, “academic staff are core players in the process of internationalisation”. Academic and professional services staff would also be invited to attend workshops and training to increase the cultural awareness and improve the ability to interact with students from culturally diverse background.

The ultimate goal is to encourage ALL students and staff to develop “intercultural competence” that would enable them to interact effectively across cultures (Cena et al, 2021) and prepare our educational institutions to embrace a truly integrated multicultural environment.

References
Cena, E., Burns, S., and Wilson, P. (2021). Sense of belonging, intercultural and academic experiences among international students at a University in Northern Ireland. Journal of International Students, 11(4), 812-831.

HESA (2022). Higher Education Student Statistics: UK, 2020/2. 25 January 2022. https://www.hesa.ac.uk/news/25-01-2022/sb262-higher-education-student-statistics

Montgomery, C. (201). Understanding the International Student Experience (Universities into the 21st century) Hampshire, UK: Palgrave Macmillan, 2010, pp.158.

Schartner, A. and Young, T.J. (2016). Towards an integrated conceptual model of international student adjustment and adaptation, European Journal of Higher Education 6(4): 372-386.

Schartner, A. and Young, T.J. (2020). Intercultural transitions in higher education: international student adjustment and adaptation. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh, 2020, pp. 208.

Spencer-Oatey, H., D. Dauber, J.J., and Wang, L. (2017). Chinese students’ social integration into the university community: hearing the students’ voices. High Education 74: 739-756.

Trahar, S. and Hyland, F. (2011). Experiences and Perceptions of Internationalisation in Higher Education in the United Kingdom. Higher Education Research and Development 30(5):623-633

UKCISA (2018). Facing culture shock. UK  Council for International Student Affairs. Adapted from Orientated for Success, edited by M Barker, Australian International Development Assistance Bureau, 1990.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Does One Need To Identify To Belong? Engineering Identity and the Sense of Belonging According to Gender and Migration Background.

Mieke Cannaerts, Sofie Craps, Greet Langie

KU Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Cannaerts, Mieke

Western society values free will, equal chances, and self-expression, especially when there is economic prosperity [1]. Choice is essential to free will, but more choices make a decision more substantial, leading to more risk, and more responsibility. This makes choosing a study field a big step in someone’s identity development. It is part of who they will become and how other people will see them [2].

When people have the freedom to pursue their dreams, they conform more easily to gender stereotypes in their study choices. They search for a sense of belonging, by following their gender identity [1]. A society where academic fields come with stereotypes of who belongs and who does not, impacts someone’s choice according to their gender or background. Looking at engineering for example, white males dominate the field [3]. This can influence the feeling of belonging to engineering for someone that does not identify as white or male. It is likely that they will choose a different study field, or have more difficulties with persisting once entered [4].

The sense of belonging is defined as ‘one’s personal belief that one is an accepted member of an academic community whose presence and contributions are valued’ [5, p. 701]. Having a strong sense of belonging is related to higher motivation, more academic self-confidence, higher engagement, and higher achievement [5]. When someone does not see themselves represented in a study domain, or do not conform to the stereotypical image that society has of that domain, it decreases the chances of a positive identification with this domain [6]. In some cases, it entails modifying their identity or narrative to fit it. For example, some women described themselves becoming less feminine during their STEM education. Archer et al. [7, p. 23] theorize that this is partially out of a need to be taken seriously in their field of study that has a strong link with masculine traits. When the identity that is needed to belong in the study field diverges too far from the own identity, this can lead to drop out [8].

The purpose of this study is to investigate how the discipline-specific identity is related with the feeling of belonging with the related study programme. The focus is on the field of engineering that is typically dominated by (white) men [3]. For example, of all the new students enrolled in the Bachelor Engineering Technology at the KU Leuven (Belgium), 10% is female, and 8% have a migration background [9].

Looking at Belgium, we see that female students and students with a migration background face different barriers. While intake for students with a migration background is low, they are already underrepresented in secondary education tracks that prepare for engineering programmes in university [10]. After completing these secondary education tracks, they face less hurdles in choosing engineering. Conversely, female students are not underrepresented in secondary education tracks, but do not make their way to engineering [11]. However, once they enter the program, students with a migration background struggle more with persistence than students without a migration background. For female students, we see that they often do better than male students [12], something we do not see in several other university, for example in Germany [13] and the US [14].

Although they face different barriers, both female students and students with a migration background, seem to have difficulties to identify with engineering. This study asks how engineering identity is related with the feeling of belonging for first-year students of engineering programmes, and how this relationship is different according to their gender or migration background.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This contribution is part of a broader study that focusses on the recruitment and retention of engineering students, conducted at the KU Leuven, Belgium. In October 2022, an online survey was organized with first-year students in engineering science, engineering-architect, engineering technology, and bio-engineering sciences. Although students were encouraged in a course to participate, participation was voluntary. Informed consent was obtained after approval of the Privacy and Ethics Committee (G-2022-5665).

After data cleaning, 942 respondents remained (response rate of 75% ). Among these respondents, 249 students were registered as female, 95 with a migration background from outside the EU, and 39 from within the EU.

We investigate the link between two concepts, engineering identity and the sense of belonging. Following Godwin et al. (2020), the concept of engineering identity was measured by three subscales on a five-point likert scale (from ‘not at all important’ to ‘very important’):
(1) ‘Recognition’ measured the extent that people in their environment see the student as an engineer (3 questions);
(2) ‘Interest’ looked at the enjoyment and fulfilment of studying engineering (3 questions);
(3) ‘Competence’ focused more on students’ belief to perform well in engineering programmes  (4 questions originally, but one was omitted).  

The concept sense of belonging  is based on some subscales of the questionnaire of Good et al. (2012) and was also measured on a five point likert scale (from ‘not agreed at all’ to ‘completely agreed’):
(1) ‘Membership’ measured whether a student feels part of the engineering community (4 questions);
(2) ‘Acceptance’ looked at the extent to which a student feels accepted in one’s program (4 questions);
(3) ‘Trust’ focused on the trust that a student has in one’s teachers (4 questions).  

In this study, it was analysed how the relationship between engineering identity and the sense of belonging differs according to gender and migration background.
(1) Migration background was measured by the student’s birth country and by their parent(s) or grandparents' birth country. For the students with a migration background, we make a distinction between inside or outside the EU [12].
(2) Gender will be measured as the sex according to their passport. Unfortunately, we are not able to measure if people identify as non-binary or transgender, so we will not be able to distinguish these groups.  

Data was analysed in R. The different subscales were confirmed with affirmative factor analysis, followed up with t-tests, and linear regression analysis.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Both engineering identity [15] and sense of belonging [5] have been shown to impact retention rate and study results of students. Since the engineering field is dominated by white men, female students and students with a migration background often have a lower sense of belonging and a weaker engineering identity. In the engineering courses at the KU Leuven, there is a difference in retention rate when it comes to people with or without a migration background, while we do not see that same difference when it comes to someone’s gender. Female students also perform better than men [12]. That is why we are interested to see if the difference in the sense of belonging and engineering identity between students with and without a migration background is bigger than between female and male students.

As of the date of submission of this abstract, the analysis of the data has been ongoing. First results of the t-tests show that all subscales show a significant difference (p<0,01) between male and female students, as well as between students with and without a migration background. However, a first look at linear regression models, show that female students only score significantly lower on the ‘trust’ subscale, but not on the other subscales for sense of belonging. For students with a migration background, a slightly lower, but significant effect of the sense of belonging ‘membership’ subscale was observed. When it comes to engineering identity, female students score significantly lower score on the ‘competence’ subscale than male students. For students with a migration background, there is a significant increase on the subscale ‘interest’, and a decrease on the subscale ‘recognition’ in comparison with students without a migration background.
More in depth analysis is necessary before specific results can be made public.

References
[1]N. S. Yalcinkaya and G. Adams, “A Cultural Psychological Model of Cross-National Variation in Gender Gaps in STEM Participation,” Personal. Soc. Psychol. Rev., vol. 24, no. 4, pp. 345–370, 2020, doi: 10.1177/1088868320947005.
[2]H. Rose and M. B. Schwartz, “Does Choice Mean Freedom and Well-Being?,” J. Consum. Res. Inc., vol. 37, no. 1, pp. 344–355, 2010, doi: 10.1086/651242.
[3]M. Charles and K. Bradley, “Indulging our gendered selves? sex segregation by field of study in 44 countries,” Am. J. Sociol., vol. 114, no. 4, pp. 924–976, 2009, doi: 10.1086/595942.
[4]E. Blosser, “An examination of Black women’s experiences in undergraduate engineering on a primarily white campus: Considering institutional strategies for change,” J. Eng. Educ., vol. 109, no. 1, pp. 52–71, 2020, doi: 10.1002/jee.20304.
[5]C. Good, A. Rattan, and C. S. Dweck, “Why do women opt out? Sense of belonging and women’s representation in mathematics,” J. Pers. Soc. Psychol., vol. 102, no. 4, pp. 700–717, 2012, doi: 10.1037/a0026659.
[6]R. M. O’Hara, “STEM(ing) the Tide: A Critical Race Theory Analysis in STEM Education,” J. Constr. Psychol., vol. 35, no. 3, pp. 986–998, 2022, doi: 10.1080/10720537.2020.1842825.
[7]L. Archer, J. Moote, E. MacLeod, B. Francis, and J. DeWitt, “ASPIRES 2: Young people’s science and career aspirations, age 10-19,” London, 2020.
[8]H. T. Holmegaard, L. M. Madsen, and L. Ulriksen, “A journey of negotiation and belonging: understanding students’ transitions to science and engineering in higher education,” Cult. Stud. Sci. Educ., vol. 9, no. 3, pp. 755–786, 2014, doi: 10.1007/s11422-013-9542-3.
[9]KU Leuven, “Instroomsitueringen generatiestudenten 2021-2022,” Levuen, 2022.
[10]Unia Interfederaal Gelijkekansencentrum, “Diversiteitsbarometer Onderwijs,” Brussel, 2018.
[11]Vlaams ministerie van onderwijs en vorming, “Leerlingenaantallen,” 2022. https://onderwijs.vlaanderen.be/nl/onderwijsstatistieken/themas-onderwijsstatistieken/leerlingenaantallen-basis-en-secundair-onderwijs-en-hbo5 (accessed Jan. 23, 2023).
[12]KU Leuven, “Doorstroomsitueringen met cijfers over de studieprestaties tot en met de cohorte generatiestudenten van academiejaar 2020-2021,” Leuven, 2022.
[13]E. Höhne and L. Zander, “Belonging uncertainty as predictor of dropout intentions among first-semester students of the computer sciences,” Zeitschrift für Erziehungswiss., 2019, doi: 10.1007/s11618-019-00907-y.
[14]J. J. Park, Y. K. Kim, · Cinthya Salazar, and S. Hayes, “Student-Faculty Interaction and Discrimination from Faculty in STEM: The Link with Retention,” vol. 61, pp. 330–356, 2020, doi: 10.1007/s11162-019-09564-w.
[15]A. Godwin and A. Kirn, “Identity-based motivation: Connections between first-year students’ engineering role identities and future-time perspectives,” J. Eng. Educ., vol. 109, no. 3, pp. 362–383, 2020, doi: 10.1002/jee.20324.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm07 SES 11 B: Revisiting Research Practices towards Social Justice
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Henrike Terhart
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

The Many Ways Teachers and Researchers Use the Term ‘Cultural Capital’

Sally Riordan

University College London, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Riordan, Sally

The topic of this research is the dissemination of cultural capital theory and research from academic communities to school staff. It explores what it means to be a research-informed teacher, most especially with respect to educational inequalities regarding class and cultural background. This is both an empirical study (drawing from interviews with members of school staff), as well as a theoretical one (considering issues in the philosophy of language and the philosophy of science). It explores the following:

(1) what teachers (especially school leaders) mean by ‘cultural capital’ (in particular, how this is revealed in their justifications of school practices);

(2) how the current meaning and use of ‘cultural capital’ in schools relates to Bourdieu and Passeron’s theory of social reproduction; and

(3) how the current meaning and use of ‘cultural capital’ in schools relates to the research evidence regarding cultural capital that has accumulated in the last 50 years.

The study has European significance because it raises questions regarding the transfer of theoretical concepts from one national context to another. Academics’ use of the term capital culturel is charted through studies across Northern Europe (Breinholt & Jaeger, 2020; Bourdieu and Passeron, 1990; Jaeger & Breen, 2016; Lareau & Weininger, 2003; Sieben & Lechner, 2019). Some political conditions that are exacerbating the challenges of research dissemination in this case are highlighted, but the challenges are not specific to the UK.

In order to compare the viewpoints of practitioners with those of academics, I draw on theoretical frameworks of cultural capital associated with the work of Pierre Bourdieu and Jean-Claude Passeron (1990), including the interpretations of John Goldthorpe (2007) and Lareau and Weininger (2003). I also turn to the work of Saul Kripke (1981) and Mark Wilson (2008) to reflect on how the meaning of terms is transmitted between people and to examine the appropriateness of our everyday conceptual frameworks regarding evidence and research dissemination in the field of education.

I will share some of the uses and meaning of ‘cultural capital’ in schools in England and reflect on how these compare with Bourdieu and Passeron’s use of the term capital culturel (1990). The purpose will be to make some suggestions regarding the challenges to using research evidence in practice: the different meaning of terms, the lack of detail in research messaging, the vagueness of research summaries, the requirement (in England) to demonstrate that money spent to reduce educational inequalities is supported by evidence (DfE, 2019). The study raises concerns about the feasibility of usefully transmitting research messages to teachers. I do not propose that teachers are at fault in their use of ‘cultural capital’, but that we need to accommodate the natural ways in which language transfers ideas in our conceptualisations of evidence and research dissemination. I present the findings and hypotheses that resulted from the study in order to ignite further discussion with the audience.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper reports on the findings of a study into educational inequalities funded by the Social Mobility Commission. 150+ interviews were conducted with school leaders, classroom teachers and support staff at 32 secondary schools in England between October 2019 and March 2020. The objective of the wider project was to explore what schools are doing to support children from lower income homes. The topic of cultural capital was raised by participants in 38 (25%) interviews at 14 schools (47%) when describing what their school was doing to reduce educational inequalities. These 38 interview scripts form the basis of this study.  

Thematic analysis was used to investigate what teachers and support workers meant by ‘cultural capital’ when they introduced this term of their own accord during interviews to describe school practices. The analysis was first completed using themes that arose in the interviews (broadening horizons, community, confidence, cultural diversity, curriculum, deficit model, enrichment, literacy, non-academic purposes, and relationship building). The analysis was also conducted using codes drawn up from a literature review and an analysis of the work of Bourdieu and Passeron (arbitrariness, economic resources, highbrow, parental cultural capital, inculcation, and tastes/preferences). This enabled a more systematic comparison between practitioners’ and academics’ use of the term ‘cultural capital’.

I further analysed the interview scripts to identify and categorise all cultural capital practices described by practitioners as taking place in their schools during the 2019-20 school year. A ‘cultural capital practice’ was defined generally as any intervention or approach taken by the school in order to give students access to cultural capital. (‘Giving access’ was the most commonly used description of cultural capital transmission by practitioners, who also used the phrases ‘giving’, ‘improving’, ‘skilling up’, ‘gaining’, ‘filling in’ and ‘compensating for’). A total of 30 cultural capital practices were contrasted and compared regarding their approach, objectives and reasoning to draw out their underlying assumptions. An ‘interventionist account of cultural capital’ was then drawn up to summarise the assumptions and understandings of school staff regarding cultural capital.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study found that teachers in English schools use the term ‘cultural capital’ in multiple (and contradictory) ways. The term has retained many hallmarks of Bourdieu and Passeron’s theory of social reproduction, but has rejected others, and has assimilated ideas regarding cultural diversity and inclusion, most especially Tara Yosso’s concept of ‘community cultural wealth’ (Tichavakunda 2019; Yosso, 2005). Cultural capital practices make different assumptions about the causes of educational inequalities and how to tackle them. Some seek to make changes in children’s homes. Others attempt to mimic the homelife of more affluent children in school time. Some try to compensate for a perceived lack of cultural capital. Others attempt to change the school curriculum to weaken the correlation between cultural capital and academic achievement.

The study also found that 'cultural capital’ is acknowledged by practitioners to be a technical term that generally ‘carries’ with it the weight of research evidence. Practitioners understood that there is evidence that supports cultural capital practices in general, and therefore that any cultural capital practices are backed by evidence. This confidence in research evidence came from colleagues, school leadership, and the fact that the organisation for school standards in England had recently introduced cultural capital into its inspection framework (Ofsted, 2019). However, the practices implemented did not closely reflect the large international body of cultural capital literature. I conclude that disseminating research has not worked in this case. However, considering the details of this case, I suggest that the challenge lies in the nature of ordinary language, and not in the skills of teachers or researchers. It is not that we should change how others use the term ‘cultural capital’, but that we need to pay attention to how they do so. I propose this has significant consequences for how we think about research dissemination.

References
Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1979 [1964]). The Inheritors: French students and their relation to culture. Trans. by Richard Nice. University of Chicago Press.

Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-Claude. (1990 [1977]). Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture. Sage.

Breinholt, A & Jaeger, M.M. (2020). How does cultural capital affect educational performance: Signals or skills? British Journal of Sociology, 71(1), https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-4446.12711

DfE. (2021). Pupil premium: Conditions of grant 2021 to 2022 for free schools and academies. Guidance. Published 30 March 2021. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/pupil-premium-allocations-and-conditions-of-grant-2021-to-2022/pupil-premium-conditions-of-grant-2021-to-2022-for-academies-and-free-schools

Feyerabend, P. (1993). Against Method (3rd ed.). Verso.

Goldthorpe, J. H. (2007). “Cultural Capital”: Some Critical Observations. Sociologia. 2/2007 https://doi.org/10.2383/24755

Jaeger, M. M., & Breen, R. (2016). A Dynamic Model of Cultural Reproduction. American Journal of Sociology, 121(4), 1079–1115. https://doi.org/10.2307/26545706

Kripke, S. A. (1981). Naming and necessity. Blackwell Publishing Ltd.

Kuhn, T. S. (2012). The Structure of Scientific Revolutions (4th ed.). University of Chicago Press.

Lamont, M., & Lareau, A. (1988). Cultural Capital: Allusions, Gaps and Glissandos in Recent Theoretical Developments. Sociological Theory, 6(2)

Lareau, A., & Weininger, E. B. (2003). Cultural Capital in Educational Research: A Critical Assessment. Theory and Society, 32(5/6). Special Issue on The Sociology of Symbolic Power: A Special Issue in Memory of Pierre Bourdieu), 567–606.

Ofsted. (2019). Education inspection framework (EIF), last updated 11 July 2022. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/education-inspection-framework

Prieur, A., & Savage, M. (2013). Emerging Forms of Cultural Capital. European Societies, 15(2), 246–267. https://doi.org/10.1080/14616696.2012.748930

Davies, S., & Rizk, J. (2018). The Three Generations of Cultural Capital Research: A Narrative Review. Review of Educational Research, 88(3), 331–365. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654317748423

Sieben, S., & Lechner, C.M. (2019). Measuring cultural capital through the number of books in the household. Measurement Instruments for the Social Sciences, 1(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s42409-018-0006-0

Tan, C. Y. (2017). Conceptual diversity, moderators, and theoretical issues in quantitative studies of cultural capital theory. Educational Review, 69(5), 600–619. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2017.1288085

Tichavakunda, A. A. (2019). An Overdue Theoretical Discourse: Pierre Bourdieu’s Theory of Practice and Critical Race Theory in Education, Educational Studies, 55(6), 651–666. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131946.2019.1666395

Wilson, M. (2008). Wandering Significance: An Essay on Conceptual Behavior. Oxford University Press.

Yosso, T. J. (2005). Whose culture has capital? A critical race theory discussion of community cultural wealth. Race Ethnicity and Education, 8(1), 69–91. https://doi.org/10.1080/1361332052000341006


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Transcending Racialized Hierarchies in Health and Physical Education Research and Practice: Racial literacy and Indigenous Knowledges  

Troy Meston, Debbie Bargallie, Sue Whatman

Griffith University, Australia

Presenting Author: Meston, Troy; Bargallie, Debbie

In Australia, Indigenous peoples continue to fight against coloniality, and education remains a crucial theatre in the war for sovereignty and self-determination.  For well over a decade, despite reinvigorated educational and Indigenous social welfare policies, the creation of federal agencies, a national curriculum and a standardised literacy and numeracy assessment program, Indigenous learners remain behind Australian learners (Fahey, 2021). After iterations of exclusionary legislations were repealed at the state levels enabling Indigenous learners to attend white classrooms (Kerwin and Van Issum, 2013), education, and to a greater extent literacy, continued, as Rogers and Mosley (2006, p. 462) notes, “to function as a replacement of property as a means of preserving the rights of citizenship for whites”.  Politically determined intimacies between property rights, rights to become literate and social inclusion, have functioned, as “a set of socio-economic assets available only to those who have been certified as white by major economic, legal, and cultural institutions” (Harris, 1993, p. 1707). The intersection between education, whiteness and property has been discussed for some time by Gloria Ladson-Billings (2003, p. xi), observing, “literacy represents a form of property. It is property that was traditionally owned and used by whites in the society”.   Whiteness then is endowed the privilege to possess education as institutional and psychological entitlement, which from micro-cultural practices within classrooms, excites, so to maintain, racial hierarchies necessary to reify multi-level coloniality projects. Aboriginal scholar, Aileen Moreton-Robinson (2016, p. 112), ascribes within the context of Australia, “Racialization is the process by which whiteness operates possessively to define and construct difference in bodily attributes and to designate them as markers of hierarchical social categorisations within discourse”. 

Health and physical education (HPE) is a discursively white, Western learning space (Flintoff, 2018). Classrooms are managed by practitioners who are mostly white, despite an increasingly multi-cultural and multi-lingual student body (Flintoff and Dowling, 2019). Within HPE, orthodoxy is derived from scientism, heteronormativity and gender disparity (Azzarito and Solomon, 2005), body image, classism, racism, and competitive and elite sports, surreptitiously silences student diversity, and seeds quotidian racism and microaggression in learning encounters (Blackshear and Culp, 2021; Clark, 2019). Despite minor disruptions to orthodoxy through radical scholarship, such as critical whiteness (Matias and Boucher, 2021), queer and anti-racism scholarship (Clark, 2020), and the implementation of curricular devices promoting inclusion and diversity, such as the cross-curriculum priorities in the Australian Curriculum and Yulunga: Indigenous Games (Edwards and Meston, 2007), much work within the discipline remains.   

As curricular encounters occur upon stolen Aboriginal lands and the congealed blood of ongoing racially constructed conflict; unreconciled histories, Indigenous languages, and Indigenous Knowledges (IK) have a fundamental role to play in the continued disruption.  However, IK remains largely invalidated by Western science, as such, distinct languages, protocols, ethics, ontologies, and epistemologies, conflict how non-Indigenous practitioners can approach these complex systems as tools of curriculum and pedagogy.  Given Australian educational institutions are yet to move beyond defensive, racist, assimilationist and authoritarian postures relative to Indigenous sovereignty and self-determination (Bodkin-Andrews and Carlson, 2016), as the early work of Nakata (2002) reminds, one cannot essentialise the relocation of living, community-familial centric IK, by simply dropping IK into the contested mires of Western institutions.  For advocates to lean into Indigenous cultural tropes as tools of healing and disruption, it is necessary to properly grapple with the terse reality of the historically contingent, socio-political Indigenous present (Moreton-Robinson, 2020).  In this paper, we engage the complexity of invoking IK within the discursive landscapes of Australian educational institutions, and guide educators toward the need for building, progressive, non-linear racial literacy, so to better unlock the disruptive qualities of IK in HPE.  


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this paper we employ trans-systemic theorisation, drawn from legal scholars in Canada seeking to bridge Roman and British legal traditions (see Emerich, 2017), contending this offers a useful theoretical foundation to engage the liminal spaces between contested and divergent knowledge traditions.  Bargallie and Lentin (2022) argued in their work engaging the epistemological distance between critical race theory and critical Indigenous theories and methodologies, of which, Indigenous Knowledge and community context are central, the nuances of Australian settler-coloniality calls for a specificity of approach, premised upon interweaving local theorisation with theorisation from abroad, so to better embolden the fight against race.   However, underpinning Indigenous-centric trans-systemia, Battiste and Henderson (2021, p. vii) outline, are imperfect, stymied ‘tightropes’ premised upon Eurocentric knowledge which is,  

filled with absences and gaps, such that learners are both what they know and what they don’t know. Moreover, if what we know is deformed by absences, denial, or incompleteness, our knowledge is partial and limited. This view of knowledge suggests that ignorance is an essential part of learning [and] the belief that knowledge systems need to learn from each other. 

So, to better wield Indigenous Knowledges within HPE for disruptive purposes, strategic shifts in practice is desperately required.  Therefore, an inter-weaving of theory is necessary, so to construct an apt and pointed, applied logics of the present, which clarifies and accentuates the effects of settler-colonialism upon the institution of the Indigenous body, its places of space, mind, materialist forms and metaphysics of spirit. As there is a necessity to accurately engage the relationship which exists historically between Indigenous places and bodies, in parallel to Western institutions, research, and educational practices, and the recently acquired proximity of Indigeneity to participate in, act as stakeholder, arbiter, and producer of neo-Indigenous/Westernised educational practice. By utilising trans-systemic coalitions drawn from Critical Race Theory, Critical Indigenous Studies, and Indigenous Knowledges, we advance, HPE curricular encounters, driven via a racial literacy framework to preface engagements with Indigenous Knowledges, offer a much richer, pointed learning encounter.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Inside the domain of global Health and Physical Education, racialised ways of knowing, being, and doing (Martin, 2008) are associated with the normative functioning of whiteness and Western knowledge systems. In the Australian context, via curriculum models and pedagogical practice, limited but growing opportunities are being taken to broaden, challenge, and disrupt these racialised enactments of Health and Physical Education. We have illustrated how Indigenous Knowledges in the Australian Curriculum can function as disruptive opportunities, where and when, educators have the will to intellectually invest in building racial literacy and enactments geared toward epistemic justice. We have critiqued examples from scholars who have employed Indigenous knowledges as a pedagogic and/or curricular devices, or as a device for integration, and have discussed some of the challenges emergent from this practice. We reasoned that Indigenous knowledges within Health and Physical Education are necessary for disrupting settler-colonial interpretations of Indigeneity across the Australian social collective, laying seeds for broader societal change. However, this is only possible by employing trans-systemic frameworks drawn from Critical Race Theory and Critical Indigenous Studies and critical whiteness studies, which prevents the inclusion of Indigenous Knowledges as another settler-colonial act of cultural appropriation and possessionism. Indigenous knowledges in built into Health and Physical Education offer available opportunities to open critical conversations, moving both educators and students forward via dialectical synergy. It is within this synergism that the utility of racial literacy and epistemic justice becomes apparent. Bringing Indigenous knowledges and Western knowledges into tension with each other, to interrogate what is known and to seize agency where possible, will create messy, non-linear disruption sites necessary inside Health and Physical Education.
References
Andersen, C. (2009). Critical Indigenous studies: From difference to density. Cultural Studies Review, 15(2), 80-100. 

Azzarito, L., & Solomon, M. A. (2005). A reconceptualization of physical education: The intersection of gender/race/social class. Sport, Education and Society, 10(1), 25-47. 

Baldwin, A., & Erickson, B. (2020). Introduction: Whiteness, coloniality, and the Anthropocene. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 38(1), 3-11. 

Bargallie, D., & Lentin, A. (2022). Beyond convergence and divergence: Towards a ‘both and’ approach to critical race and critical Indigenous studies in Australia. Current Sociology, 70(5), 665-681. 

Battiste, M., and Henderson, S. (2021). Indigenous and Trans-Systemic Knowledge Systems (ᐃᐣdᐃgᐁᓅᐢ ᐠᓄᐤᐪᐁdgᐁ ᐊᐣd ᐟᕒᐊᐣᐢᐢᐩᐢᑌᒥᐨ ᐠᓄᐤᐪᐁdgᐁ ᐢᐩᐢᑌᒼᐢ). Engaged Scholar Journal: Community-Engaged Research, Teaching and Learning, 7(1), i-xix. 

Blackshear, T., & Culp, B. (2021). Transforming PETE’s initial standards: Ensuring social justice for Black students in physical education. Quest, 73(1), 22-44. 

Bodkin-Andrews, G., & Carlson, B. (2016). The legacy of racism and Indigenous Australian identity within education. Race Ethnicity and Education, 19(4), 784-807. 

Bonilla-Silva, E., & Embrick, D. G. (2006). Softly" with Color Blindness. Reinventing critical pedagogy, 21. 

Clark, L. (2020). Toward a critical race pedagogy of physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 25(4), 439-450. 

Clark, L. (2019). The way they care: An ethnography of social justice physical education teacher education. The Teacher Educator, 54(2), 145-170. 

Edwards, K., & Meston, T. (2007). Yulunga: Traditional Indigenous Games. Canberra: Ausport.  

Flintoff, A. (2018). Diversity, inclusion and (anti) racism in health and physical education: What can a critical whiteness perspective offer? Fritz Duras Lecture, Melbourne University, 22 November 2017. Curriculum Studies in Health and Physical Education, 9(3), 207-219. 

Flintoff, A., & Dowling, F. (2019). ‘I just treat them all the same, really’: Teachers, whiteness and (anti) racism in physical education. Sport, Education and Society, 24(2), 121-133. 

Foucault, M. (2019). The history of sexuality: 1: the will to knowledge. Penguin UK. 

Foucault, M. (2005). The order of things. Routledge. 

Frankenburg, R. (1993). White women, race matters: The social construction of whiteness. Routledge. 

Moreton-Robinson, A. (2020). I still call Australia home: Indigenous belonging and place in a white postcolonizing society. In Uprootings/Regroundings Questions of Home and Migration (pp. 23-40). Routledge. 

Moreton-Robinson, A. (2016). Race and cultural entrapment. Critical Indigenous studies: Engagements in first world locations, 102. 

Moreton-Robinson, A. (2015). The white possessive: Property, power, and indigenous sovereignty. U of Minnesota Press. 

Nakata, M. N. (2007). Disciplining the savages, savaging the disciplines. Aboriginal Studies Press. 


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Problematizing Critical and Quantitative Research in Education: A Review of the Literature

Laura Vernikoff1, Emilie Mitescu Reagan2

1Touro University, United States of America; 2Claremont Graduate University

Presenting Author: Vernikoff, Laura

Quantitative research continues to receive outsized attention in educational research, policy, and practice arenas (Garcia, et al., 2018). This is due, in part, to calls for rigorous large-scale research that has the capacity to make causal claims, and reduce large amounts of numerical data to trends and averages for large samples and subgroups. Further, quantitative research is commonly perceived as “objective,” based on seemingly neutral data that can lead to increased accountability and successful educational reform (Gillborn, et al. 2018).

However, scholars from around the globe have long-critiqued how numbers, categories, codes, and statistical approaches have been used as tools of oppression that perpetuate inequities (e.g., Arrellano, 2022). The decisions that policy makers and researchers make about what data to collect, how to analyze data, and how to interpret and report results are never neutral, as when researchers try to attribute the effects of racism to inherent qualities of particular racial and ethnic groups (Gillborn et al., 2018). Scholars argue that quantitative research has failed to adequately address questions related to diversity, including individuals’ complex and intersectional identities, leading to damaging outcomes for minoritized groups (e.g., Keenan, 2022; Sablan, 2019; Viano & Baker, 2020).

To address these concerns, over the past fifteen years, researchers have developed frameworks for conducting critical and quantitative research in education that explicitly aim to offer nuance on labels and categories, shed light on inequitable opportunities, advance social justice, and disrupt oppressive educational practices (e.g., Gillborn et al., 2018; Viano & Baker, 2020). These frameworks include critical quantitative methods (Stage, 2007); critical race quantitative intersectionality (Covarrubias et al., 2017); and QuantCrit [Quantitative Critical Race Theory] (Gillborn et al., 2018). Along these lines, quantitative researchers have also adapted frameworks traditionally used in qualitative research to better understand the experiences of specific groups or the effects of particular types of categorization, including TribalCrit (Sabzalian et al., 2021), LatCrit (Covarrubias & Lara, 2014), DisCrit (Cruz et al., 2021), and Queer Theory (Curley, 2019). As a result, there is a growing body of research that applies principles and frameworks in critical and quantitative research in education.

In this review of the literature, we synthesize 62 empirical peer-reviewed publications, published between 2008 - 2022, that are framed by critical and quantitative perspectives. Specifically, we apply Banks’s (2006) “characteristics of multicultural (transformative” research,” to analyze the ways in which critical and quantitative frameworks have been operationalized, the methodological decisions that aim to shed light on educational inequities when conducting research on diversity, and the tensions that arise when conducting critical and quantitative research in education. The following questions guide this review:

  • How does critical and quantitative research address questions that are of concern to historically marginalized and minoritized groups?

  • What methodological decisions do critical and quantitative researchers make as they attempt to describe the experiences, values, and perspectives of marginalized groups in accurate, valid, and sensitive ways?

  • What are the intended and unintended consequences of critical and quantitative research in education?

Drawing on Banks’s (2006) questions for multicultural and transformative research, in the full paper, we address tensions that arise at every stage of the research process, from collecting and accessing data, to analyzing and reporting data. Due to space limitations, we describe tensions related to collecting and accessing quantitative data in this proposal, and ways in which researchers used critical and quantitative frameworks to try to address those tensions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To identify literature for this review, we searched electronic databases including the Educational Resource Information Center (ERIC), Google Scholar, and ProQuest, using the terms “critical quantitative” “quantitative critical,” or “quantcrit” and “education,” filtered by “peer-reviewed.” We looked for empirical articles published between 2008 - 2022, marking the time since significant conceptual articles on critical and quantitative perspectives were published (e.g., Stage, 2007, Gillborn, et al., 2018).  We also conducted electronic searches of journals that published special issues on quantitative and critical perspectives (e.g. Race Ethnicity and Education) and traced research that cited major conceptual publications on quantitative and critical perspectives. This search process initially yielded 108 publications.
As we identified literature, we read the abstracts of articles to select those that were empirical, peer-reviewed, and applied critical and quantitative frameworks, and were published in English. We included studies that clearly documented the purpose of the study, participants, data sources, analyses, and findings. We excluded studies that employed qualitative or mixed methods because those methods have a longer tradition of using critical frameworks; we wanted to understand how researchers are attempting to conduct critical and quantitative research, specifically. From there, we identified 62 studies that met our criteria, noting the increase in the number of publications over the past five years. We found that the majority of the empirical research took place in the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, and Australia.
We created a spreadsheet with detailed information for each study, including the focus (e.g., racism, sexism, science, higher education) and purpose, as well as notes on the study’s methodological decisions related to collecting, accessing, analyzing, and reporting on quantitative data from critical perspectives. We also charted how each study defined and operationalized critical and quantitative research. Each author charted a subset of studies, and we met regularly to discuss tensions we found at each stage of conducting critical and quantitative research.
At each phase of the research process, we analyzed how the the quantitative and critical research addressed Banks’s (2006) key questions related to multicultural and transformative research, including: “Who has power to define groups and institutionalize [quantitative] concepts?; What is the relationship between [quantitative] knowledge and power?; Who benefits from the ways in which key concepts are defined? [And] How does the positionality of the researchers influence the research” (p. 775 - 776).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Across the literature, researchers identified distinct, but related, tensions when conducting critical and quantitative research on diversity in education and proposed solutions for addressing those concerns. Due to space limitations, we briefly discuss tensions related to collecting quantitative data as an example in our findings. We will expand upon that discussion and also address tensions related to operationalizing frameworks, and to analyzing and reporting on quantitative data in the final paper.
Statistical analyses often require researchers to essentialize diverse groups in order to create categories for analysis. To address this problem, researchers have turned the lens of inquiry onto the creation of categories (Gillborn et al., 2018) and recommend conducting research into how individuals’ self-identification with different categories changes over time rather than assuming it is fixed and static (Viano & Baker, 2020). For example, quantitative research requires creating categories for analysis, yet, as Gillborn et al (2018) point out “categories are neither ‘natural’ nor given” ( p. 169). Rather than taking commonly-used categories for granted, the research we reviewed attempted to better understand participants’ complex, multifaceted identities through: 1) increasing the number of categories used for analysis (e.g., Wronowski et al., 2022 allowed participants to write-in how they identified rather than select from pre-determined categories); 2) using two categories for comparative purposes but changing who the “reference” group was to avoid centering the experiences of dominant groups (e.g., Fong et al., 2019 compared the experiences of Indigenous and non-Indigenous students); or 3) focusing on the heterogeneous experiences of one group in order to avoid comparisons across groups (e.g., Young et al., 2018) described the math achievement trajectory of Black girls over time). This perspective raises questions for how researchers describe and value the cultures and perspectives of individuals and groups (Banks, 2006).

References
Arellano, L. (2022) Questioning the science: How quantitative methodologies perpetuate inequity in higher education. Education Sciences, 12(2), 116.

Covarrubias, A. & Lara, A. (2014). The undocumented (Im)migrant educational pipeline: The influence of citizenship status on educational attainment for people of Mexican origin, Urban Education, 49(1) 75–110.

Covarrubias, A., Nava, P.E., Lara, A., Burciagac, R. Vélez,V.N., Solorzano, D.G. (2017). Critical race quantitative intersections: a testimonio analysis, Race, Ethnicity & Education, 2017, 1-21

Fong, C.J., Alejandro, A.J., Krou, M.R., Segovia, J., & Johnston-Ashton, K. (2019). Ya'at'eeh: Race-reimaged belongingness factors, academic outcomes, and goal pursuits among Indigenous community college students. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 59.

Garcia, N.M., Ibarra, J. M., Mireles-Rios, R. Rios, V.M., & Maldonado, K. (2022). Advancing QuantCrit to rethink the school-to-prison for Latinx and Black Youth. Journal of Criminal Justice Education, 33(2), 269-288.

Gillborn, D., Warmington, P., & Demack, S. (2018). Quantcrit: Education, policy, 'big data' and principles for a critical race theory of statistics. Race Ethnicity and Education, 21(2), 158-179.

Keenan, H. B. (2022). Methodology as pedagogy: Trans lives, social science, and the possibilities of education research. Educational Researcher, 51(5), 307-314.

Stage F.K. (2007). Answering critical questions using quantitative data. New Directions for Institutional Research, 133, 5–16.

Stage, F.K., & Wells, R.S. (2014). Critical quantitative inquiry in context. New Directions for Institutional Research, 158.

Stewart, D. (2013). Racially minoritized students at U.S. four-year institutions. The Journal of Negro Education, 82(2), 184-197

Viano, S., & Baker, D. J. (2020). How administrative data collection and analysis can better reflect racial and ethnic identities. Review of Research in Education, 44(1), 301–331.

Wronowski, M.L., Aronson, B., Reyes, G. Radina, R., Batchelor, K.E., Banda, R. & Rind, G. (2022). Moving toward a comprehensive program of critical social justice teacher education: A QuantCrit analysis of preservice teachers’ perceptions of social justice education, The Teacher Educator, DOI: 10.1080/08878730.2022.2122094

Young, J. L., Young, J. R., & Capraro, R. M. (2018). Gazing Past the Gaps: A Growth-Based Assessment of the Mathematics Achievement of Black Girls. The Urban Review, 50(1), 156-176. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11256-017-0434-9
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm07 SES 12 B: Languaging and Literacy in Researching Inequalities
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Hanna Ragnarsdóttir
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

The Problem with Summative Literacy Assessments and How They Imagine Children: An International Comparison

Catherine Compton-Lilly1, Annette Woods2, Kerryn Dixon3

1University of South Carolina, United States of America; 2Queensland University of Technology; 3University of Nottingham

Presenting Author: Compton-Lilly, Catherine; Woods, Annette

As a group of international scholars with experience in diverse international contexts across both the global south and north, we have become concerned about the increasingly rapid flow and (re)circulation of problematic, summative literacy assessments and international efficiency narratives. Our concerns, in part, are about how these assessments imagine children and their learning. In this presentation, we will examine the implementation of summative literacy assessments and accompanying data–driven instruction in elementary/primary classrooms around the globe. Specifically, we ask epistemological questions about the nature of summative assessment, by analysing examples of summative literacy assessments from across diverse international contexts, to see how those assessments imagine and represent children and childhood. We then turn our attention to formative assessments and explore how formative literacy assessment practices might be utilised to re-envision children and childhood while revealing promising instructional practices that have the potential to support student learning as well.

The circulation of summative literacy assessments across international contexts not only promotes problematic views of children, childhood and learning; but it also privileges Eurocentric, English dominant, colonialising, and narrow notions of literacy education and becoming literate, denying diversity and multiplicity which are two important principles of understanding literacy as a social practice. This we argue, is counter to equitable literacy teaching and learning. Commercial interests, the testing industry, and the commodification of testing, have contributed to the circulation of these assessments, and neoliberal ideologies have contributed to the proliferation of assessment practices across diverse international contexts without any heed paid to local social and cultural literacy understandings.

As scholars who have worked in the United Kingdom, Australia, South Africa, Taiwan, and the United States, we have individually and collectively encountered both summative and formative literacy assessment practices. These assessment practices often have global talons originating in other parts of the world and promote policy practices that entail global policy borrowing. Significantly, we are all employed by universities, teach in mid-sized or large urban areas, and engage with communities and schools where the dominant language is English. While each context brings its own set of challenges, policies and resources, we share a commitment to children who have been historically underserved in schools. We are particularly interested in how assessment practices have evolved in our respective systems and countries and how summative literacy assessments position children that schooling has historically failed to serve.

In this presentation, we open with two compelling views of childhood. Both situate children as capable of learning and knowing; however, one places the onus on leading, directing, and controlling children’s learning. The goal from this way of thinking is to measure and evaluate learning in relation to narrow, linear, and pre-determined learning progressions (Apple, 2011; Ball, 2021; Carnoy, 2015; Ravitch, 2013). The other (Gandini, 1993; Montessori, 2013) views learning as idiosyncratic, unpredictable, and stunningly contingent on each child’s vision of the world, particular interests and experiences, and their communities. We briefly review each perspective and reveal critical epistemological differences that operate below the surface of these perspectives as we conceptualise literacy learning for young children.

Our understandings of these theoretical differences led us to consider the international flow of literacy assessments –both summative and formative. Specifically, we ask what circulates, for what purposes, and what do these global flows mean for children and their becoming literate. We then introduce readers to a range of summative literacy assessments and the policies and purposes surrounding their use.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodologically, we identified a summative literacy assessment used in three contexts, and focused on the international roots of these assessments and their relevance to assessment policy in diverse international contexts, including systems within the European Union. Criteria were used to select the assessments. These summative assessments were:
• used in schools and influence in how educators teach literacy,
• focused on young children and literacy, and
• circulated internationally, either in their current form or as sets of assessment principles taken up and applied in new international spaces.
We used discourse analysis to analyse documents surrounding each assessment. We explored the official, stated purpose for each assessment; revealed epistemological claims; discussed their international roots; and explore their flow and (re)circulation. Finally, we look across international system’s contexts, to identify other assessment practices shared by these example summative assessments, and identify assumptions about children and literacy learning operating through these assessment practices. The following assessments were analysed utilising discourse analysis, before the cross comparative analysis to investigate the global (re)circulation of policy talons in global south and north contexts :
Australia: A centerpiece of assessment in Australia - the National Assessment Program in Literacy and Numeracy (NAPLAN) - was introduced in 2008 to test children in years three, five, seven, and nine using a suite of tests across four domains: reading, writing, language conventions, and numeracy. Children take these tests each May and in the weeks prior to testing, significant learning time is allocated to test-taking practice.
South Africa: While NAPLAN is supposedly a locally produced, tailored assessment for the Australian context, the Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS) is an international systemic evaluation of literacy in children’s home language or the language of instruction administered in grade 4. It has been administered every five years since 2001 by the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). It aims to provide internationally comparative data on children’s reading achievement.
United States: The Early Grade Reading Assessment (EGRA) was developed in 2006 by the Research International Triangle for US-AID. EGRA is a version of DIBELS,  formerly a popular assessment in US schools. It has been adapted for use in African nations where international NGOs use it to track children’s reading progress. EGRA entails a series of one-minute assessments that measure the acquisition of supposedly discrete literacy skills, including phonemic awareness, alphabetic principle, accuracy and fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analytical methods have helped us to ascertain how summative assessments have often operated and (re)circulated in conjunction with instructional standards and educational practices in international spaces. Specifically, literacy assessments have been used to control what is taught and to mandate sets of literacy skills that all children are expected to learn. These standards have had a constraining force on local curricular decision-making as standards and benchmarks have become synonymous with achievement. However, these assessment systems appear to ignore what educators know about equitable, high quality, child-centered assessment systems and their role in literacy pedagogy and curriculum.
Large-scale literacy assessments that are used summatively are grounded in neoliberal and mechanical views of childhood and literacy that invite data–driven scripted and programmatic instruction, invoke and respond to supposedly universal conceptions of childhood, ignore the linguistic and literacy repertoires of multilingual children, often undermine and negate teachers’ professional judgement, and are driven by the investment of capital rather than the interests of children.  We connect international flows of assessment practices and policies to international missions to measure learning in order to compare learners and their teachers, and alert readers to the operation of largescale summative assessments as colonising forces.  Our goal is to raise awareness of the childhood-literacy-theory nexus that operates through the uses of assessments.  Finally, we argue for the affordances of formative assessment including opportunities to discover what children know, individualise and inform instruction, honor cultural and linguistic diversity, and contribute to the development of teacher expertise.

References
Ball, S. J. (2021). The Education Debate. Policy Press.

Carnoy, M. (2015). International Test Score Comparisons and Educational Policy: A Review of the Critiques. National Education Policy Center.

Gandini, L. (1993). Fundamentals of the Reggio Emilia approach to early childhood education. Young children, 49(1), 4-8.

Montessori, M. (2013). The Montessori Method. Transaction publishers.

Ravitch, Diane. "Hoaxes in educational policy." The Teacher Educator 49.3 (2014): 153-165.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Ethical Dilemmas in Special Education - The Challenge of Speech and Language Therapists.

Rachel Yifat, Debi Kastel

University of Haifa, Israel

Presenting Author: Yifat, Rachel

Professional ethics applies to a particular profession and focuses on protecting the interests of the individuals served. A professional code of ethics defines shared fundamental principles (based on values) specific to a particular group for practice, research, and education (Chabon & Ulrich, 2006). The code guides professionals' behavior concerning their interactions with clients, colleagues, and employers (Wesley & Buyesse, 2006). It supports self-reflection and public accountability and recognizes individuals as a community of professionals with distinct privileges and obligations. Furthermore, a professional code of ethics involves principles that a specific profession has established to judge the best action to take when facing ethical dilemmas that call for decision-making.

The relevance of ethics to the daily experience of healthcare professionals is highly acknowledged, and each healthcare association has formulated its code of ethics that is taught as part of professional training. Healthcare professionals (e.g., psychologists, occupational therapists, speech and language therapists) providing direct therapy to children in special education act in a unique situation where ethical dilemmas are examined according to the principles that reflect their values as professionals and establish expectations for their clinical practice. Given that special education is abundant with ethical problems and dilemmas, well-intentioned professionals must learn and apply the relevant ethical standards appropriate to this specific setting. Thus, the question is, how does a multidisciplinary team in special education school resolve cases when a conflict arises between definitions of an ethical dilemma?

Speech and language therapists (SLTs) are employed in various settings, including medical and educational. This study focuses on the unique circumstances associated with providing school-based services in special education and the challenge of applying SLTs' professional code of ethics in special education-based practice.

During training and development as healthcare professionals throughout their careers, SLTs devote much of their time and effort to assimilating theoretical and technical knowledge with professional and clinical skills. Nevertheless, only a small amount of time is dedicated to considering the substantial ethical implications of what they are learning to do.

Given that SLTs often significantly influence the special education programs and services provided for children with disabilities, the role of SLTs in special education has been insufficiently examined regarding the complex ethical dilemmas they are likely to face.

The aims of the present study were as follows:

(1) to explore how SLTs in special education identify ethical dilemmas and examine the ethical perspectives that influence their decision-making.

(2) to examine whether SLTs’ professional code of ethics provides comprehensive guidance to address ethical dilemmas in special education.

(3) to examine what SLTs claim are the significant sources of ethical dilemmas in special education schools.

(4) to explore whether and how often SLTs in special education are involved in ethical deliberations with multidisciplinary staff, and whether they recall cases when these lead to competing interests and controversies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Using a purposeful sampling method, we invited SLTs employed in Special Education schools to participate in the study. Seventy-three clinicians responded to our request. Of these, 35 clinicians who met the following criteria were chosen to be included in the study:
At least three years of experience as SLTs employed in a special education school.
Attended a course on professional ethics as part of their academic training.
Familiar with the SLTs’ professional code of ethics.
A focus group interview was chosen to gather direct thoughts and observations from the SLTs regarding their involvement in ethical dilemmas. Based on a semistructured interview protocol (Morgan, 2002), we conducted five focus group interviews, each lasting approximately 3 hours. All focus group conversations were recorded and transcribed.
Using specific questions to guide but not limit their discussions within each focus group, we asked the SLTs to share their views and other information regarding their experiences with ethical dilemmas in special education. In addition, we presented several cases and then used this discussion to begin a dialogue about general ethical issues in special education and strategies for making principled ethical decisions.
The data analysis process included reviewing transcripts of the focus group discussions, notating concepts that emerged from the data and related to the study’s aims, identifying categories, and determining relationships among categories to reveal emerging themes (Bogdan & Biklen, 2003).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Most participants needed clarification on the differences between professional ethics and laws, rules, and regulations since they referred to them as interchangeable.
Many of the SLTs need help explaining how to identify an ethical dilemma.
SLTs are faced with the dilemma of choosing between potentially contradictory obligations. For example, confidentiality, a term in widespread use and familiar to healthcare professionals, is challenging with another familiar concept, teamwork. To respect the issue of confidentiality, not releasing information outside the therapy room may risk undermining the teacher's contribution.
Although SLTs are often uncertain about how to proceed when faced with ethical dilemmas, deliberations about ethics in special education are infrequent.
The participants raised the issue that some dilemmas are conceptualized as clinical in nature, involving clinical decision-making, but still have ethical implications. For example, when (or how much information) an SLT needs to bring to the notice of parents a suspicion that their child might have some severe additional difficulty that requires assessment and intervention.
Using the 'four principles approach' (Beauchamp & Childress, 1994) as a directive guideline to resolve ethical dilemmas poses interpretation challenges in particular cases. For example, failing to provide any service while searching for an SLT expert in a specific area (e.g., autism, cerebral palsy) may not be in the child's best interest and may even result in harm.
The participants agreed that SLTs are not prepared enough to cope with ethical dilemmas in special education.

References
Beauchamp, T. & Childress, J. (1994). Principles of biomedical ethics, 4th ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Bogdan, R. C., & Biklen, S. K. (2003). Qualitative research for education: An introduction to theories and methods (4th ed.). New York: Pearson Education.
Chabon, S., & Ulrich, S. (2006). Uses and abuses of the ASHA Code of Ethics. The ASHA Leader, 11(2), 22–23.
Morgan, D. L. (2002). Focus group interviewing. In J. Gubrium & J. Holstein (Eds.), Handbook of interview research (pp. 141–160). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Wesley, P. W., & Buysse, V. (2006). Ethics and evidence in consultation. Topics in Early Childhood Special Education, 26(3), 131–141.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm07 SES 13 B: Researching Across and Within Diverse Educational Sites: Onto-epistemological Considerations
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Susan Whatman
Session Chair: Debbie Bargallie
Symposium
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Symposium

Researching Across and Within Diverse Educational Sites: Onto-epistemological Considerations

Chair: Susan Whatman (Griffith University)

Discussant: Debbie Bargallie (Griffith University)

In this symposium, we discuss our researching practices in coming to know and explore educational research problems concerning equity diversity and social justice within and across different cultural settings. We share our mutual relatings which have generated further understanding about our own and each other’s researching practices. We then share empirical work through the lens of practice architectures (Kemmis et al, 2014). The research questions underscoring the 4 papers presented in this symposium include:

1) What is considered to be an educational equity or social justice problem across international or cross-cultural sites?

2) What are considered acceptable forms of evidence of coming to understand educational inequity or injustice in its diverse forms in different sites?

3) How are taken-for-granted research practices enabling and/or constraining different forms of understandings about educational inequity or injustice, including the issues to be researched and/or the direction of the research project?

Building healthy connections is a key premise of the double purpose of education, that is, “to prepare people to live well in a world worth living in” (Kemmis et al., 2014, p. 27). However, what constitutes living well in a world worth living in is highly contested and subject to much debate. We illuminate the roles that educational researchers play in contributing to these debates, particularly in a global environment riven by heightened economic, social, and environmental precarities and volatilities. We also highlight the responsibilities we bear as researchers to produce forms of understanding, modes of action, and ways of relating to one another and the world (Kemmis et al., 2014, p. 26) that foster this double purpose of education.


References
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Hardy, I. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Singapore: Springer.
 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

A Site Ontological Approach to Researching with Children and Youth of Refugee Background.

Mervi Kaukko (Tampere University), Jane Wilkinson (Monash University)

In this paper, we present two examples of research projects aimed at amplifying voices that are often silenced in research: those of children and/or youth from refugee backgrounds. Refugees are often excluded from research for both ethical and practical reasons: because of their assumed vulnerability as well as the challenges related to language or access. In the research projects presented, we aimed to employ methods that suited these groups of children and youth to understand their experiences in ways that they wanted to express them, and in situ. We argue that starting from, and finishing with, the point of view of the knowledge holders illustrates one means (although not exclusively so) by which to amplify their voices and knowledge to counter epistemic injustice in educational research. 45 refugee background students studying in Finnish (20) and Australian (25) primary and secondary schools participated in a modified, child-led version of critical incident procedure (Woods, 1993). In these interviews, the children drew and talked about their learning journey from the time they started school in their counties of origin and/or their transit to the present in Finland or Australia. The children were further instructed to mark on their drawings any key moments when they remember feeling that they had succeeded in something. Researchers and students then explored the drawings together, with students answering clarifying questions such as: What happened here? What were you doing? How did it make you feel? Who helped you here? What did you learn in this situation? This discussion illustrated what the children themselves saw as important in their school journeys. It also gave the researchers the possibility of teasing out some of the less visible arrangements that had enabled or constrained the children’s feelings of success. Moreover, 25 teachers and 10 educational leaders who worked in multicultural schools in Finland and Australia were invited to share their views on how they could support students from refugee backgrounds in their work. In a later stage of the same study, small groups of younger children (13 in Australia, 8 in Finland) collected videos of their educational practices. The aim of this stage of the study was to get a child’s view footage of educational practices as they happen, and to analyse this audiovisual material together with the children. The complete data collection was complemented by praxiographical observations (Bueger & Gadinger, 2014) in selected schools.

References:

Bueger, C., & Gadinger, F. (2014). Towards praxiography: Research strategies and techniques. In International practice theory: New perspectives (pp. 76-96). London: Palgrave Pivot. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Hardy, I. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Singapore: Springer. Woods, P. 1993. Critical events in education. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 14(4), 355–371. doi:10.1080/0142569930140401
 

Faciliating Dialogues of Discovery

Gørill Warvik Vedeler (Oslo Met University), Kristin Reimer (Monash University)

In this paper we interrogate our dialogic research practices through the theory of practice architectures, attending to the onto-epistemological base that underpins them. This is a collaborative autoethnographic study with two main layers: firstly, we share experiences of two separate educational research projects and explore how different dialogic research practices facilitate both participants and researchers to discover the phenomenon being studied; secondly, we engage in our own discovery about our research practices. Focusing on research projects in two different countries (Canada and Norway), our initial centring question for this chapter is: How do our research practices facilitate insight into participants’ real-life experiences and practices? Then turning the light on our own research practices, we ask: What onto-epistemological assumptions shape our dialogical research practices? The theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014) attends to the nexus of sayings, doings, and relatings that keep practices in place; site ontologies teach us that practices are shaped by particular locations, contexts, and moments. With this in mind, our epistemic approach has been to develop research methods that engage in site-specific conversations about aspects of education. In different ways we, as researchers or participants, personally take part in conversations for knowledge production. For us, the process of discovery is as important as the product. This was true for the initial studies—our PhD work—that we are reporting on here; it is also true for research conducted for this paper. Transparency, by giving information and time to participants and researchers to be familiar with the topicality, relevance, needs, intentions, and applicability, as driving forces for conducting the research, increases the integrity of all parties. It supports how peace methodologies have long argued that our values need to be present in our processes (Bretherton & Law, 2015; Toews & Zehr, 2003).

References:

Bretherton, D., & Law, S. F. (Eds.). (2015). Methodologies in peace psychology: Peace research by peaceful means. Springer. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Hardy, I. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Singapore: Springer. Toews, B., & Zehr, H. (2003). Ways of knowing for a restorative worldview. In E. G. M. Weitekamp & H.-J. Kerner (Eds.), Restorative justice in context (pp. 257–271). Willan Publishing.
 

Indigenist Research Practices to Support Indigenous Pre-Service Teaching Praxis

Susan Whatman (Griffith University), Juliana McLaughlin (Queensland University of Technology)

This paper focuses upon how we as a research team drew upon what Wendy Brady (1992), Lester Irabinna Rigney (1999, and Karen Martin (2008) variously have described as “Indigenist” research traditions or practices. Indigenist research is a term made popular in Australian Indigenous research literature by Rigney (1999), who proposed that Indigenist research approaches would be grounded in Indigenous standpoint and knowledges, would privilege the voices of Indigenous peoples, and would be unashamedly political. We drew connections between these Indigenist research traditions, Indigenous standpoint, and cultural interface theory (Nakata, 2007a, 2007b) and tenets of critical race theory (Ladson-Billings, 1998; Milner, 2007) emerging from Black scholarship in the USA. We did this to align the theory-method coherence of a university learning and teaching project to support the praxis of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander, or Indigenous, pre-service teachers on their final practicums and internships prior to graduating. We employed a phenomenological approach guided by Brown and Gilligan (1992) and Van Manen (2007), shaped by core Indigenist principles of “yarning” (Bessarab & Ng'andu, 2010; Fredericks, 2007) which privileged Indigenous peoples’ narratives and voices through facilitated dialogue, particularly in assessment cycles with practicum supervising teachers. We explain our positioning as Islander and non-Indigenous researchers and how we are connected to the field of pedagogy and praxis. We explain how we saw our research roles in what Kemmis and colleagues (2014) have described as “risky times” for education—an era of neo-managerialism in schooling and university education (Wrigley, Lingard & Thompson, 2012) as well as an ongoing, colonising experience for Indigenous university students. The attention to the onto-epistemological requirements of an Indigenist approach enabled us to amplify the perspectives and voices of Indigenous students against the backdrop of Australian tertiary education where White, hegemonic social-political and cultural-discursive relations (Kemmis et al., 2014) often constrain their potential achievement on practicum in socially unjust and often racist ways. We conclude with key points for educational researchers, highlighting that research is a practice and has practice architectures with particular, hegemonic arrangements which have not transpired to serve the interests of Indigenous peoples. Honouring Indigenist standpoint and employing critical race theory in research design thus means paying particular and careful attention to the work that research practices do, on, to, and with communities, not only the seemingly uninvested, or detached, or “logical” (cf. Gordon, 2000) crafting of the praxis research problem.

References:

Brown, L. M., & Gilligan, C. (1992). Meeting at the crossroads: Women’s psychology and girls’ development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Bessarab, D., & Ng'andu, B. (2010). Yarning about yarning as a legitimate method in Indigenous research. International Journal of Critical Indigenous Studies, 3(1), 37-50. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer Science & Business Media. Ladson-Billings, G. (1998). Just what is critical race theory and what’s it doing in a nice field like education? International journal of qualitative studies in education, 11(1), 7-24. Martin, K. (2008). Please knock before you enter. Aboriginal regulation of outsiders and the implications for researchers. Teneriffe, Australia: Post Pressed. Nakata, M. N. (2007a). Disciplining the savages, savaging the disciplines. Aboriginal Studies Press. Nakata, M. (2007b). The cultural interface. Australian Journal of Indigenous Education, 36(Suppl.), 6–13. Rigney, L. I. (1999). Internationalization of an Indigenous anticolonial cultural critique of research methodologies: A guide to Indigenist research methodology and its principles. Wicazo Sa Review, 14(2), 109-121. Van Manen, M. (2007). Phenomenology of practice. Phenomenology & Practice, (1), 11-30.
 

Trust Settlement Agreement Practices in First Nation Communities

Levon Ellen Blue (Queensland University of Technology)

For over a century, the central goals of Canada’s Aboriginal policy were to eliminate Aboriginal governments; ignore Aboriginal rights; terminate the Treaties; and, through a process of assimilation, cause Aboriginal peoples to cease to exist as distinct legal, social, cultural, religious, and racial entities in Canada. The establishment of operation of residential schools were a central element of this policy, which can best be described as ‘cultural genocide’. (Truth and Reconciliation Commission, 2015, p. 1) In this paper, I focus on the epistemological, ontological and axiological practice traditions that help to reveal the taken-for-granted assumptions about the management of trust funds in First Nation communities. Informing this chapter is a qualitative research study involving 11 First Nation community members in Canada who were interviewed. Indigenous ways of knowing, being and doing (Martin, 2008) and the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al, 2014) are used to identify the cultural discursive, material-economic and social-political arrangements that enable and/or constrain practice. The findings reveal that Indigenous ways of knowing, being and doing (Wilson, 2008) collide adversely with trust account decision making due to the duties and obligations guiding trust settlement agreements. The ways in which trust account practices can be transformed to ensure greater alignment with Indigenous ways of knowing, being and doing are outlined.

References:

Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer Science & Business Media. Martin, K. L. (2008). Please knock before you enter: Aboriginal regulation of outsiders and the implications for research. Brisbane, Australia: Post Pressed. Truth and Reconciliation Commission. (2015). Honouring the truth, reconciling for the future. Summary of the Final Report of the Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada. Retrieved from https://nctr.ca/about/history-of-the-trc/trc-website/ Wilson, S. (2008). Research is ceremony: Indigenous research methods. Halifax & Winnipeg, Canada: Fernwood.
 
Date: Friday, 25/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am07 SES 14 B: Youth and (Forced) Migration. Intersectional Perspectives on Educational Trajectories and Social Inequality in the context of school
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Rory Mc Daid
Session Chair: Anke Wischmann
Symposium
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Symposium

Youth and (Forced) Migration. Intersectional Perspectives on Educational Trajectories and Social Inequality in the context of school

Chair: Rory Mc Daid (Marino Institute of Education Dublin)

Discussant: Anke Wischmann (University of Flensburg)

Introduction and research interest

In the course of global migration, the group of minors is a large and often inadequately considered group. The estimated number of people aged 19 or younger living in a country other than the one where they were born increased to 40.9 million in 2020 (IOM, 2021, 48). In 2019 children and adolescents under the age of 18 make up 12 percent of all international migrants (2020: 14,6 percent, UN DESA, 2020), but account for 50 per cent of refugees and 42 per cent of internally displaced persons in 2019 (IDAC, 2020).

The conditions of youth migration differ widely in terms of the reason for migration, the legal conditions, the economic circumstances, the educational qualifications, the time periods as well as the place of origin and destination of migration. In the symposium, the educational trajectories of young people will be examined with special focus on the intersections between (forced) migration and further social group categorisation in the context of school. The three contributions chose a critical perspective on the multidimensional social inequality arising from this.

The symposium on youth and (forced) migration brings together research from the three Western European countries England (Julie Wharton), Germany (Henrike Terhart) and Austria (Seyda Subasi Singh et al.) as central destinations of migration towards Europe. The contributions are discussed by Anke Wischmann, Germany. The symposium is chaired by Rory Mc Daid, Ireland.

Theoretical framework

The term "youth" as an independent phase of life is closely linked to the emergence of modernity (Roth 1983). Over time and depending on the geographical context, the understanding of youth is subject to processes of social change. Political developments, social systems and their institutions shape the lives of young people over time as well as young people's voices and action influence society (Clarke et al., 1979). In this context, the phase of youth defined along the social category of age cannot be considered separately from other relevant social categories: Gender, socio-economic status, disabilities, nationality, migration religious affiliation etc. have an influence on the socially unequal experience of youth (Center of Intersectional Justice, n.d.).

Therefore, in the symposium the contributions focus on the intersection of youth and (forced) migration also taking further socially relevant categories into account. In order to use the potential of an intersectional approach (Crenshaw, 1989), the interconnection of youth, migration, disability, socio-economic status as well as nationality and the respective migration regime is taken into account. In doing so transnational inequality relations, postcolonial structures and dependencies between countries and regions must be taken into account in order to be able to grasp in the lifes of many young people in Europe (Wimmer & Glick Schiller, 2002). The contributions critically examine the asymmetries of the power interests involved and question a Eurocentric understanding of the migration of youth (Hummrich, 2020).

Methodologies

Based on the respective research interest presented in the contributions, different methodological approaches of qualitative interview research are used. These range from visual mapping and interview techniques, to a dialogue orientated interview setting to cross-border interview case studies.

Outcomes

The outcome of the symposiums on youth and (forced) migration in an intersectional perspective are to

  1. broaden the perspective on youth migration in its variety and reveal the similarities and differences in the experiences of migrated youth under the conditions of social inequality.
  2. use the approach of intersectionality as a sensitising concept to examine and theorise the conditions of educational trajectories of young migrated people.
  3. provide a space for discussing different methodological approaches of interview analysis to analyse the migration paths regarding education of young people migrating to Europe.

References
Center of Intersectional Justice (n.d.). https://www.intersectionaljustice.org/ [accessed 28.01.23].

Clarke, J., Cohen, P., Corrigan, P., Garber, J., Hall, S., Hebdige, D., Jefferson, T., McCron, R., McRobby, A., Murdock, G., Parker, H., & Roberts, B. (1979). Jugendkultur als Widerstand. Milieus, Rituale, Provokationen. Syndicat.

Council of Europe Youth Department (2021). Mainstreaming intersectionality in the youth field. https://rm.coe.int/2021-report-cm-applying-intersectionality-in-youth-field/1680a411d6 [accessed 28.01.23].

Crenshaw, K.W. (1989). Demarginalizing the intersection of race and sex: A black feminist critique of antidiscrimination doctrine, feminist theory and sntiracial politics. University of Chicago Legal Forum, 1, 139-167.

Hummrich, M. ( 2020). Jugend, Migration und Flucht [Youth, Migration and Flight]. In: Puchert, L. & Schwertfeger, A. (Hrsg.). Jugend im Blick der erziehungswissenschaftlichen Forschung - Perspektiven, Lebenswelten und soziale Probleme [Youth in the view of educational reserach - perspectives, life realities and social problems] (p.  179-189). Verlag Barbara Budrich.

IOM (2021). Global Migration Indicators 2021. https://publications.iom.int/system/files/pdf/Global-Migration-Indicators-2021_0.pdf [accessed: 28.01.23].

IDAC (2020). https://data.unicef.org/resources/international-data-alliance-for-children-on-the-move/ [accessed 28.01.23].

Roth, L. (1983). Die Erfindung des Jugendlichen [The invention of the youth]. München: Juventa.

UN DESA (2020). Migration Data portal. https://www.migrationdataportal.org/international-data?i=remit_re_gdp&t=2022 [27 Jan 2023].

Wimmer, A. & Glick Schiller, N. (2002). Methodological nationalism and beyond: nation-state building, migratioon and the social science. Global Networks 2(4), 301-334.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Displacement and Disability: Young People Seeking Sanctuary at the Intersection in England

Julie Wharton (University of Winchester)

Welcoming a young person who is seeking sanctuary into an educational setting requires teachers to consider how they might remove barriers to learning and participation, where labels such as ‘asylum seeker’ or ‘refugee’ may ‘form markers of separation, markers of not belonging’ (Slee, 2019, 910). If a young person seeking sanctuary also has an impairment or other additional need, teachers are also required to consider how include this young person under the requirements of United Kingdom’s The Equality Act 2010, in which ‘disability’, another label, is a protected characteristic. The United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (2019) warns that attitudes and beliefs about disability can lead to social exclusion for people seeking asylum and offers guidance as to how to overcome this. In a series of dialogic interviews with teachers based on the work of Buber (1999), this research explores the way in which teachers endeavour to provide a welcoming and supportive environment for new arrivals who are seeking sanctuary and also have an impairment or additional need. There is an exploration of the reasonable adjustments that are needed to create an inclusive environment for young people with intersecting needs. The themes of emotional wellbeing, language needs and the attitudes of the young people, their families and the teachers are explored. There is also a consideration of the ‘SENitizing’ (Migliarini, Stinson and D’Alessio, 2019) of young people by their teachers. A discussion about the categorisation of young people as having ‘Social, Emotional and Mental Health’ needs (DfE and DoH, 2015) as a result of their experiences as a young person who has been forced to migrate is advanced. This research proposes that educators should be supported to understand ways in which the intersectionality of disability and being a refugee might have on a young person’s sense of identity and inclusion or exclusion in their educational community (Bešić, Paleczek and Gasteiger-Klicpera, 2020). This research has implications for policy makers and teacher educators.

References:

Bešić, E., Paleczek, L. and Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2020). Don’t forget about us: attitudes towards the inclusion of refugee children with(out) disabilities, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24:2, 202-217. Buber, M (1999 [1923]). I and Thou. Translated by Ronald Gregor Smith. Edinburgh: T.& T. Clark. Department of Education (DfE) and Department of Health (DoH) (2015). The Special Educational Needs and Disability Code of Practice: 0-25. Available at https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/send-code-of-practice-0-to-25 [accessed 28.01.23]. Migliarini, V., Stinson, C, and D’Alessio, S. (2019). ‘SENitizing’ migrant children in inclusive settings: exploring the impact of the Salamanca Statement thinking in Italy and the United States, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23 (7-8), 754-767. Slee, R. (2019). Belonging in an age of exclusion, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(9), 909-922. The Equality Act (2010). Available at https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2010/15/contents [accessed 28.01.23]. United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) (2019). Working with Persons with Disabilities in Forced Displacement: Need to Know Guidance. Available at https://www.unhcr.org/publications/manuals/4ec3c81c9/working-persons-disabilities-forced-displacement.html [accessed 28.01.23].
 

Exclusive Transnational Educational Trajectories. Migrated Youth in Private Boarding Schools in Germany

Henrike Terhart (University of Cologne)

Transnational references in the lives of young migrated people are (made) relevant in educational institutions in different ways (Fürstenau & Niedrig, 2007). The appreciation of cross-border mobility by young people varies greatly and often depends on whether the respective migration is seen as a (economical) burden or a gain. With a special focus on the intersection of youth, migration and socio-economic status the contribution focusses on youth from abroad who attend private boarding high schools in Germany for several years with the aim of completing the Geman university entrance examination (Abitur) (Terhart, 2022). This international students mobility is regarded as a phenomenon of the increasingly global school choice of internationally oriented families (Ball & Nikita, 2014), and at the same time private boarding schools benefit from a wealthy client group (Kenway & Fahey, 2014; Brooks & Waters, 2015). But how do the young people themselves experience the change to another national school system, everyday life at a German boarding school and contact with their family, which usually lives far away? As part of a Grounded Theory-Interview study including case studies of students, parents and school representatives’ perspectives (Strauss/Corbin, 1996; Stake, 2003, S. 136ff.; Fatke, 2013) the contribution focusses on the young migrated students experiences attending private boarding schools in Germany. As a phenomenon of privileged educational migration the growing up in transnational contexts against the background of family expectations of an internationally prestigious school education in Germany is examined. In the analysis of ten interviews with students, it becomes clear that the young people have to get used to the new conditions during the transition to the German school system. In most cases, reference is made to the advantages of attending school in German boarding schools with regard to the resulting further educational and professional opportunities in the global startification structure of the global educational market. The (social) price paid by the students and their families for this option is estimated differently. As they navigate their transnational educational experiences, gendered arguments become just as apparent as the othering process they are subjected to as migrants.

References:

Ball, S. J., & Nikita, D. P. (2014). The global middle class and school choice: A cosmopolitan sociology. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 17(3), 81-93. Fatke, R. (2013). Fallstudien in der Erziehungswissenschaft [Case studies in educational science]. In B. Friebertshäuser, A. Langer, & A. Prengel (Hrsg.), Handbuch Qualitative Forschungsmethoden in der Erziehungswissenschaft (4. rev. Ed., p. 159-172). Beltz Juventa. Fürstenau, S., & Niedrig, H. (2007). Jugend in transnationalen Räumen. Bildungslaufbahnen von Migrantenjugendlichen mit unterschiedlichem Rechtsstatus [Youth in transnational spaces. Educational trajectories of migrated youth with different legal status]. In T. Geisen & C. Riegel (Hrsg.), Jugend, Partizipation und Migration [Youth, partizipation and migration] (p. 239–259). Wiesbaden: VS. Kenway, J., & Fahey, J. (2014). Staying ahead of the game: The globalizing practices of elite schools. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 12(2), 177-195. Strauss, Anselm L., & Juliet Corbin (1996). Grounded Theory: Grundlagen qualitativer Sozialforschung [Basics of Qualitative Research: Grounded Theory procedures and techniques] Beltz. Stake, R. E. (2003). Qualitative case studies. In N. K. Denzin, & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Strategies of qualitative inquiry (p. 134-164). Sage. Terhart, H. (2022). Transnationale Bildungsverläufe zwischen globaler Bildungsorientierung und nationalem Schulsystem [Transnational trajectories between global educational orientation ans national school system]. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik 66/3, 401-420.
 

Mapping Educational Exclusion Over Time - Experiences of Young Refugees and Displaced Youth in Austria

Seyda Subasi Singh (University of Vienna), Lisa-Katharina Moehlen (University of Vienna), Michelle Proyer (University of Vienna)

Refugee youth’s access to formal and non-formal education provisions in times of crisis plays an important role in achieving normality and a feeling of safety for all but especially young children. In 2022, in a very short period of time, millions of people needed to move out from Ukraine and crossed the border to EU countries. In this paper, we rely on data collected through mapping and accompanying interviews with youth residing in Austria. By using the Journey Maps method (Howard, 2014), the aim is to compare the response given to the acute need for education of refugees who arrived from Middle Eastern or African countries in 2015 and experiences of those arriving during the Ukraine conflict. At least two maps from the two periods will be initially analyzed using thematic analyses. Thus four participants have been invited to map their educational journeys and comment on these in the course of accompanying interviews, either in a current or retrospect perspective. How EU- level and national Austrian policy responded to accommodate students affected by the biggest conflicts in the last decade is analyzed by relying on refugee students’ visualisation of their journey to school after arriving in Austria. Language-related barriers, public acceptance, recognition of previous education, involvement of parents as well as non-formal education provisions are the experiences to be compared. The preliminary results show that the educational response was in line with the solidarity and quick response given to the Ukrainian crisis in Europe. However, this approach illustrates a politicized humanitarian approach that perpetuates the historically-rooted oppression against marginalized groups in Europe (Esposito, 2022). The continuation of national education in Ukraine remotely, the quick recruitment of Ukrainian teachers and the lack of identification of Ukrainian children who are school age were some of the challenging areas identified. On the other hand, the interviews revealed that the inclusion of Ukrainian children in the Austrian school system has been more smoothly compared to that of peers from Syria, Afghanistan or other Middle Eastern or African countries. The high level of othering, racial prejudice, and negative media coverage against refugees who arrived in Austria upon conflict in the Middle East starting in 2015 have not been experienced in the context of Ukrainian children.

References:

Esposito, A. (2022). The limitations of humanity: differential refugee treatment in the EU. Retrieved from https://hir.harvard.edu/the-limitations-of-humanity-differential-refugee-treatment-in-the-eu/ [accessed 28.01.23]. Howard, T. (2014). Journey mapping: A brief overview. Communication Design Quarterly Review, 2(3), 10-13. UNHCR. (2022). Education in emergencies. Retrieved from https://www.unicef.org/education/emergencies [accessed 28.01.23].
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm07 SES 16 B: Educational Inclusion of Newly Arrived Migrant and Refugee Students: Towards a Holistic View
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Tomislav Tudjman
Symposium
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Symposium

Educational Inclusion of Newly Arrived Migrant and Refugee Students: Towards a Holistic View

Chair: Tomislav Tudjman (Erasmus University Rotterdam)

Discussant: Miquel Essomba (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona)

The interdependence between social and educational inclusion is a well-established argument in research literature (Sparkes 1999; Slee & Allan,2001; Hills, Grand and Bartlett, 2002; Byrne, 2005; among others). In the case of Newly Arrived Migrant and Refugee Students (NAMRS) educational inclusion is considered as one of the key routes to social integration (Dobson et al, 2021). Also known is that their experiences outside the school often hinder the effectiveness of efforts to integrate them in their new educational environments and to respond effectively to their educational needs. Research has already revealed the array of such experiences and circumstances which have a direct effect on educational inclusion of NAMRS. These include the new roles and responsibilities that NAMRS need to assume within their families (Suarez-Orozco, 2001), the uncertainty about their legal status (Essomba, 2017), the availability and access to mental health support (Fazel et al, 2012), etc.

On the basis of the above, there is a demand for the development and implementation of holistic approaches to educational inclusion of which respond to the needs of these students and transcend policies and practices in various sectors that affect their lives (Pinson and Arnot, 2010, Kakos and Teklemariam, 2020).

In this symposium researchers from SIRIUS Policy Network on Migrant Education will present the results of their research on key issues related to educational inclusion of NAMRS and will engage in a dialogue about the possibilities, opportunities and challenges in the development and implementation of holistic approaches in educational policy and practice. SIRIUS a European network of researchers, practitioners and representatives of migrant communities which has been conducting research and provides tailored policy advice at European and National levels for over 10 years.

The papers included in this symposium represent a selection of key projects conducted by SIRIUS. In their paper Tomislav Tudjman and Katja van der Schans will present the findings from their study on the use of multilingual books in educational inclusion of NAMRS. They will also discuss multilingualism as a condition to inclusion.

Hanna Siarova and Loes van der Graaf will discuss the key findings from a 4-year long policy analysis project which focused on educational policies across Europe that relate to educational inclusion of NAMRS. The paper will specifically zoom in into synergies between formal and non-formal education to better support inclusion of NAMRS in Europe and what makes such partnerships for inclusions successful and sustainable.

The paper by Darmody and Kakos draws on a study that focused on migrant parents’ engagement in the education of their children. Taking a comparative case study approach it discusses the experiences of two primary schools in England and in Ireland both of which have developed innovative policies and practices to encourage migrant and refugee parents’ involvement in education of their children.

Kakos’ paper brings together findings from research literature, including research conducted by SIRIUS members. The synthesis of these findings guides a conceptualisation of holistic approaches to educational inclusion which takes into account the diversity and complexity of NAMRS’ needs and offers practical guidance for the development of inclusive policies and practices.

By exploring the diversity and complexity of NAMRS ‘needs and of the implementation of holistic approaches, the symposium will attempt to answer to the following questions:

1. What are the possibilities and challenges in the efforts for the educational inclusion of NAMRS in formal education?

2. How can NAMRS and their families be empowered so that they are in position to effectively guide policies and practices that concern their social and educational integration?


References
Byrne, D. 2005. Social exclusion, 2nd ed., Maidenhead, UK: Open University Press.

Dobson, S,  Agrusti, G. & Pinto, M.  (2021) Supporting the inclusion of refugees: policies, theories and actions, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25:1, 1-6.

Essomba, M. A. (2017) The right to education of children and youngsters from refugee families in Europe, Intercultural Education, 28:2, 206-218.

Fazel, M., Reed, R.V., Panter-Brick, C. & Stein, A., (2012) Mental health of displaced and refugee children resettled in high-income countries: risk and protective factors, The Lancet, 379: 9812, 266-282.

Hills, L., Le, J., Grand and Bartlett, W., (Eds) 2002. Understanding social exclusion, Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Juvonen J., Leah M. Lessard, Ritika Rastogi, Hannah L. Schacter & Danielle Sayre Smith (2019) Promoting Social Inclusion in Educational Settings: Challenges and Opportunities, Educational Psychologist, 54:4, 250-270.

Kakos, M. & Teklemariam, K. (2021) Educational Inclusion of NAMRS: Sirius 2.0 National Roundtables Comparative Report, SIRIUS: https://bib.ibe.edu.pl/images/NationalRoundTables2021.pdf

Pinson, H. & Arnot, M. (2010) Local conceptualisations of the education of asylum‐seeking and refugee students: from hostile to holistic models, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 14:3, 247-267.

Slee, R., & Allan, J. (2001). Excluding the included: A recognition of inclusive education. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 11:, 173–191.

Suarez-Orozco, C (2001) Understanding and Serving the Children of Immigrants, Harvard Educational Review 71:3, 579–590.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

AVIOR: Open Source Multilingual Teaching Materials Forum for Migrant Pupils in Europe

Tomislav Tudjman (Erasmus University Rotterdam), Katja van der Schans (Erasmus University Rotterdam)

AVIOR was an Erasmus+ Strategic Partnership aimed to reduce the achievement gap between native and non-native pupils in Europe. European partners worked together to make bilingual literacy and numeracy materials for pupils aged 4-8 years available to primary schools and to share best practices among teacher trainers and school leaders on how to create inclusive multilingual classrooms. Schools across Europe are seeing an increasing number of children who are either born in another country or whose parents are immigrants and who do not speak the school language at home (Cummins, 2014). This presents a challenge as schools are expected to deliver quality education for all children, regardless of their ethnic background or linguistic abilities. Research shows: Children learn best in their mother tongue. Children’s ability to learn a second (official) language does not suffer. In fact literacy in a mother tongue lays the cognitive and linguistic foundation for learning new languages (OECD, 2015). Learning in their mother tongue during primary and secondary school allows children to become literate in the official language quickly, emerging as fully bi/multilingual learners in secondary school. More importantly, their self-confidence grows, they remain interested in learning, and they stay in school longer, and stand a greater chance of fulfilling their educational potential, enabling them to make greater contributions to the society in which they live (Duarte, 2016; Agirdag & Kambel, 2018). Multilingualism is not at all common practice in schools around Europe. The costs involved and a lack of awareness among policy makers about the benefits of mother tongue learning explain why few EU countries provide mother tongue support for migrant children (Agirdag & Kambel, 2018). Impact of the Erasmus+ project The outcome for primary school children between 4-8 years with migrant backgrounds who speak a different language at home than the school language was that they felt more meaningful in school and that it matters who they are. Also parents got more involved since ‘their’ language had a place in school. Our bilingual materials in numeracy and literacy learning are available online as open educational resources.

References:

Agirdag, O., & Vanlaar, G. (2018). Does more exposure to the language of instruction lead to higher academic achievement? A cross-national examination. International Journal of Bilingualism, 22(1), 123-137. Agirdag, O. & Kambel, E.R. (2018). Meertaligheid en Onderwijs. Boom: Amsterdam Cummins, J. (2014). Language and identity in Multilingual Schools: Constructing Evidence-Based Instructional Policies. In D. Little, C. Leung & P. Van Avermaet (Eds.), Managing Diversity in Education: Languages, Policies, Pedagogies. Bristol-Buffalo-Toronto: Multilingual Matters, 3-26. Duarte, J. (2016). Translanguaging in mainstream education: a sociocultural approach. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 1-15. OECD (2015). Immigrant Students at School: Easing the Journey towards Integration. Paris: OECD Publishing. Available at: http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1787/9789264249509-en.
 

Synergies for inclusion

Hanna Siarova (Public Policy and Management Institute), Loes van der Graaf (Public Policy and Management Institute)

The whole-school approach and the horizontal inter-connectedness of schools is identified in the literature as one of the key factors ensuring inclusion and equity in education. Several recent EU-level and national strategies have highlighted the important role of non-formal learning in integrating children of migrant backgrounds (Burlacu, 2012; European Commission, 2015). This is especially important, given the fact that children spend around 85% of their active time outside school (Medrich, 1982). Cooperation between non-formal education actors and schools can therefore provide an extra dimension to traditional education practices, strengthening the capacity of schools to address the individual needs of newly arriving migrant learners (Malcolm et al, 2003; Spieß, 2016; UNESCO, 2017). Although the benefits of such cooperation upon children’s holistic development are widely recognised in literature and policy strategies, as yet no systematic approach exists in practice. Neither does there appear to be a clear understanding among many education stakeholders of the need for synergies between different types of education providers, and of the mechanisms by which such partnerships could function in a sustainable and continuous way for the benefit of all children, and migrant children in particular. Nevertheless, SIRIUS research (Lipnickienė, Siarova and van der Graaf, 2018) suggests that numerous examples of ad hoc projects and practices exist across Member States, implemented by various civil society actors and individual schools to facilitate the inclusion of migrant and refugee children into education process. This paper offers an analysis of these practices, looking into how schools and non-formal education actors can work together to create safe and inclusive offline and online learning spaces, and proposes a vision of how they can be mainstreamed and upscaled.

References:

Burlacu, Alina-Gabriela (2012), The importance of non-formal education and the role of NGO’s in its promotion, Article for the 7th edition of the International Conference ‘European Integration Realities and Perspectives’ – Academic Excellence Workshop. European Commission (2015), Youth work and non-formal learning in Europe’s education landscape, Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union, 2015. Malcolm, J., Hodkinson, P., & Colley, H. (2003). The interrelationships between informal and formal learning. Journal of Workplace Learning, 15(7/8), 313–318. Medrich, E. A., Roizen, J., Rubin, V., & Buckley, S. (1982), The serious business of growing up: A study of children's lives outside school, Berkeley: University of California Press. Spieß K., Westermaier F., and Marcus J. (2016), Children and adolescents with refugee background less likely to participate in voluntary educational programs—with exception of extracurricular school activities, DIW Economic Bulletin No 34+35. Lipnickienė, K., Siarova, H. and van der Graaf, L. (2018), Role of non-formal education in migrant children inclusion: links with schools. SIRIUS Watch monitoring report, 2018. The report will be available soon at: http://www.sirius-migrationeducation.org. UNESCO (2017), Preventing violent extremism through education: A guide for policy makers, Published by UNESCO, Paris.
 

Engagement of Immigrant parents in the Education of their Children in Ireland and England

Merike Darmody (Economic and Social Research Institute), Michalis Kakos (Centre for Interdisciplinary Research in Citizenship, Education and Society), Kidist Teklemariam (Centre for Interdisciplinary Research in Citizenship, Education and Society)

Parents’ engagement with schools plays an important role in students’ attitudes to school and their educational outcomes (Rah et al, 2009; LaRocque et.al, 2011). Much of the research focusses on the family-school contact, that tends to vary by social class, gender, but also by migrant background (Liu, et al, 2017). More recently, parental engagement research has moved on to research that recognises the impact of cultural discontinuities between home and school, and the significance of school cultures in addressing the needs of individuals from the diverse range of identities and cultures. Schools tend to differ regarding the level of engagement they take with parents, ranging from those that seek to empower parents as co-educators of their children, to those that promote a distinct ‘expert’ and teacher-led approach. This paper draws on data collected for a broader European study on the topic of migrant parents’ engagement with their children’s education. In particular, the study focussed on the necessary conditions for the interaction between schools and parents to facilitate migrant parents’ engagement in the school-based education of their children in the host country. It sought to answer the following questions: • How engaged and interested are migrant parents in the school-based education of their children? • How informed are migrant parents about their rights? • How informed and interested are migrant parents about the opportunities in being involved in the community of the school? • How interested are migrant parents in being involved in the school-based education of their children? • How do schools encourage migrant parents to be involved in the school-based education of their children and in the community of the school? The qualitative explorative study involved interviews with school staff and migrant-origin parents. This paper draws on interviews with school principals from 2016 that was followed up in 2023 to explore whether any changes have taken place in the case study schools. One primary school is located in an ‘old’ migrant receiving country (UK), while the other is situated in Ireland, that can be considered as a relatively new migrant receiving country. The topics explored include: principals’ understanding regarding parental involvement and parental engagement; vision with regard to engagement of parents/guardians; approaches taken regarding promoting participation by parents/guardians; level of the engagement of parents in the school. Both schools were chosen based on a high proportion of migrant children in the school and schools’ innovative practices in parental engagement.

References:

LaRocque, M., Kleiman, I. & Darling, S. M. (2011) Parental Involvement: The Missing Link in School Achievement. Preventing School Failure: Alternative Education for Children and Youth, 55:3, 115–122. Liu, Z. & White, M. J. (2017) Education Outcomes of Immigrant Youth: The Role of Parental Engagement. Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 674:1, 27–58. Rah, Y., Choi, S. & Nguyẽn, T. S. T. (2009) Building Bridges between Refugee Parents and Schools. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 12:4, 347–365.
 

Developing a Holistic model for the Educational Inclusion of Migrant and refugee Students

Michalis Kakos (Centre for Interdisciplinary Research in Citizenship, Education and Society)

For the last twelve years SIRIUS network has led or been involved in multiple projects in the area of educational inclusion of refugee and migrant students in Europe. Taking into consideration the recommendations in the outputs of key SIRIUS projects and the key findings from studies conducted by the network, this paper responds to calls for integrated approaches to inclusion (Pinson and Arnot, 2010) and brings forward a conceptual framework for a holistic understanding of the process of educational inclusion of Newly Arrived Migrant and Refugee Students (NAMRS). The development of this framework is grounded on the premise that the right to education is the right of individuals to appropriate support for the development of their own personal pathway to learning. The knowledge and skills that define this learning reflect the individuals’ interests and needs and enable their constructive, sustainable and justice-orientated participation in societies. From this angle, education is an empowering process in which citizens are supported, encouraged and motivated to engage in a constant dialogue with themselves and with the societies that shapes them both. Moreover, the inclusion in education Is not just the inclusion of all but it is also the inclusion of the whole person. Consequently, the learning needs that educational inclusion should be addressing are complex, personal and as such they are usually best (if not only) detectable by the learners themselves. The holistic framework for educational inclusion discussed in this paper integrates the key areas of the learning needs of NAMRS evidenced in SIRIUS studies and acknowledges that educational inclusion should involve learners’ constant evaluation of their own needs. The framework also acknowledges the significance of students’ experiences from outside education on their educational engagement and inclusion. The right to education as described above; the complex, personal and ongoing process of recognition of learning needs; the connection between education and social integration; and the impact of experiences outside education on students’ educational engagement are the four key dimensions of educational inclusion and the building blocks of this model and describes the holistic framework. The discussion explores some implications of the adoption of such framework for educational practice, research and policy making.

References:

Pinson, H. & Arnot, M. (2010) Local conceptualisations of the education of asylum‐seeking and refugee students: from hostile to holistic models, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 14:3, 247-267.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm07 SES 17 B: What Shall We Do with Next-gen Children? Educating with Newcomers in Mind
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Symposium
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Symposium

What shall we do with next-gen children? Educating with Newcomers in Mind.

Chair: Tomasz Skudlarek (University of Gdansk and NLA university College Bergen)

Discussant: Tomasz Skudlarek (University of Gdansk and NLA university College Bergen)

The recent research on displaced/refugee children has focused on their immediate suffering and needs (Eide, 2020; Hirvonen, 2013). Receiving nations have become more restrictive in preventing the migration of children (Waters, 2007). Additionally, newcomers, both refugee children and those in asylum-seeking phases, are regarded as temporal visitors (Derluyn & Broekaert, 2008; Kalisha, 2020) on the threshold of society, waiting indefinitely for inclusion. In some instances, there is a tendency to have them included as excluded (Hilt, 2015), allowed to enjoy some privileges of inclusion like schooling and housing temporarily. The situation is even dire for those living in protracted refugee situations. Education is offered as an immediate help to order their daily lives, as Pastoor (de Wal Pastoor, 2016) claims.

What, in this context, is the role of education? Shall education be narrowly conceived as preparing them for the future- with skills to help them upon return to their countries or offering it for its own sake? What would be the teacher's response(ability) in encountering newcomers new to a nation, culture, and language? How is it possible to conjure an environment where both the newcomer and natives share responsibility for their common world? How do we conceptualize education to encounter them in their realities of being both strange, new, neighbor, and temporal, and yet also address them as worth of address and as political beings? These questions have no direct answers, and their exploration is tentative in this symposium.

In this symposium, we explore whether education, as developed for immigrants, refugees, and asylum-seeking children, can help create communities in which both natives- those born in the place and newcomers share the responsibility for their commonplace (and the world) in the face of climate change. Can multicultural education be conceived of in the Anthropocene? Additionally, another paper sees the presence of migrant children as reflecting the "struggle of the world"; therefore, their education and those children themselves must be seen as "belonging to the world" and not elsewhere. Two examples further complicate this; one that interrogates what education means for young persons who have lived in protracted refugee situations where educational policies are tailored to exclude them. Moreover, an empirical illustration of whether teaching understood as "pointing" allows for bypassing linguistic barriers in education for newcomers.


References
de Wal Pastoor, L. (2016). Rethinking Refugee Education: Principles, Policies and Practice from a European Perspective. In A. W. Wiseman (Ed.), Annual Review of Comparative and International Education 2016 (Vol. 30, pp. 107-116). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-367920160000030009
Derluyn, I., & Broekaert, E. (2008). Unaccompanied refugee children and adolescents: The glaring contrast between a legal and a psychological perspective. Int J Law Psychiatry, 31(4), 319-330. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijlp.2008.06.006
Eide, K. (2020). Barn p? flukt : psykososialt arbeid med enslige mindre?rige flyktninger (2. utgave. ed.). Gyldendal.
Engebrigtsen, A. (2020). Omsorg og barn utenfor barndom (Care and children outside childhood). In E. Ketil (Ed.), Barn på Flukt- Psykososialt Arbeid med Enslige Mindreårige Flyktninger [Displaced children- psychosocial work with unaccompanied refugees] (Vol. 2, pp. 149-169). Gyldendal.
Hilt, L. T. (2015). Included as excluded and excluded as included: minority language pupils in Norwegian inclusion policy. International journal of inclusive education, 19(2), 165-182. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2014.908966
Kalisha, W. (2020). While We Wait: Unaccompanied Minors in Norway – Or the Hospita(bi)lity for the Other. In T. Strand (Ed.), Rethinking Ethical-Political Education (pp. 67-84). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-49524-4_5
Seeberg, M. L., & Goździak, E. M. (2016). Contested Childhoods: Growing up in Migrancy : Migration, Governance, Identities (1st 2016. ed.). Springer International Publishing : Imprint: Springer.  
Watters, C. (2007). Refugees at Europe's Borders: The Moral Economy of Care. Transcult Psychiatry, 44(3), 394-417. doi:10.1177/1363461507081638

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Educating in the Anthropocene by doing Community with Trees

Frédérique Brossard Børhaug (NLA University College), Claire Meunier Kjetland (LIKEN)

Rather than educating the youth about the Anthropocene, educators must conceive their task as educating in the Anthropocene (Wallenhorst and Pierron, 2019). As such, education cannot only be conceived as an existential issue of striving to live well and at peace in current conflictual societies. Instead, it must be radically transformed as climate change represents an ultimate existential threat concerning the future survival of (non)-humankind (Bonneuil, 2022; Sæverot, 2022). A fundamental question thus is about what earth we want to leave for our children and what children we want to leave for our planet (Rhabi, 2010). Unfortunately, the gravity of this question often leaves pedagogues empty-handed. Where to begin and where to go; what to hope for in the Anthropocene era (Straume, 2019)? However, it also must be stated that emergent eco-cultural activities at school are flourishing in many places (see, for instance, "Profs en transition," a national teacher network for outdoor education in France). For exploring the notion of existential education in the Anthropocene (Wallenhorst and Pierron, 2019), we suggest in this contribution discussing a specific experience of creating community with nature, looking at the concrete work of planting trees. Based on the pedagogical innovation from the French NGO LIKEN, we discuss educational experiences of resonance with trees (Rosa, 2022; Wallenhorst, 2021) and convivialist community upbuilding (Convivialist International (2020). LIKEN located in Pau southwest of France has been a charity for environmental preservation since 2015. Their associative projects link art, nature, and education with participants of different ages and social backgrounds. One key mission is to restore urbanized areas with trees re-inhabiting Pau's schoolyards, public space, and University campuses. The small data collection consists of interviewing students and volunteers through anonymous questionnaires conducted during the school year of 2023. The respondents are both new-coming and returnee participants in LIKEN's planting project. The study is in progress, and the contribution will highlight respondents' personal experiences. However, the data collected through the study only can show glimpses of resonance and convivialist education as existential education cannot be comprehended once and for all, keeping its foundational openness. The abstract further explores doing community with trees in higher education (Brossard Børhaug & Meunier Kjetland, under publication). In the present contribution, we expand our theoretical focus for reflecting on existential convivialist and resonance education by doing community with trees through respondents' perceptions.

References:

Bonneuil, C. (2022). Terre. In D. Fassin (Ed), La société qui vient (pp. 37-54). Seuil. Brossard Børhaug, F. & Kjetland M. C. (under publication). Community. In N. Wallenhorst & C. Wulf (Eds.). Handbook of the Anthropocene. Springer Nature. Convivialist International (2020). THE SECOND CONVIVIALIST MANIFESTO: Towards a Post-Neoliberal World. Civic Sociology, 1(1), 12721. https://doi.org/10.1525/001c.12721 LIKEN Association. LIKEN. Retrieved from 29.01.2023 www.liken.fr Profs en transition. Profs en transition ̶ Agir ensemble vers une pédagogie écoresponsable, solidaire et citoyenne. Retrieved from 29.01.23 Profs en transition - Agir ensemble vers une pédagogie écoresponsable, solidaire et citoyenne Rhabi, P. (2010). Vers la sobriété heureuse. Babel. Rosa, H. (2022). Pédagogie de la résonance: Entretiens avec Wolfgang Endres (Traduit de l’allemand). Le Pommier. Sæverot, H. (Ed.) (2022). Meeting the challenges of existential threats through education innovation: A proposal for an expanded curriculum. Routledge. Straume, I. (2019). What may we hope for? Education in times of climate change. Constellations, 27(3), 540–552. 10.1111/1467-8675.12445 Wallenhorst, N., & Pierron, J.-P. (Eds.) (2019). Éduquer en anthropocène. Editions au bord de l’eau. Wallenhorst, N. (2021). Apprendre la résonance. In N. Wallenhorst (Ed.), Résistance, résonance: Apprendre à changer le monde avec Harmunt Rosa (pp. 63-84). Le Pommier.
 

Belonging to the World. Reflections on Children Migration and Education

Simone Galea (University of Malta)

Gibran's poem On Children (1923) directs our attention to the intricacies in addressing the issue of children's belonging, a fundamental need of every human being and a matter of recognitional and associational justice. However, although children want and need to belong, Gibran cautions that children do not belong to and are not owned by anybody. This raises the issue of the responsibilities of adults for their educational upbringing as not being overly constrained by specific expectations to be and feel at home. The question of children's belonging becomes more pronounced where the education of migrant children is concerned. Immigrant children's bonding to the school is crucial to their educational development and economic independence (Bondy et al. 2019, Janta & Harle 2016). Parents of children with backgrounds of migration who experience themselves as "guests" within schools are often grateful for education despite its assimilative tendencies and are fundamentally concerned with making a good living. Nevertheless, the price they pay for assimilating into ways of life prevalent to their new home country cannot be underestimated, considering the fraught experiences of living in borderlands, in between differing cultures pertaining to their original home and new home (Ahmed 1999, Anzaldua 2017, Winer 2021). Educators, even those committed to integrating children socially, politically, and culturally are challenged by their obligations to nurture children's freedom of thought, expression, association, and action. Because of the increasingly interconnected being in the world (due to globalization, technological advances, war, disease, ecological destruction and climate change) this paper argues that rather than considering children as belonging to particular homes, their education should aim for their belonging to the world ( Biesta 2021). This entails the decentralization of the seemingly universal conceptions of what it means to be human in the world (Heidegger 2011) combined with a paradigm shift in education that accentuates the uncertainties of belonging to the world rather than the world belonging to human beings (Braidotti 2013, Snaza 2014) and the future responsibilities of being in the world with and next to human and non-human others. To borrow Gibran's metaphors what does it take for educators to be the 'stable bows' for children to belong to 'life's longing for itself' ( Gibran 1923)

References:

Ahmed S. (1999) Home and Away. Narratives of migration and estrangement. International Journal of Cultural Studies 2(3). 329–347. Anzaldua G. (198r) Borderlands/ La Frontera, United States Aunt Lute Books. Bondy, J. M. et al (2019). The Children of Immigrants' Bonding to School: Examining the Roles of Assimilation, Gender, Race, Ethnicity, and Social Bonds. Urban Education, 54(4), 592–62. Biesta G. ( 2021) World-Centred Education. A View for the Present New York, Routledge. Delpit L. (2006) Other people's children. Cultural conflict in the classroom. New York, New Press. Braidotti R. (2013) The Posthuman. Cambridge, Polity Press Gibran K. (1923) The Prophet, New York, Knopf. Heidegger, M. (2011b). Letter on humanism. Basic Writings. Oxon: Routledge. Janta B. & Harle E. (2016) Education of Migrant Children. Cambridge, California. Rand Europe. Snaza N. (2014. "Toward a Posthuman Education." Journal of Curriculum Theorizing, 30 (2): 39-55. Winer N. (2021) "A Home of My Own": The Experience of Children of International Migrants" Clinical Social Work Journal 49:325–335.
 

Teaching as an Act of Pointing- is there a Possibility to ignore "Misunderstanding" and still Study?

Wills Kalisha (NLA University College)

During the 2015 "migration crisis" in Europe, Nesta Devine responded by urging that we ought to "instill some courage in our politicians in order for them to work faster to reintroduce education" for migrant children (Devine, 2015, p. 1376). Unfortunately, the sense of agency she advocates for is, at best univocal (Papastephanou, 2017, p. 5). It does not state the purpose of education other than the heightened call for being hospitable by host nations and offering a 'safe' space to be integrated and socialized in the new environment. Their teachers decide what they will learn, yet their length of stay in school remains unclarified. What is interesting, for example, about teaching unaccompanied minors seeking asylum in Norway is that the curriculum focuses on their integration into Norwegian society (Valenta, 2015). Recently, the Norwegian government released a strategy paper that shifted focus to unaccompanied teenagers' teachers' competencies. A strategy, Competence for Diversity 2013-2017, was developed to prepare teachers to teach Norwegian as a second language and equip them with multicultural skills and skills on how to combat radicalization in schools (Lødding, Rønsen, & Wollscheid, 2018). Cross-cultural education and the relevant skills teachers need in the changing dynamics of schooling become only relevant because of the continuous availability of asylum-seeking and refugee children. To be competent as a teacher, by implication, means understanding "difference" and providing relevant "educative" solutions that eventually lead to a reduction of difference and assimilation into existing acceptable categories like minority language pupils (Kalisha, 2021) I use teachers (from interviews with teachers and observations in two high schools on the west coast of Norway) experiences in this contribution that point to frustrations with unaccompanied teenagers (15-18 of age) misunderstanding during a Norwegian language class. Sometimes, it leads the teachers to let them "dwell" with some pictures and use them to re-tell a story in a language of their understanding. This, letting dwell with pictures, allows the students to recreate their own stories, some in simplified, basic Norwegian and others in English, and re-tell them to others. Could this be a possibility to rethink teaching in Ranciere's (1991) terms as an act of an ignorant teacher teaching an ignorant student? The paper points out to the idea of ignoring the immediate temporality of the newcomers and thinking on the feet about what is possible when one is called to study (Bingham et al., 2010).

References:

Biesta, G. (2022). World-Centred Education: A View for the Present. Routledge. Bingham, C., Biesta, G. J. J., & Rancière, J. (2010). Jacques Ranciere : education, truth, emancipation. Continuum. Kalisha, W. (2021). "You have to wait.": a hermeneutic phenomenological exploration of unaccompanied minors waiting for asylum response in Norway University of Oslo]. Oslo. Kalisha, W., & Sævi, T. (2021). Educational failure as a potential opening to real teaching – The case of teaching unaccompanied minors in Norway. Indo-Pacific Journal of Phenomenology, 21(1). Kohli, R. K. S. (2014). Protecting Asylum Seeking Children on the Move. Revue européenne des migrations internationales, 30(1), 83-104. Papastephanou, M. (2017). Cosmopolitan dice recast. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49(14), 1338-1350. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2017.1278675 Rancière, J. (1991). The ignorant schoolmaster : five lessons in intellectual emancipation. Stanford University Press. Valenta, M. (2015). Tjenestetilbudets innvirkning på asylsøkende barns levekår. In B. B. K. R. Tronstad (Ed.), Levekår for barn i asylsøkerfasen. NTNU Samfunnsforskning. https://samforsk.no/Publikasjoner/Laevekar_2015_WEB.pdf. Van Manen, M. (2014). Phenomenology of Practice. Left Coast Press. Zeus, B. (2011). Exploring Barriers to Higher Education in Protracted Refugee Situations: The case of Burmese Refugees in Thailand. Journal of Refugee Studies, 24(2), 256-276. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1093/jrs/fer011
 

WITHDRAWN The Function of Higher Education in Protracted Refugee Situations

N N (NN)

.

References:

.
 

 
Contact and Legal Notice · Contact Address:
Privacy Statement · Conference: ECER 2023
Conference Software: ConfTool Pro 2.6.150+TC
© 2001–2024 by Dr. H. Weinreich, Hamburg, Germany